The Anglo-Norman Bible's Book of Joshua: A Critical Edition (BL Royal 1 C III) (Textes Vernaculaires Du Moyen Age, 26) 9782503591339, 2503591337

Citation preview

THE ANGLO-NORMAN BIBLE’S BOOK OF JOSHUA, A CRITICAL EDITION

TEXTES VERNACULAIRES DU MOYEN AGE

Volume 26 Founded in 2004, Textes Vernaculaires du Moyen Âge is an editorial enterprise designed to meet the needs of scholars and students alike. Its main focus is on texts which have hitherto failed to benefit from adequate editorial treatment and which, as a consequence, remain unknown or imperfectly known to the academic community. All aspects of medieval vernacular literary activity form part of its brief : literary texts, historical writings, including chronicles, devotional treatises, sermons, scientific treatises, and the like. The series also welcomes editions of better-known texts accompanied by modern translations, designed to meet the needs of scholars and students who may be unfamiliar with the language of the original texts. Each edition comprises a description of the source text or texts, manuscript or early printed book, accompanied by explanatory notes and a comprehensive glossary. All submissions are subject to blind or double blind peer review. The series concentrates on propositions in both medieval English and French. Potential editors are strongly advised to contact the general editor in the first instance before making a submission: [email protected]. Collection dirigée par / General Editor Stephen Morrison (Centre d’Études Supérieures de Civilisation Médiévale, Université de Poitiers) Comité scientifique / Advisory Board Alexandra Barratt (Université de Waikato, Nouvelle Zélande), Daron Burrows (Université d’Oxford, Royaume-Uni), Vittoria Corazza (Université de Turin, Italie), Irma Taavitsainen (Université de Helsinki, Finlande), Alessandro Vitale-Brovarone (Université de Turin, Italie), Annette Volfing (Université d’Oxford)

The Anglo-Norman Bible’s Book of Joshua, a Critical Edition (BL Royal 1 C III) Edited by Brent A. Pitts

F

© 2020, Brepols Publishers n. v., Turnhout, Belgium. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise without the prior permission of the publisher.

D/2020/0095/347 ISBN 978-2-503-59133-9 E-ISBN 978-2-503-59134-6 DOI 10.1484/M.TVMA-EB.5.121497 ISSN 1782-6233 E-ISSN 2566-0225 Printed in the EU on acid-free paper.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Acknowledgements7 Abbreviations9 Introduction17 The Old Testament book of Joshua 17 Manuscripts of the Anglo-Norman Bible’s book of Joshua 27 L’s Middle English and Latin glosses 34 Language 35 Orthography 35 Verbs 39 Syntax 40 Morphology 41 Lexis 43 Geography, terrain, and family in the Anglo-Norman Bible’s book of Joshua 44 Joshua in medieval culture 47 Joshua in medieval exegesis 60 Editorial considerations 62 Bibliography63 The Anglo-Norman Bible’s Book of Joshua Text edition Rejected readings and palæographical notes Critical notes

71 73 105 113

Appendices A. A hypothetical earlier manuscript B. Comparison of L and P C. Divergent word-choice in L and P D. Geographical names in the Anglo-Norman Bible’s book of Joshua E. Personal names in the Anglo-Norman Bible’s book of Joshua

139 141 146 152 158 182

Glossary189

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

I am grateful to the Meredith College School of Arts & Humanities, to my dean, and to the Faculty Development and Instructional Technology Committee for support of visits to the British Library in May and December  2017 and January 2020 and for the purchase of a digital copy of the base manuscript, British Library, MS Royal 1 C III (L). The Meredith College Board of Trustees also generously granted a sabbatical leave in spring 2020 during which time I refined the draft of this work. The interlibrary loan staff of the Carlyle Campbell Library at Meredith College cheerfully and speedily provided any title I could think of, however rare. Kristen Purvis, Erin Campbell, and Jeff Waller are my lifeline. My research would be impossible without their help. The photographic staff of the British Library delivered a digital copy of L in a matter of days. I am grateful for their kind and efficient service. Lynda Kinloch and David Collins at St Andrews University Library provided an electronic copy of Nora Ratcliff ’s 1955 PhD thesis, also via friendly emails and in record time. I am very thankful to the British Library for permission to examine L in person and to print this edition based on L. The British Library Trustees have kindly also granted permission to reproduce a folio of L’s Joshua here. Special thanks are due to Kaitlyn Krieg of Morgan Library, Imaging and Rights, for processing my request to reproduce the cover image, ‘Conquest of Ai’, during a time when the library was closed. As I prepared this work, I benefitted from information about the AngloNorman Bible, related projects, and bibliography via email correspondence with Catherine Léglu (Reading), Pierre Nobel (Strasbourg), and Clive Sneddon (St  Andrews). Kathryn Smith (New York U) graciously shared with me her essay, ‘Found in Translation’, which focuses on P. I am especially thankful to Thierry Revol (Strasbourg) for sharing his valuable thesis on L’s Genesis and for his encouragement. Mark Smith (Princeton Theological Seminary) helped me to identify the commentators named in Jerome’s prologue. I am equally grateful to Stephen Morrison (Poitiers) and the editors of Textes vernaculaires du moyen âge for selecting my work for publication in the series and to Loes Diercken (Turnhout) for managing the publication process. My Meredith College colleague and Middle English specialist Eloise Grathwohl reviewed my transcriptions of L’s Middle English glosses and helped to determine their meaning. I’m also thankful to Daron Burrows (Oxford) for examining ‘the Greek word’ in L and to Ian Short for his helpful advice.

8

Acknowledgements

I have left to Ashley Pearson, formerly of Meredith College, now at North Carolina State University, the arcana of formatting in Microsoft Word. Thank you, Ms Pearson! Joshua never looked better. I have not forgotten my reliance on Ruth J. Dean and Maureen B. M. Boulton, Anglo-Norman Literature, A Guide to Texts and Manuscripts (London: AngloNorman Text Society, 1999). This work has guided my research for twenty years. I can’t adequately express my thanks to Dean and Boulton for their insights and direction. I dedicate this work to my beloved daughter Anna Elizabeth Heule.

ABBREVIATIONS

The full bibliographical reference of all works appears in each title’s first citation in each major section. Thereafter, the titles of frequently cited works are indicated by the abbreviations shown below. Abel Allen AN ANB AND Aubert et al.

Berger 1884 Berger 1902

BnF Boling

Braverman

BSFC

F.-M. Abel. Géographie de la Palestine. 2 vols. 3rd edn. Paris: Gabalda, 1967. Rosamund Allen, ed. Eastward bound: Travel and travellers, 1050-1550. Manchester: Manchester University Press, 2004. Anglo-Norman Anglo-Norman Bible Anglo-Norman Dictionary. Electronic edition available at www.anglo-norman.net Marcel Aubert, Louis Grodecki, Jean Lafond, and Jean Verrier. Les Vitraux de Notre-Dame et de la Sainte-Chapelle de Paris. Corpus Vitrearum Medii Aevi, 1. Paris: Caisse nationale des monuments historiques, 1959. Samuel Berger. La Bible française au moyen âge.  Paris: Imprimerie nationale, 1884; hathitrust.org ———. Les Préfaces jointes aux livres de la Bible dans les manuscrits de la Vulgate. Paris: Imprimerie nationale, 1902; hathitrust.org Bibliothèque nationale de France Robert G. Boling. Joshua: A New Translation with Notes and Commentary. Intro. G. Ernest Wright. The Anchor Bible, 6. Garden City, NY: Doubleday, 1982. Jay Braverman. Jerome’s Commentary on Daniel: A Study of Comparative Jewish and Christian Interpretations of the Hebrew Bible. Washington, DC: The Catholic Biblical Association of America, 1978. Marino Sanudo Torsello. The Book of the Secrets of the Faithful of the Cross = Liber Secretorum Fidelium Crucis. Trans. Peter Lock. Crusade Texts in Translation, 21. Farnham: Ashgate, 2011.

10

Abbreviations

Buchthal Burchard

Cartes

Caviness CHB

CHP

Chron DEAF Deut Digging DLS

DMF DMLBS Dozeman

Hugo Buchthal. Miniature Painting in the Latin Kingdom of Jerusalem. Oxford: Clarendon, 1957. Burchard of Mount Sion. A Description of the Holy Land. Trans. Aubrey Stewart. London: Palestine Pilgrims’ Text Society, 1896; archive.org Patrick Gautier Dalché. ‘Cartes de Terre Sainte, cartes de pèlerins’. In Fra Roma e Gerusalemme nel Medioevo. Ed.  Massimo Oldoni. 2  vols. Salerno: Laveglia, 2005. II, pp. 573-612. Madeline H. Caviness. ‘Biblical Stories in Windows: Were They Bibles for the Poor?’ In Levy, pp. 103-47. The Cambridge History of the Bible. 3  vols. Cambridge: University Press, 1963-70. I: From the Beginnings to Jerome (1970). Eds P. R. Ackroyd and C. F. Evans. II: The West from the Fathers to the Reformation (1969). Ed. G. W. H. Lampe. Bede. The Venerable Bede Concerning the Holy Places. Trans. James Rose Macpherson. In The Pilgrimage of Arculfus in the Holy Land, pp.  67-87. London: Palestine Pilgrims’ Text Society, 1889; hathitrust.org Chronicles, the Old Testament books Dictionnaire Etymologique de l’Ancien Français. Available at http://www.deaf-page.de/fr/index.php Deuteronomy, the Old Testament book Kathleen M. Kenyon, Digging up Jericho: The Results of the Jericho Excavations 1952-1956. New York: Praeger, 1957. Bede. De Locis Sanctis. Ed.  I. Fraipont. Corpus Christianorum, Series Latina, 175. Turnhout: Brepols, 1965. pp. 245-80. Dictionnaire du Moyen Français. Available at www.atilf.fr/ dmf/ Dictionary of Medieval Latin from British Sources. Available at logeion.uchicago.edu Thomas B. Dozeman. Joshua 1-12: A New Translation with Introduction and Commentary. The Anchor Yale Bible, 6B. New Haven: Yale University Press, 2015.

Abbreviations

EAC Edson 1999 Edson 2004 EM

Ex Folda

Found Gaposchkin

Gen Godefroy

Henderson

Hist.schol. Hunt Huot

Itinéraires

11

A. Di Berardino, ed. Encyclopedia of Ancient Christianity. Westmont, IL: InterVarsity Press, 2014. Ebook. Evelyn Edson. Mapping Time and Space: How Medieval Mapmakers viewed their World. London: British Library, 1999. ———. ‘Reviving the crusade: Sanudo’s schemes and Vesconte’s maps’. In Allen, pp. 131-55. Catherine Delano-Smith and Roger  J.  P. Kain. English Maps: A  History. Toronto: University of Toronto Press, 1999. Exodus, the Old Testament book Jaroslav Folda. Crusader Manuscript Illumination at SaintJean d’Acre, 1275-1291. Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1976. Kathryn A. Smith. ‘Found in Translation: Images Visionary and Visceral in the Welles-Ros Bible’. Gesta 59 (2020), 91-130 M. C. Gaposchkin. ‘Louis IX, crusade and the promise of Joshua in the Holy Land’. Journal of Medieval History, 34 (2008), 245-74. Genesis, the Old Testament book Frédéric Eugène Godefroy. Dictionnaire de l’ancienne langue française et de tous ses dialectes du IXe siècle au XVe siècle. 10 vols. Paris: Vieweg, 1881-1902; hathitrust.org George Henderson. ‘The Joshua cycle in B.M.  Cotton MS. Claudius B. IV’. Journal of the British Archaeological Association, 3rd series, 31 (1968), 38-59. Peter Comestor. Historia scholastica. PL 198, cols 1259-72; hathitrust.org E.  D. Hunt. Holy Land Pilgrimage in the Later Roman Empire AD 312-460. Oxford: Clarendon, 1982. Sylvia Huot. Outsiders: The Humanity and Inhumanity of Giants in Medieval French Prose Romance. Notre Dame, IN: University of Notre Dame Press, 2016. Henri Michelant and Gaston Raynaud, eds. Itinéraires à Jérusalem et descriptions de la Terre Sainte rédigés en français aux XIe, XIIe & XIIIe siècles. Geneva: Jules-Guillaume Fick, 1882; hathitrust.org

12

Abbreviations

Jaubert Josh L Léglu

Levy

LL Lobrichon LOTB LSFC

Macé

Manuscrits

Marmardji MBA

MED

Annie Jaubert, intro., trans. and notes. Origène, Homélies sur Josué. Sources chrétiennes, 71. Paris: Cerf, 1960. Joshua, the Old Testament book London, British Library, MS Royal 1 C III (base manuscript) Catherine Léglu. ‘Reading Abbey’s Anglo-Norman French Translation of the Bible (London, British Library, Royal MS 1 C III)’. Reading Medieval Studies, 42 (2016), 131-55; centaur.reading.ac.uk Bernard  S. Levy, ed. The Bible in the Middle Ages: Its Influence on Literature and Art. Binghamton, NY: Medieval & Renaissance Texts & Studies, 1992. Jerome. Liber de situ et nominibus locorum hebraicorum. PL 23, cols 859-928; hathitrust.org Guy Lobrichon. La Bible au Moyen Age. Paris: Picard, 2003. Yohanan Aharoni. The Land of the Bible: A  Historical Geography. Rev. and enlarged  edn. Trans. and ed. A.  F. Rainey. Philadelphia: Westminster, 1979. Marino Sanudo Torsello. Liber Secretorum Fidelium Crucis. In Gesta Dei per Francos. Ed.  Jacques Bongars. 2  vols. Hanover: Typis Wechelianis, 1611; books.google.com. II, pp. 1-281. Macé de la Charité. La Bible de Macé de la Charité. Dir. J.R. Smeets. 7 vols. Leiden: Universitaire Pers Leiden, 196486. II: Lévitique, Nombres, Deutéronome, Josué, Juges (1977). Ed. P. E. R. Verhuyck. François Avril and Patricia Danz Stirnemann. Manuscrits enluminés d’origine insulaire VIIe-XXe siècle. Paris: Bibliothèque nationale, 1987. A.-S. Marmardji. Textes géographiques arabes sur la Palestine. Paris: Gabalda, 1951. Yohanan Aharoni and Michael Avi-Yonah. The Macmillan Bible Atlas. 3rd  edn. Rev. by Anson  F. Rainey and Ze’ev Safrai. New York: Macmillan, 1993. Middle English Dictionary. Available at https://quod.lib. umich.edu/m/med/

Abbreviations

Miniatures

Morgan Morrison

Mt Nobel 2000

Nobel 2001

Nobel 2002

Nobel 2006

Nobel 2007 North NRSV Num OEC

13

Sydney  C. Cockerell and John Plummer. Old Testament Miniatures: A  Medieval Picture Book with 283 Paintings from The Creation to The Story of David. New York: George Braziller, [1969]. Nigel Morgan. ‘Old Testament Illustration in ThirteenthCentury England’. In Levy, pp. 149-98. Kathryn  A. Morrison. ‘The Figural Capitals of the Chapterhouse of Saint-Georges-de-Boscherville’. In Medieval Art, Architecture and Archaeology at Rouen. Ed.  Jenny Stratford. The British Archaeological Association, 12. Leeds: W. S. Maney, 1993. pp. 46-50 and Plates VI, VIIB, and VIIC. Matthew, the New Testament gospel Pierre Nobel. ‘Gloses anglaises et latines dans une traduction biblique anglo-normande (ms. Londres B.L. Royal I C III)’. In «Si a parlé par moult ruiste vertu», Mélanges de littérature médiévale offerts à Jean Subrenat. Dir. Jean Dufournet. Paris: Champion, 2000. pp. 419-35. ———. ‘La Bible anglo-normande et la Bible d’Acre: question de source’. In L’Histoire littéraire: ses méthodes et ses résultats, Mélanges offerts à Madeleine Bertaud. Ed. Luc Fraisse. Geneva: Droz, 2001. pp. 429-48. ———. ‘Les translateurs bibliques et leur public: l’exemple de la Bible d’Acre et de la Bible anglo-normande’. Revue de linguistique romane, 66 (2002), 451-72. ———, ed. La Bible d’Acre, Genèse et Exode. Edition critique d’après les manuscrits BNF nouv. acq. fr. 1404 et Arsenal 5211. Besançon: Presses universitaires de Franche-Comté, 2006. ———. ‘La Bible de Jean de Sy et la Bible anglo-normande’. Florilegium, 24 (2007), 81-107. Robert North. A  History of Biblical Map Making. Wiesbaden: Reichert, 1979. New Revised Standard Version Bible Numbers, the Old Testament book Eusebius of Caesarea. Palestine in the Fourth Century A.D.: The Onomasticon by Eusebius of Caesarea. Trans. G. S. P. Freeman-Grenville. Indexed by Rupert L. Chapman III. Ed. and intro. Joan E. Taylor. Jerusalem: Carta, 2003.

14

Abbreviations

OT P Paues

Pilgrim PL Pringle

PUM

Ratcliff

Revol

Romanesque

Sam Sermons Short SOTB

Old Testament Paris, Bibliothèque nationale de France, MS français 1. Available at gallica.fr Anna C. Paues, ed. A Fourteenth Century English Biblical Version. Cambridge: University Press, 1902; books.google. com Catherine Delano-Smith. ‘The intelligent pilgrim: maps and medieval pilgrimage to the Holy Land’. In Allen, pp. 107-30. Patrologiae cursus completus, Series Latina. Ed. J.-P. Migne. 221 vols. Paris, 1844-65; hathitrust.org Denys Pringle. Pilgrimage to Jerusalem and the Holy Land, 1187-1291. Crusade Texts in Translation, 23. Farnham: Ashgate, 2012. Guy Le Strange. Palestine under the Moslems: A Description of Syria and the Holy Land from A.D. 650 to 1500. Boston and New York: Houghton Mifflin, 1890; rpt. Beirut: Khayats, 1965; books.google.com Nora Elizabeth Ratcliff. ‘Edition and study (mostly linguistic) of a section of an Anglo-Norman translation of the Bible (14th century): The Acts of the Apostles in MSS B.N. fr. 1 and 9562’. Unpublished doctoral thesis. St Andrews University, 1955. Thierry Revol. ‘Bible anglo-normande, Genèse, édition’. Unpublished doctoral thesis. Université Marc BlochStrasbourg II, 2006. A Survey of Manuscripts Illuminated in the British Isles. Ed. J. J. G. Alexander. 6 vols. London: Harvey Miller, 197596. III (1975): C. M. Kauffmann. Romanesque manuscripts 1066-1190. Samuel, the Old Testament books Tony Hunt, ed. Sermons on Joshua. 2 vols. Plain Texts Series, 12-13. London: Anglo-Norman Text Society, 1998. Ian Short. Manual of Anglo-Norman. 2nd  edn. Oxford: Anglo-Norman Text Society, 2013. Beryl Smalley. The Study of the Bible in the Middle Ages. Notre Dame, IN: University of Notre Dame Press, 1964.

Abbreviations

Spicq Stephens TL TLF Tsamakda

V

Wanono

Weiss

Wiesel Wilkinson

15

Ceslaus Spicq. Esquisse d’une histoire de l’exégèse latine au moyen âge. Paris: Vrin, 1944; books.google.com Walter Stephens. Giants in Those Days. Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press, 1989. Adolf Tobler and Erhard Lommatzsch. Altfranzösisches Wörterbuch. Berlin: Weidmann, 1925- . Available at https:// www.uni-stuttgart.de/lingrom/stein/tl/ Le Trésor de la Langue Française. Available at www.cnrtl.fr Vasiliki Tsamakda. ‘The Joshua Roll’. In Vasiliki Tsamakda, ed. A  Companion to Byzantine Illustrated Manuscripts. Leiden: Brill, 2017. pp. 207-13. Biblia Sacra Vulgata. Robert Weber and Roger Gryson, eds. 5th edn. Stuttgart: Deutsche Bibelgesellschaft, 2007. Available at www.bibelwissenschaft.de Anne Wanono. ‘Une Bible anglo-normande à la source d’une Bible française au XIVe siècle?’. In Un espace colonial et ses avatars: Naissance d’identités nationales Angleterre, France, Irlande (Ve-XVe siècles). Dir.  Florence Bourgne, Leo Carruthers, and Arlette Sancery. Paris: Presses de l’Université Paris-Sorbonne, 2008. pp.  203-19 and eight plates following. Daniel H. Weiss. ‘The pictorial language of the Arsenal Old Testament: Gothic and Byzantine contributions and the meaning of crusader art (Paris, Bibliothèque de l’Arsenal, MS. 5211)’. Unpublished doctoral dissertation. Johns Hopkins University, 1992. Elie Wiesel. Five Biblical Portraits. Notre Dame, IN: University of Notre Dame Press, 1981. John Wilkinson with Joyce Hill and W. F. Ryan. Jerusalem Pilgrimage 1099-1185. London: Hakluyt Society, 1988.

INTRODUCTION

The Old Testament book of Joshua Who would not be intrigued by the book of Joshua? As the sixth book of the Hebrew Bible, the Old Testament Joshua concludes what is sometimes called the Hexateuch. Placed just after the Pentateuch and before Judges and Ruth, Joshua is commonly grouped—with Judges, Samuel, and Kings—among the ‘Former Prophets’ of the Hebrew canon.1 Joshua also occupies the sixth position in the Vulgate where the book may be prefaced by Jerome’s prologue.2 The position of the book, but also its story, establish that Joshua son of Nun of the tribe of Ephraim is the appointed successor of Moses. Thus the mantle, ‘servant of the Lord’ (le serf de Nostre Sire, line 2), borne by Moses in Josh 1. 1, settles on Joshua at 24. 29 (line 1164). We had met Joshua ben Nun at several points of Moses’s career, as recorded in the Pentateuch: at the defeat of Amalek (Ex 17. 8-13), with Moses on Mount Sinai (Ex 24. 13-18), in the Israelites’ camp when the Ten Commandments are brought down the mountain (Ex 32. 15-18), and as a spy in the land of Canaan (Num 13. 1-16; 14. 6-10, 36-38; 26. 65).3 Joshua was first called Hoshea ben Nun. As he sends out the spies, Moses changes Hoshea’s name to Joshua (Num 13. 8, 16).4 Later, in accordance with Yahweh’s command, Joshua is appointed as 1  Peter R. Ackroyd, ‘The Old Testament in the Making’, in The Cambridge History of the Bible, 3 vols (Cambridge: University Press, 1963-70), I: From the Beginnings to Jerome (1970), eds P. R. Ackroyd and C. F. Evans, pp. 67-113 (p. 109). Peter Comestor, Historia scholastica, in Patrologiae cursus completus, Series Latina, 221 vols, ed. J.-P. Migne (Paris, 1844-65; hathitrust.org), 198 (1855), cols 1259-72, proposes a threepart division of the Old Testament: ‘Primum vocant legem, secundum prophetas, tertium agiographa’ (col. 1259). In legem are included the five books of Moses (Pentateuch); in prophetas, eight prophets, including Joshua; and in agiographa or sanctorum scripta, the nine remaining books of the OT. 2  The text of reference for the Vulgate book of Joshua is Biblia Sacra Vulgata, Robert Weber and Roger Gryson, eds, 5th  edn (Stuttgart: Deutsche Bibelgesellschaft, 2007; www.bibelwissenschaft.de). For Jerome’s prologue, see pp.  285-86. I  have also consulted biblegateway.com and latinvulgate.com. My source for Joshua in modern English translation is the New Revised Standard Version available at biblegateway.com. Biblical references in the Introduction follow the NRSV whose numbering system may differ slightly from that of V. 3  For further references to Joshua in the Tetrateuch, see Robert G. Boling, Joshua: A New Translation with Notes and Commentary, The Anchor Bible, 6 (Garden City, NY: Doubleday, 1982), p. 120. 4  In Jerome’s prologue, Joshua is called Jhesum le filz Nave (line J3); in Hist.schol., col. 1259, Jesus Nave … id est filius Nave. Comestor equates the names Joshua and Jesus: ‘Josue … qui et Jesus dictus est’; ‘Nam Josue et Jesus idem est nomen’. In the third century, Origen had stated, ‘le rôle du livre de Josué, c’est beaucoup moins de nous faire connaître les actes de Jésus, fils de Navé, que de nous décrire les mystères de Jésus, mon Seigneur’. See Annie Jaubert, intro., trans., and notes, Origène, Homélies sur Josué, Sources chrétiennes, 71 (Paris: Cerf, 1960), p. 101.

18

Introduction

Moses’s successor (Num 27. 15-23, Deut 31. 1-8, 23, and 34. 9), and it is he who, in the book of Joshua, leads the Israelites westward across the River Jordan into Canaan, ‘a land flowing with milk and honey’ ( Josh 5. 6; la terre manaunt de leat et de meel, lines 177-78). Boling notes, ‘The new leader is introduced as though he were well-known’.5 Joshua is said to be ‘full of the spirit of wisdom’ (Deut 34. 9; see also Num 27. 18). He is ‘the fiercest warrior, the bravest commander in Jewish history, and its most victorious general’.6 Joshua is a charismatic military leader who ‘unreservedly’ follows the Lord (Num 32. 12) and who is as respected by the people as was Moses before him ( Josh 4. 14; ils luy doutassent auxint com il douterent Moisen dementres q’il vesquist, lines 147-48). By divine command, Joshua inherits the town of Timnath-serah in Ephraim, where he resided and which he rebuilt ( Josh 19. 49-50, lines 916-19). Our text states that he is also buried there ( Josh 24. 29-30, lines 1164-66). Although Joshua speaks for his maisoun ( Josh 24.15, lines 1138-39) in choosing to follow Yahweh, we are not told explicitly if Joshua married or had children or possessions other than this town. The book of Joshua falls into two roughly equal parts: chapters 1-12 relate the arrival of the Israelites in Canaan, west of the River Jordan, and their extermination—under Joshua’s leadership—of the land’s indigenious peoples; chapters 13-24 then detail the re-apportionment of the new land to the twelve tribes. The diptych-like book is thus a record of the fulfillment of Yahweh’s repeated promise that the Israelites, lately freed from slavery in Egypt, would possess and settle in a land of their own ( Josh 1. 2-6, lines 3-11). In chapters 1-12 (lines 1-596), the occupation of Canaan is achieved by Joshua and the Hebrew warriors in a series of stunning and devastating military defeats of the kings and cities of indigenous peoples. This section might be labelled ‘depopulation’ or ‘emptying’ in recognition of the widespread destruction of the native peoples and their cities. The Israelites’ occupation of Canaan is wrought by genocidal warfare.7 These chapters relate the killing of kings, the wreck of cities, and the slaughter of all inhabitants. Yet, the aim of the Israelites under Joshua’s command is not conquest but re-conquest or liberation; they are reclaiming possession of land that belonged to them all along.8

5  Boling, p. 120. 6  Elie Wiesel, Five Biblical Portraits (Notre Dame, IN: University of Notre Dame Press, 1981), p. 4. 7  Thomas B. Dozeman, Joshua 1-12: A New Translation with Introduction and Commentary (New Haven: Yale University Press, 2015), states, this is ‘a story about the execution of kings, the destruction of their royal cities, and the extermination of the urban population through the implementation of the ban— a form of warfare in which all men, women, and children are killed’ (p.  3). For the ban or ḥerem, see Dozeman, pp. 54-59. 8  Wiesel, p. 23.

Introduction

19

Yahweh performs wonders during several battles to snatch a victory. Prior to the capture of Jericho, Yahweh sends an angel, his army commander ( Josh 5. 13-15, lines 191-97), then gives instructions for a procession around the city on seven successive days. The strategem results in the collapse of Jericho’s walls and the ruin of the city (6. 1-21, lines 198-239). Subsequently, in a lightning-war, Joshua captures and destroys more than a dozen cities in succession, from Ai (Hai) to Libnah and Lachish, and from Hazor to Baal-gad. At Ai, Joshua obeys Yahweh’s command to lay an ambush near the city ( Josh 8. 1-23, lines 312-56). After the main force, pretending to flee, draws Ai’s fighters out of the city, the Israelites lying in ambush enter Ai and set the city ablaze, then wheel around to trap and slay Ai’s warriors, which Joshua’s main force is driving back toward the city. On the road between Beth-horon (Betheron) and Makkedah (Maceda), Yahweh sends hailstones that kill more of the indigenous armies’ fighters than are slain by the Israelites’ swords (10. 11, lines 457-60). On the same day, in a well known passage, Joshua commands Yahweh to make the sun and the moon stand still, thus giving the Israelites more time to kill their enemies (10. 12-14, lines 461-67). Each city that Joshua attacks, he conquers and annihilates. Chapter 12 tallies the names of the indigenous kings killed by Joshua and his fighters, notch by notch, thirty-one in all. The Canaan that the Israelites set about to clear is a land of giants. Along with other indigenous peoples, as Sylvia Huot states, the Bible ‘identifies giants with an aboriginal population that, however terrifying, must with God’s help be cleansed from the land targeted for occupation by a favored race’.9 The Israelites’ notorious defeat and slaying of the Amorite kings Sihon and Og figure prominently in the speeches of Rahab ( Josh 2. 9-11, lines 51-59) and the Gibeonites (9. 9-10, lines 398-402). The king-killers’ exploits and the crossing of the Red Sea— both related and recalled repeatedly in Num, Deut, and Josh—explain why the Israelites’ approach strikes terror into the peoples of Canaan. As Rahab says, ‘As soon as we heard it, our hearts melted, and there was no courage left in any of us because of you’ (2. 11). I find no evidence that King Sihon was a giant. Of King Og, Deut 3. 11 reports, Now only King Og of Bashan was left of the remnant of the Rephaim. In fact his bed, an iron bed, can still be seen in Rabbah of the Ammonites. By the common cubit it is nine cubits long and four cubits wide.10

9  Sylvia Huot, Outsiders: The Humanity and Inhumanity of Giants in Medieval French Prose Romance (Notre Dame, IN: University of Notre Dame Press, 2016), p. 37. 10 New Revised Standard Version Bible, biblegateway.com. F.-M.  Abel, Géographie de la Palestine, 3rd edn, 2 vols (Paris: Gabalda, 1967), I, p. 191, speculates that Og’s iron bed may have been wrought from the local iron-laden basalt.

20

Introduction

Stephens terms Og ‘the most fearsome individual antagonist of the Israelites in Canaan’.11 Of Og’s kingdom, Deut 3. 13 states, Basan vocatur terra gigantum. A secondary meaning of ‘Rephaim’ is ‘giants’.12 Dozeman, citing Deut 3. 11 and Josh 12. 4, calls the Rephaim ‘a superhuman race of giants in the land of Canaan’.13 Deut 2. 20 recalls that the land of the Ammonites, or sons of Ammon, terra gigantum reputata est et in ipsa olim habitaverunt gigantes. Speaking of the land of Gilead, Abel writes, ‘Ces géants de six ou sept coudées de hauteur y étaient répandus depuis le domaine des fils d’Ammon jusqu’à l’Hermon’.14 He discusses further the theory that, in popular culture, legends of the Rephaim not only served to explain but also coincided geographically with the megalithic monuments—dolmens, cromlechs, and the like—found in certain areas of Palestine.15 Another indigenous race of giants, the Anakim, is also prominent in Josh. Deut refers repeatedly to their tallness (1. 28, 2. 10, 2. 21, and 9. 2). The Anakim appear first in the story of the twelve spies sent by Moses in Num 13. 31-33.16 Later, in their debriefing before the Israelite assembly, Joshua and Caleb praise the bounty and the goodness of the land (Num 14. 6-9), but the other scouts warn of the power and great size of the inhabitants. Beside the Anakim, they say, the spies were like insects: There we saw the Nephilim (the Anakites come from the Nephilim); and to ourselves we seemed like grasshoppers, and so we seemed to them. (Num 13. 33)

The Nephilim figure in Gen and Num but not in Josh.17 We had first encountered them in Gen 6. 4, which states: The Nephilim were on the earth in those days—and also afterward—when the sons of God went in to the daughters of humans, who bore children to them. These were the heroes that were of old, warriors of renown.

That is, the Nephalim (V gigantes) were the product of sinful miscegenation between the lineage of Seth and that of Cain.18 For Abel, the Nephalim were ‘une

11  Walter Stephens, Giants in Those Days (Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press, 1989), p. 89. For discussion of OT giants, see pp. 72-76. 12  Boling, p. 325; see further Abel, I, p. 326, for the association of the Raphaim with the land of the dead. 13  Dozeman, p. 231. 14  Abel I, p. 327. 15  Abel I, p. 328. Abel mentions, e.g., a ‘champ dolménique étendu’ near Khirbet el-ʽAḍeimé in the Jordan Valley and the Wadi Bersiniya in the Transjordan ‘où l’on compte un millier de dolmens’ (II, pp. 35-36). 16  The NRSV calls the giants ‘the descendants of Anak’ (Num 13. 28), while in V they are stirpem Enach (13. 29) and filiorum Enach de genere giganteo (13. 34). 17  Gen 6. 4; Num 13. 34. 18  I follow Huot, pp. 32-36, who also points out that ‘Cain was … frequently identified as the ancestor of giants’ (p. 54).

Introduction

21

race de géants dont le nom seul inspira longtemps une terreur mêlée d’admiration’. As the offspring of gods, they inherited divine secrets and the gift of invention.19 The Anakim are city-dwellers for whom the Hexateuch establishes a double genealogy: they are the progeny of Arba, the founder of Hebron (Kiriath-Arba); alternatively, they are descendents of the Nephalim, the offspring of gods and humans, through their forebear Anak (Gen 6. 1-4).20 Joshua kills the Anakim in Josh 11. 21-22 until none remain in the Israelites’ lands, although survivors escape to Gaza, Gath, and Ashdod.21 In the fourteenth century, Sanudo also traces the Anakim to the Titans, saying, ‘Then the sons of God that is Seth, seeing that the daughters of men, that is those who descended from Cain, were beautiful, were overcome with desire and took them as their wives and so were born the giants … After the flood giants were found in Tanis where they were called Titans, from whose stock was Enac’, and quoting Num 13. 33 and Josh 11. 21-22.22 Chapters 13-24 (specifically, 13. 1-21 .43, lines 597-996) are largely a tribal geography.23 This section could be called ‘repopulation’ or ‘re-filling’ as it relates

19  Abel, I, pp. 325-26. 20 For a chart of Old Testament references to Canaan’s giant peoples and further comments, see Dozeman, pp. 480-81. See also ‘Anakim’, The Jewish Encyclopedia, 12 vols (New York: Funk & Wagnalls, 1901; archive.org), I, pp. 551-52. 21  Dozeman notes further that the rabbis interpret the Anakim as ‘a giant, Og, who sought to throw onto the Israelites a massive stone the size of a mountain in order to cover the entire Israelite camp’ (p. 481); for this and other Og stories, see Stephens, pp. 89-90. Jerome establishes that ‘Enacim’ was a people, not a place: ‘Enacim. Here indeed Joshua slew the giant Enacim from the mountain region of Chebron. It seems to me that it is not the name of the place of the Enacim, but of the inhabitants of Chebron’. See Palestine in the Fourth Century A.D.: The Onomasticon by Eusebius of Caesarea, trans. G. S. P. FreemanGrenville, indexed by Rupert L. Chapman III, ed. and intro. Joan E. Taylor ( Jerusalem: Carta, 2003), p. 51. The giant Goliath, who stood ‘six cubits and a span’ tall, was from Gath (1 Sam 17. 4). Yâkût (1225) calls Jericho ‘the city of the giants’. See Guy Le Strange, Palestine under the Moslems: A Description of Syria and the Holy Land from A.D. 650 to 1500 (Boston and New York: Houghton Mifflin, 1890; rpt. Beirut: Khayats, 1965; books.google.com), pp. 32, 396. 22  Marino Sanudo Torsello, The Book of the Secrets of the Faithful of the Cross = Liber Secretorum Fidelium Crucis, trans. Peter Lock, Crusade Texts in Translation, 21 (Farnham: Ashgate, 2011), p. 280. The most convenient edition of Sanudo’s Liber Secretorum Fidelium Crucis is Gesta Dei per Francos, ed. Jacques Bongars, 2 vols (Hanover: Typis Wechelianis, 1611; books.google.com), II, pp. 1-281 [= LSFC]. For this passage, see LSFC, p. 177. 23  For detailed discussion of the tribal boundary system and town-lists with a review of the main research, see Zecharia Kallai, Historical geography of the Bible: The tribal territories of Israel ( Jerusalem: Magnes; Leiden, Brill, 1986). The Table of Settlement Names, pp.  496-511, facilitates comparison of toponyms mentioned in the various books of the Hebrew Old Testament, including Joshua, but the work’s usefulness with regard to the ANB’s Joshua is otherwise limited. For further description of and commentary on the tribal boundaries and a concise list of the Levitical cities with their modern localisations, see Abel, II, pp. 44-74. See also Cartes II (‘Les tribus méridionales’), III (‘Les tribus septentrionales’), and IV (‘Les tribus orientales’) in Abel’s vol. II. Abel’s ‘Villes bibliques et autres localités historiques’ is an invaluable gazetteer that covers Abdon to Ziph (II, pp. 233-490). Robert North, A History of Biblical Map Making (Wiesbaden: Reichert, 1979), calls Josh 13-19 the ‘main geographical bloc of the whole Bible’ (p. 36). See also below, ‘Geographical names in the Anglo-Norman Bible’s book of Joshua’.

22

Introduction

the distribution of the new land to the Israelite tribes and the settlement of their territories. We may assume that the establishment of internal, tribal boundaries was crucial in such related matters as property rights, land use, taxation and urban development, but also for purposes of military conscription. In Rashi’s map, the outer border of Canaan showed clearly, to paraphrase him, the land in which God’s commandments are operative, i.e., within Canaan, as opposed to lands outside Canaan in which God’s laws do not apply.24 Already in the Pentateuch Moses had initiated the apportionment of lands to the twelve tribes. Even before the children of Israel cross the River Jordan into Canaan, Moses promises lands to the east of the Jordan to two-and-onehalf tribes: the Reubenites, the Gadites, and the (Eastern) half-tribe of Manasseh (Num 32. 33-42). Yahweh then broadly describes the land of Canaan, including specific instructions for the marking of boundaries (Num 34. 1-12). In the territories of the two-and-one-half tribes, moreover, Moses establishes cities of refuge, Bezer (Reuben), Ramoth (Gad), and Golan (Manasseh) (Deut 4. 41-43).25 Thus the establishment of additional cities of refuge and of Levitical cities that is related in Joshua 20-21, was first ordered in the Pentateuch.26 Regarding the Transjordan, Yahweh instructs Joshua, ‘divide this land for an inheritance to the nine tribes and the half-tribe of Manasseh’ ( Josh 13. 7; lines 609-10). Joshua dutifully commissions a cartographic team of three men per tribe to survey the land of Canaan, to record the survey in a book, to plan a division of fiefs among the tribes of Israel, and to report back.27 As shown below in the section, ‘Geographical names in the Anglo-Norman Bible’s book of Joshua’, chapters 13-22 list hundreds of toponyms and geographical boundaries that function as a detailed narrative map of Joshua’s Palestine. Proceeding from point to point along

24  Catherine Delano-Smith and Mayer I. Gruber, ‘Rashi’s Legacy: maps of the Holy Land’, The Map Collector, 59 (1992), 30-35 (p. 32). 25  In the final chapter of Deut, shortly before his death, Moses climbs Mt Pisgah to gaze across the Jordan into Canaan, which he is forbidden to enter (Deut 34. 1-4; see also Deut 3. 23-27). 26  See Wright’s introduction to Boling, p. 58. We find further examples of the Pentateuch’s foreshadowing of events that transpire in Joshua, e.g., Joshua’s divine commission ( Josh 1. 6-9) is anticipated in Deut 31. 23, and the account of the inheritance of Zelophehad’s daughters ( Josh 17. 3-6) in Num 36. 5-12. 27  Here one is reminded of the Hereford map inscriptions, especially those concerning Julius Caesar’s project, completed by his nephew Caesar Augustus, to measure the lands of the earth. Although Julius Caesar retained four surveyors, the Hereford map names only three. See Naomi Reed Kline, Maps of Medieval Thought (Woodbridge: Boydell, 2001), pp. 50-51, 58, 60. For maps of the tribal territories, see Boling, pp.  336 (Map F), 364, and 398 (Map H). For discussion of border descriptions, see Yohanan Aharoni, The Land of the Bible: A Historical Geography, revd. and enlarged edn, trans. and ed. A. F. Rainey (Philadelphia: Westminster, 1979), pp. 248-60. Rachel Havrelock makes the interesting connection between geographical and genealogical lists: ‘The maps of Israel’s land … are mediated in language as boundary lists. Although they first read like an inventory, a geographical corollary to the genealogy genre, the maps are rich in literary nuance and historical suggestion’. See ‘The Two Maps of Israel’s Land’, Journal of Biblical Literature, 126 (2007), 649-67, at p. 650. Available at jstor.org.

Introduction

23

their course, the border descriptions in the book of Joshua appear to be abridged versions. In the Hebrew Bible, minute details are not carefully recorded except in the crucial area around Jerusalem.28 Issachar, Dan, Simeon, and the Transjordan tribes receive not border delineations but town-lists together with some general topographical markers. In the final chapters, Joshua dismisses the tribes to populate their new territories. The consultation of oracles figures prominently in the book of Joshua. Exodus 28. 30 instructs the Israelites to place the Urim and the Thummim in the breastpiece of Aaron the chief priest so that ‘they shall be on Aaron’s heart when he goes in before the Lord’. Boling characterizes the Urim and Thummim as the two sacred dice permitting consultation with divinity and communication of ‘a divine ‟yesˮ or ‟noˮ in response to specific inquiry (Ex 28:30)’.29 Joshua collaborates repeatedly with the priest Eleazar in consulting the sacred dice. By far the most dramatic judgment by oracle in Joshua is the methodical discovery—first by tribe, then by clan, and finally by household—of the theft of devoted things by Achan ( Josh 7). The success of this inquest depends on the oracular function of the Ark.30 The selection passes through the tribe of Judah, descending generation by generation through Zerah, Zabdi, and Carmi, and finally to Achan. After confessing his crime, Achan is stoned to death and burnt with his family and possessions, as only their extermination can ensure that the Israelites as a people are not contaminated by his crime. The chapters on the division of the land refer routinely to a process of ‘allotment’, i.e., the assignment of territories to the tribes by lot, using such expressions as ‘Their inheritance was by lot’ ( Josh 14. 2) and ‘The Israelites … allotted the land’ (14. 5). In commissioning and dispatching the surveyors of the territories of the seven ‘remaining tribes’, moreover, Joshua says, ‘You shall describe the land in seven divisions and bring the description here to me; and I will cast lots for you here before the Lord our God’ (18. 6). The accounts of the allotments then typically state, the ‘lot came out’ for this tribe (19. 1) or the ‘lot came up’ for that tribe (19. 10). Our text uses sort (‘lot’) nearly thirty times, e.g., in tu deviseras par sort 10, quele lignee sort avera trovee 285-86, and la terre la quele est a nous due par sort 396. Moreover, our text clearly conveys that, in apportioning the land, Yahweh’s gift to the tribes is in fief or in trust; it is not an outright and perpetual gift or land-grant. The tribes are to be stewards of

28  For this sentence and the next, I follow Yohanan Aharoni and Michael Avi-Yonah, The Macmillan Bible Atlas, 3rd edn rev. by Anson F. Rainey and Ze’ev Safrai (New York: Macmillan, 1993), p. 60. 29  Boling, p. 353. One die or both are mentioned explicitly ten times in the OT. The book of Joshua also alludes to them multiple times. 30  Boling, p. 223.

24

Introduction

the land received. In accepting the fief, they also commit to perform military service in wartime.31 On three occasions, acting rashly, Joshua does not seek divine direction in a new initiative: first, he ‘secretly’ dispatches two scouts ( Josh 2. 1; privement, line 38) to spy out Jericho.32 Later, he sends spies to Ai and unilaterally accepts their report that the city can be captured by a small force (7. 2-3, lines 258-62). Finally, he and the leaders of the congregation ‘did not ask direction from the Lord’ in agreeing a regrettable peace-treaty with the cunning Gibeonites (9. 14; point ne demaunderent la bouche de Nostre Sire, line 410). Failure to consult the oracle brings unexpected, troublesome outcomes. In such situations, the Israelites are prone to grave miscalculation. Dozeman writes that Rahab and the Gibeonites play trickster roles.33 In Jericho, the spies seal a pact with Rahab in which she agrees to shelter and protect them during their mission in exchange for the safety of her family after the city falls. The Israelites are then duty-bound to permit Rahab and her family—residents of Canaan who by rights should be slain in accordance with the ban—to live near their camp and on their lands in perpetuity.34 Later, the defenders of Ai rout the overconfident Israelite warriors in their disastrous first attack on the city, killing thirty-six men as the army flees. As noted, Joshua then follows Yahweh’s command to lay an ambush for the second attack, which is successful. Later, the Israelites are fooled by the ruse of the Gibeonites, who ‘masquerade as a distant nation in order to escape extermination’.35 Three days after sealing a peace-treaty with them, the Israelites realize they have been duped into allowing near-neighbors to live in their midst, again in perpetuity. Even though the ban requires that the indigenous Gibeonites be destroyed, like Rahab they cleverly convince the Israelites to approve a pact that spares their lives. The Covenant-Ark is ‘the portable throne of the Divine Suzerain of all the earth’, ‘the place of highest legitimate oracular inquiry’.36 In Joshua, the ark is

31  Boling, p. 121. 32  Dozeman, p. 241. 33  Dozeman, pp.  238-39, 397-98. For a comparison of Rahab and Pocahontas, see Lori  L. Rowlett, ‘Disney’s Pocahontas and Joshua’s Rahab in Post-colonial Perspective’, in Culture, Entertainment and the Bible, Journal for the Study of the Old Testament, 309, ed. George Aichele (Sheffield: Sheffield Academic Press, 2000), pp. 66-75. 34  According to Mt 1. 5-6, with Salmon Rahab bore Boaz, the second husband of Ruth, great-grandmother of David. With Boaz, Ruth bore Obed, the father of Jesse, the father of David (Ruth 4. 13-22). In this genealogy, Rahab was a direct ancestor of Jesus Christ. According to the rabbis, Joshua married Rahab, and the prophetess Huldah was their descendant (Dozeman, p.  82). In Origen’s third-century sermons, ‘Rahab, la courtisane qui reçoit les envoyés de Jésus [= Joshua] , c’est la figure des Gentils qui ont accueilli le message de l’Évangile et sont entrés dans l’Église … ’. See Jaubert, pp. 16-17. 35  Dozeman, p. 397. 36  Boling, pp. 159-60.

Introduction

25

mentioned nearly thirty times; it is variously called the ark (l’arche, lines 92, 94, 139 etc.), the ark of the covenant (l’arche de alliaunce, 90, 105, 112 etc., l’arche de covenaunt 96), and the ark of the Lord your God (l’arche del Sire vostre Dieu 12627). Dozeman calls the ark ‘the central cultic object in Joshua’.37 As the Israelites process across the Jordan into Canaan, they also transport the ark along an itinerary which extends westward from Shittim to Gilgal, Jericho, and Ai, then northward to the mountains of Gerizim and Ebal at Shechem.38 The book of Joshua is concerned to mark historical circumstances and to highlight the memorials for later generations, thereby connecting past events with a visible, tactile present. The book’s etiological statements are frequently tagged to indicate that the monument or condition exists ‘to the present day’. Such narratives aim ‘primarily to link an existing place or name with some vivid detail that is easy to remember’.39 Which of the places described in Joshua may be seen and verified by contemporaries as authentic historical sites and as reliable evidence of the events related? The twelve stones at Gilgal ( Josh 4. 8-9), the Hill of the Foreskins (5. 3, 8-9), the mound of stones over Achan’s grave (7. 25-26), the heap of rubble at Ai (8. 28), the cairn over the grave of the king of Ai (8. 29), the tombs of the five kings killed at Makkedah (10. 27), and the presence of Geshurites and Maacathites in the Israelites’ lands (13. 13). Noting ‘a certain unevenness’ in Joshua’s narrative material, Wright points to the first of these sites, the memorial at Gilgal. In Josh 4. 8, the twelve stones are set up on land, in the Israelites’ camp. Yet, in 4. 9, we read that Joshua erected them in the middle of the River Jordan. Again in 4. 20, the stones are said to have been raised on land at Gilgal. Exactly where, then, was the memorial erected?40 According to Dozeman, Joshua ‘represents a virulent form of anti-urban and antimonarchic life in the promised land’.41 The Israelites’ campaign against the indigenous peoples of Canaan is a war of rusticity versus technology, of nomadic encampments versus cities, of agrarian versus urban culture, of aniconic versus iconographic cult, and of anointed spiritual leaders against kings. A few examples will suffice to introduce these themes which are then amplified by a reading of the ANB’s Joshua. Regarding rusticity versus technology: at Gilgal, when Yahweh commands Joshua to circumcize all males, he specifies that the procedure be performed with flint knives ( Josh 5. 2-3; cultres de perres, line 169). At Jericho, banned objects include items manufactured from silver, gold,

37  Dozeman, p. 44. 38  For a list of references to the ark in the OT, see Dozeman, pp. 46-47. For a map of the procession of the ark northward to Shechem, see Dozeman, p. 50. 39  North, p. 37. 40  See Wright’s introduction to Boling, p. 57. 41  Dozeman, p. 212.

26

Introduction

bronze, and iron (6. 18-19): Et quelescunqes choses averount estee d’or et d’argent et des vasseux de arresme et de feer, soient il consacrez a Nostre Sire et mys en ses tresors (lines 233-34). Achan’s crime is precisely the theft and concealment of a fine cloak and of silver and gold (7.21; un paille coccine tresbon et deux centz cicles d’argent et une reule d’or de cinquante cicles, lines 297-98) in flagrant violation of the ban. On Mt Ebal, as specified by the law of Moses, Joshua builds ‘an altar of unhewn stones, on which no iron tool has been used’ (8. 31; ‘un altier des perres nyenttaillés les queus feer ne out tuchee’, lines 369-70). Whereas the Israelites’ enemies may have horses and iron chariots (17. 16, 18; curres de feer, lines 810, 816), Joshua’s forces do not.42 When the kings of northern Canaan assemble at the waters of Merom to attack the Israelites, Yahweh orders Joshua to cripple their horses and burn their chariots, and this is done (11. 6-9; lines 532-40). Skilful, well-paced story-telling is a feature of L’s book of Joshua. To the stories of Rahab, Achan, and the Gibeonites, mentioned above, we may add the account of Joshua’s relentless military campaign in the wake of the destruction of Makkedah. In rapid succession, and in an annalistic style involving staccato repetition of key phrases, the narrator relates the destruction of Libnah, Lachish, Eglon, Hebron, and Debir ( Josh 10. 29-39; lines 496-516) in language that contrasts with that of the Makkedah section.43 The template of successive battles in this fast-paced, epic-like passage repeats phrases like il ferirent la citee en la bouche de espee et touz ses habitatours (497-98; cf. 502, 505-06, 509-10), le host … la prist (500-01; cf. 508-09, 513), si ne lesserent … nulles rementailles (498; cf. 510, 514-15), and il firent al roi de Lebna si com il avoient fait al roi de Jericho (498-99; cf. 511, 515-16). Following the account of the destruction of Hazor, V states starkly, cepit percussit atque delevit (11. 12). Likewise, our text adroitly conveys the tautness and muscularity of Joshua’s battle scenes. The reader who blinks will miss the charming vignette of Achsah (Axam, Josh 15. 16-19; lines 714-21), daughter of Caleb (Caleph) and bride of Othniel (Othoniel), in one of two passages of the Bible that includes the verse, ‘she sighed as she sat on her ass’.44 At which, Caleb asks, ‘Quele chose as tu?’ (719). When she complains about the arid land she has received, her father endows her with additional, irrigated land. Thus Othniel’s marriage to his cousin Achsah begins well. The reader may find some humor in other passages as well. For example, when—after their days-long spying expedition in and around Jericho—the two 42  For chariots (curres) and horses, see further Josh 11. 4 and 24. 6. In the third century, Origen states, ‘On ne trouvera jamais dans l’Écriture un Israélite qui possède un cheval, c’est au Cananéen qu’appartient le “cheval, espoir trompeur de salut”’. See Jaubert, p. 447. 43  For a map of Joshua’s southern campaign, see Dozeman, p. 456. For P’s text, see ‘Comparison of L and P’ in the Appendices. 44  Josh 15. 18, Douay-Rheims 1899 American Edition, biblegateway.com. Accessed 28 February 2018. The story of Achsah is retold in nearly identical terms in Judges 1. 12-15.

Introduction

27

spies make their report to Joshua, their succinct account ( Josh 2. 24; lines 84-86) only repeats what Rahab had told them on their arrival in Jericho (2. 9; lines 5254). Had they discovered nothing else of note during their expedition? The charade of the Gibeonites has been mentioned above. As Blenkinsopp states, the story presents ‘a certain air of unreality and even detached humour especially with regard to the means chosen by the Gibeonites to authenticate their mission—as if anyone would believe that they could not have obtained fresh bread on the journey!’45 The scene is made more vivid in our text not only by the Gibeonites’ ludicrously decrepit, moldy props—old sacks and wineskins, dried-out, crumbling bread, worn-out clothing, and mended shoes—but also by alliteration, e.g., Les pains adecertes q’il porterent por cel vaiage estoient durs et debrisez en pieces 391-92 and the plaintive por la longeure de la longe voie sount defolez et prés degastee par veillesce 408-09. We leave aside here many of the issues of contemporary scholarship on Joshua as summarized by Dozeman—e.g., the dubious historicity of the Hebrew book, its date, compositional layers, and internal repetitions and contradictions—as these contribute marginally to our understanding of the Anglo-Norman Bible’s book of Joshua. For fine points, however, we shall rely on Dozeman and other modern commentators in the Notes section.46 Manuscripts of the Anglo-Norman Bible’s book of Joshua Anna Paues states, ‘It is a remarkable and significant fact that the earliest specimens of the French vernacular Bible are of Norman origin, and that the earliest MSS. in which they have come down to us were executed in England by AngloNorman scribes’.47 Two copies of the Anglo-Norman Bible’s book of Joshua survive, namely, London, British Library, MS Royal 1 C III (L), containing Genesis through Tobit;48 and Paris, Bibliothèque nationale de France (= BnF), 45  Joseph Blenkinsopp, Gibeon and Israel: The Role of Gibeon and the Gibeonites in the Political and Religious History of Early Israel (Cambridge: University Press, 1972), p. 35. 46  Dozeman, pp. 5-32. 47  Anna  C. Paues, ed., A  Fourteenth Century English Biblical Version (Cambridge: University Press, 1902; books.google.com), p. xvii. 48  For descriptions of L, see British Library, Catalogue of Illuminated Manuscripts, available at www. bl.uk/catalogues/illuminatedmanuscripts; Ruth  J. Dean and Maureen  B.  M. Boulton,  Anglo-Norman Literature, A  Guide to Texts and Manuscripts  (London: Anglo-Norman Text Society, 1999), §  469; Thierry Revol, ‘Bible anglo-normande, Genèse, édition’, unpublished doctoral thesis, Université Marc Bloch-Strasbourg II, 2006, pp.  20-21, 22-23, 25-27; Alan Coates, English Medieval Books: The Reading Abbey Collections from Foundation to Dispersal (Oxford: Clarendon, 1999), p. 164; N. R. Ker, ed., Medieval Libraries of Great Britain: A List of Surviving Books, 2nd edn (London: Royal Historical Society, 1964), pp. 156, 361; George F. Warner and Julius P. Gilson, Catalogue of Western Manuscripts in the Old Royal and King’s Collections, 4 vols ([London:] Oxford University Press, 1921; hathitrust.org), I, p. 14; and Samuel Berger, La Bible française au moyen âge (Paris:Imprimerie nationale, 1884; hathitrust.org), pp. 231-37, 386.

28

Introduction

MS français 1 (P)—by far the fullest witness of the Anglo-Norman Bible—which provides Genesis through Hebrews 13. 17.49 An English production from c. 1350 or somewhat earlier, L is a large book (39 x 27 cm) of 315 parchment leaves that belonged at some point in the fifteenth century to Reading’s Benedictine abbey of St Mary.50 A fifteenth-century inscription on fol. 1 reads Hic est liber monachorum claustraliu[m] de Redyng. L is decorated with twelve puzzle initials in red and blue, although none adorns the Joshua section. Joshua appears as expected between Deuteronomy (fols 116v-142v) and Judges (161v-182r). James P. Carley suggests tantalizingly that L bears ‘a characteristic Henrician label’. The British Library’s description adds, ‘probably entered the collection during the reign of Henry VIII as one of ten manuscripts from Reading Abbey brought to Hampton Court in 1530’.51 Characteristic of L is its occasional insertion of glosses in English or Latin, each typically one or two words in length, to clarify or correct the Anglo-Norman text. This observation is valid at least for Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Joshua, Judges, 2 Kings, and Esdras. As shown below, there are twenty such glosses in Joshua, a trilingual text.52 We also find a transcription of a Greek word in Jerome’s Catherine Léglu, ‘Reading Abbey’s Anglo-Norman French Translation of the Bible (London, British Library, Royal MS 1 C III)’, Reading Medieval Studies, 42 (2016), 131-55, provides reproductions of L from books other than Joshua: fol. 65v (p. 146), 62r (p. 148), and 40r (p. 149). For Ruth, see Brent A. Pitts, ‘The Anglo-Norman Bible’s Book of Ruth, a critical edition (BL Royal 1 C III)’, Reading Medieval Studies 44 (2018), 173-97; centaur.reading.ac.uk. The present editor also has in hand critical editions of the ANB’s books of Judges (Introduction by Huw Grange), I and II Samuel (Introduction by Peter Damian-Grint), Esdras (Introduction by Thomas Hinton), and Tobit. 49  A digital reproduction of P is available at gallica.bnf.fr/ark:/12148/btv1b9007290k ( Joshua’s incipit = image 128; explicit = image 144). For descriptions of P, see Revol, pp. 20, 21-22, 23-25, 26-28; Nora Elizabeth Ratcliff, ‘Edition and study (mostly linguistic) of a section of an Anglo-Norman translation of the Bible (14th century): The Acts of the Apostles in MSS B.N. fr. 1 and 9562’, unpublished doctoral thesis, St Andrews University, 1955, pp. vi-xiii, xix-xxii; and Berger 1884, pp. 230-31, 237, 324-25. Three additional manuscripts contain the ANB’s Acts of the Apostles and Revelation: London, British Library, Additional MS 54325; Paris, BnF, MS fr. 9562; and Paris, BnF, MS fr. 6260. Given the fullness of the ANB in L and especially in P, the neglect of the early, substantially complete, and continuous ANB texts by Margariet Hoogvliet, ‘The Medieval Vernacular Bible in French as a Flexible Text: Selective and Discontinuous Reading Practices’, in Eyal Poleg and Laura Light, eds, Form and Function in the Late Medieval Bible (Leiden: Brill, 2013), pp. 283-306, is surprising. For discussion of a hypothetical ancestor manuscript upstream from L and P, see Appendix A. 50  Léglu, p.  133, notes the similarity of L’s gothic cursive and decorative initials with those in BL Additional MS 54325 (c. 1350), suggesting further that ‘a common workshop produced both, but for different audiences’. Nobel 2002, p. 453, dates L ‘de la première moitié ou du milieu du XIVe siècle’. Paues, p. xix, also sets L in ‘the earlier half of the fourteenth century’. 51  James P. Carley, ed., Corpus of Medieval Library Catalogues, VII: The Libraries of King Henry VIII (London: British Library, 2000), p.  xxxvi n.  48. See http://www.bl.uk/catalogues/illuminatedmanuscripts/record.asp?MSID=5342&CollID=16&NStart=10303 for the description and a digital reproduction of several folios, including fol. 185 and its puzzle initial. 52 For L’s English glosses, see Léglu, pp. 139-41. L is ‘peppered with English words’ (p. 139). There are also Latin glosses. Léglu notes blanks after words in L (p. 139), perhaps intended for glosses that were never added;

Introduction

29

prologue to the ANB’s Joshua. Given that L includes only the first seventeen books of the Old Testament and concludes with the final words of Tobit and an explicit at the end of a quire, the codex may well represent the first installment of a planned multi-volume work.53 At least two scribes contributed to L.54 The book of Joshua in L is nearly always legible, and its meaning routinely very clear. P is a very large (530 x 360 mm), illuminated in-folio of 417 leaves that was prepared by an English workshop for the fourth baron de Welles, John, and his wife, Maud, daughter of William, Lord Ros. Of the impressive dimensions of the manuscript, Kathryn A. Smith states, ‘With respect to some aspects of its design and contents, [P] was clearly intended to mimic the physical and intellectual heft of a grand institutional Bible’.55 John was born in Lincolnshire in 1333. According to Ratcliff, John and Maud married ‘at least before February  1345’, when John was perhaps twelve years old.56 In any case, as John’s son and heir was born in 1350, the fourth baron must have married quite young.57 He followed Edward III’s expedition to Gascony in 1359 and was twice summoned to Parliament.58 At his early death in 1361—a plague year—John held estates in Lincolnshire, Northumberland, Essex, and Northhampton.59 For Ratcliff, there is little doubt that P was copied and illustrated in England.60 P is decorated with the coats-of-arms of John and Maud and those of their she also provides examples of Latin glosses. See further Anne Wanono, ‘Une Bible anglo-normande à la source d’une Bible française au XIVe siècle?’, in Un espace colonial et ses avatars: Naissance d’identités nationales Angleterre, France, Irlande (Ve-XVe siècles), dir. Florence Bourgne, Leo Carruthers, and Arlette Sancery (Paris: Presses de l’Université Paris-Sorbonne, 2008), pp. 203-19 and the 8 plates following; P. Nobel, ‘Gloses anglaises et latines dans une traduction biblique anglo-normande’, in «Si a parlé par moult ruiste vertu», Mélanges Jean Subrenat, dir. Jean Dufournet (Paris: Champion, 2000), pp. 419-35, which considers the first 48 folios of L; also, Nobel 2001, p. 436; Nobel 2002, p. 467; and Paues, p. xx. P has no glosses, English or Latin. 53  Léglu, pp. 132, 137. 54  Léglu, p. 137. 55  Personal email correspondence (22 April 2019) and Kathryn A. Smith, ‘Found in Translation: Images Visionary and Visceral in the Welles-Ros Bible’, Gesta, 59 (2020), 91-130 56  Ratcliff, p. xix. 57  Albert Welles, History of the Welles Family in England and Normandy (New York: A. Welles, 1876; archive.org), p. 40. The fourth baron’s son and heir was also named John. 58  The fourth baron lived and died under Edward III (1327-77). John de Welles was summoned to Parliament on 15 Dec 1357 and 20 Nov 1360. See John Burke and John Bernard Burke, A Genealogical and Heraldic Dictionary of the Peerages of England, Ireland, & Scotland, 3rd edn (London: Henry Colburn, 1846; books.google.com), p. 561. Edward III’s so-called ‘expedition to Gascony’ in 1359-60 focused ultimately on France north and east of the Loire. See Jonathan Sumption, The Hundred Years War, 4 vols (Philadelphia: U of Pennsylvania P, 1999), II: Trial by Fire, pp. 424-54, including the map, p. 433. 59  William Dugdale, The Baronage of England, 2 vols. (London: T. Newcomb, 1675-76; quod.lib.umich. edu), I, p. 11; Welles, pp. 37, 39-40. For discussion of the prestige of Anglo-Norman in the fourth baron’s circles—court, administration, law, Parliament, culture—during his lifetime, see Serge Lusignan, La langue des rois au Moyen Ȃge (Paris: Presses universitaires de France, 2004), especially pp. 155-217. 60  Ratcliff, p. xxi. She attributes the manuscript’s decoration to the East-Anglian school.

30

Introduction

parents.61 Given the heraldic prominence of the two families in the manuscript and perhaps also Maud’s agency in the book’s creation, Kathryn A. Smith calls P the ‘Welles-Ros Bible’.62 At least, the figure of a secular woman at prayer painted in the upper margin of fol. 3 suggests that the book was intended for Maud.63 In addition to the coats-of-arms, P has seventy-four large historiated initials and four miniatures which Berger describes as ‘assez grandes mais fort laides’.64 Of the illustration on fol. 61, Avril and Stirnemann state, ‘Ios, sur deux registres: mort de Moïse; Dieu dans les nuées tenant banderole, commandant à Josué de passer le Jourdain; bordure peuplée de deux hérons’.65 This is clearly the Bible of a wealthy and well-connected English family.66 Ratcliff reminds us that—the canonical epistles having been inserted between Acts and Romans—the only biblical material missing in P is the end of the final chapter of Hebrews and the Apocalypse. Moreover, that the index of P lists the Apocalypse among the book’s contents prompts Ratcliff to conclude that the Apocalypse ‘formed at one time part of the manuscript’.67 After the Welles family, the manuscript belonged to Louis de Bruges († 1492), then to King Louis XII of France.68 Regarding the quality of L’s translation, Nobel states, La servilité de la Bible a.n. est parfois telle que le texte devient incompréhensible en l’absence de la source qui donne le sens. La phrase n’a de français que l’apparence des termes, tant les mots individuels, le style et la structure collent à l’expression latine.69

61  In this sentence and the next, I follow Berger 1884, pp. 230, 324. See Léglu, p. 132, for the Welles family’s books in AN. 62  Personal email correspondence (22  April  2019) and Kathryn  A. Smith, Found, pp. 91, 93. Smith’s published article appeared as the final proofs of the present work were being completed. Smith argues that Maud herself commissioned P after the fourth baron’s death for the instruction of their son, the young fifth baron, John. In addition, she asserts a Carmelite influence in the creation of P, writing, ‘a  Carmelite chaplain both composed the translation and contributed to the shape of the Bible’s visual program’ (p. 107). The article includes more than twenty reproductions of P’s folios. Figure 8 (p. 111) shows the conclusion of P’s Joshua and the beginning of Judges. For Smith’s analysis of the image at the beginning of Judges, see p. 110. 63  Léglu, p. 131. 64  Berger 1884, p. 230. François Avril and Patricia Danz Stirnemann, Manuscrits enluminés d’origine insulaire VIIe-XXe siècle (Paris: Bibliothèque nationale, 1987), p. 157, say ‘78 grandes initiales historiées à bordures et 4 miniatures de la même taille’. 65  Manuscrits, p. 157. The authors date the manuscript ‘XIVe s. (milieu ou troisième quart)’. For further comments on P’s pictorial program, see pp. 157-59. For reproductions, Planche P and Plates 80-82. 66  Nobel 2002, p. 454. Statues of John and Maud figure in the tomb of Maud’s uncle Robert Burghersh († 1306) in Lincoln Cathedral (Léglu, pp. 131-32). 67  Ratcliff, p.  xii. Léglu surmises that P ‘was originally intended to be part of a multi-volume book’ (p.  132). Likewise, Avril and Stirnemann state, ‘Identifiable vraisemblement avec la seule grande bible complète, en langue française …’ (Manuscrits, pp. 159-60). 68  Manuscrits, p. 159. 69  Nobel 2002, p. 459.

Introduction

31

Nobel’s central statement clearly does not hold for Joshua, as these pages show. Of L and P, says Nobel, ‘C’est assurément L qui fournit la version la plus authentique’.70 Wanono agrees that L ‘présente un texte plus soigné et moins fautif que le manuscrit P’.71 The learned Samuel Berger had already noted that L ‘est certainement plus correct et d’un meilleur langage que la grande Bible de Paris’.72 For transcription of place-names in Joshua—to name only this aspect—our text shows that the scribe of L is the more reliable and experienced witness.73 Berger is perhaps too harsh in calling the ANB ‘un texte déplorable au point de vue de la pureté du langage’.74 He acknowledges meanwhile that our text is ‘bien intéressant comme témoin de l’idiome parlé à cette époque chez nos voisins’, adding, ‘ce style n’est pas dénué de force ni la langue de caractère’. Nobel judges the ANB to be ‘une traduction textuelle, que nous qualifierons même de servile, de la Vulgate’.75 This appraisal is certainly valid for Joshua where L follows the text of V word for word and routinely incorporates its turns of phrase.76 Wanono suggests without further comment that the particular version used by the translator of the ANB was likely from ‘la tradition textuelle irlandaise de la Vulgate’.77 As noted, the ANB’s audience extended beyond the aristocratic de Welles family (P) and the royal abbey at Reading (L). Following Ratcliff ’s discussion, Nobel, Wanono, and others have assembled evidence that the ANB shared the same source-text as the Bible d’Acre and perhaps also, in some passages, as the Bible de Jean de Sy.78 Nobel makes the important point that ‘une source anglonormande identique à celle de la Bible anglo-normande a influencé la rédaction de la Bible d’Acre et cela jusqu’aux Livres des Rois’.79 He hypothesizes further that the source-text in question ‘fut une traduction textuelle proche de celle que nous livre

70  Nobel 2007, p. 85. Paues, p. xix, notes L’s ‘somewhat better and more correct text’. For reasons given here for Joshua, Nobel is certainly incorrect in stating that P may have been copied from L. See Nobel 2001, p. 441 n. 50. 71  Wanono, p. 208. 72  Berger 1884, p. 231. 73  See below, ‘Geographical names in the Anglo-Norman Bible’s book of Joshua’. 74  I follow Berger 1884, p. 237, for this sentence and the next. 75  Nobel 2001, p. 431. 76  Nobel 2000, pp. 420-21 n. 7. 77  Wanono, p.  208. For the Irish Vulgate, see Raphael Loewe, ‘The Medieval History of the Latin Vulgate’, in CHB II, pp. 102-54 (pp. 130-33). 78  For discussion of the Bible de Jean de Sy, see Ratcliff, pp. xxxi-xxxiii, and the conclusions of Nobel 2007, p. 104; Léglu, pp. 132-33; and Wanono, pp. 215-18. C. A. Robson, ‘Vernacular scriptures in France’, in CHB II, pp. 436-52 (p. 450), calls Jean de Sy’s Bible ‘a work of real originality’. See further M.-H. Tesnière, ‘Bible de Jean de Sy’, in François Dupuigrenet Desroussilles, Dieu en son royaume: La Bible dans la France d’autrefois, XIIIe-XVIIIe siècle (Paris: Bibliothèque nationale / Cerf, 1991), pp. 14-15, for a valuable thumbnail profile with color illustrations from Paris, BnF, ms. français 15397, although Tesnière states controversially that Jean de Sy’s translation seems to be ‘indépendante … des précédentes (p. 15). 79  Nobel 2001, p. 445. For further discussion of the hypothetical source-text, see Appendix A below.

32

Introduction

le manuscrit de Londres’ (= L).80 This hypothetical Anglo-Norman source-text would necessarily predate the oldest manuscript of the Bible d’Acre (MS Arsenal 5211, dated 1250-54), and could therefore be as early as the first half of the thirteenth century or the end of the twelfth.81 Jean de Sy undertook his translation by order of the French king John the Good.82 In September 1356, after his defeat by the English at Poitiers, John the Good was held captive in London. Léglu postulates that Jean de Sy chose the insular ANB as a model rather than the readily available Bible du XIIIe siècle / Bible de Paris because the Parisian lecturer and master of theology had joined Jean le Bon’s court-in-exile in England as early as autumn or winter 1356, after the Battle of Poitiers.83 As Wanono reports, Mary Dominica Legge surmised that, during his captivity in England, King John acquired a copy of the ANB and was inspired to request a new translation by Jean de Sy.84 Wanono states after a textual analysis, ‘nous sommes fondés à dire que le travail de Jean de Sy a grandement bénéficié du texte anglo-normand’.85 It is highly unlikely, meanwhile, that, for the book of Joshua, either L or P was copied from the other. In L’s Rahab episode, e.g., Rahab covers the Hebrew spies with estuble de lyn la quele estoit illoeqes Cil adecertes qe estoient envoiez les suirent par la voie la quele mesne al wee forþe de Jordan (lines 48-50). An eyeskip at the first la quele results in the truncation of this portion of the narrative by the scribe of P, who writes estule de lin la quele mesne a l’eawe del Jordan (fol. 61). Most importantly in this connection, discrepancies in chapter division rule out that either L or P directly influenced the other: L begins chapter XII at line 567, while P delays the new chapter to line 581; likewise, L opens chapter XIII at line 597, while in P this chapter begins only at line 651.86 In L, Joshua is preceded by Jerome’s prologue in which the translator responds to critics and notes the death of his associate Paula.87 Settling in Bethlehem in 386, 80  Nobel 2001, p. 446; Nobel 2002, p. 454. 81  Nobel 2002, p. 454; Nobel 2001, p. 446. See further Robson, CHB II, p. 443. The Arsenal copy of the Bible d’Acre was probably made for St Louis during his time of residence in the Holy Land. For a thumbnail description of the Arsenal manuscript, see Folda, p. 215. See also Appendix A, ‘A hypothetical earlier manuscript’. 82  Nobel 2007, pp. 84-85. 83  Léglu, pp. 141-43. 84  Wanono, p. 207. 85  Wanono, p. 205. Jean de Sy’s project resulted in a full translation of the Bible (six volumes for the Old Testament and six more for the New), but only the first volume (Paris, BnF fr. 15397), containing the Pentateuch, survives. See further Wanono, pp. 213-14. Paues adds, ‘It is a remarkable fact that Jean de Sy’s continental version of the Bible … is apparently a mere revision of the Anglo-Norman Bible’ (p. xx). 86  According to Nobel, the capitulation of L follows that of the Bible adopted in 1226 by the University of Paris. Nobel 2002, pp. 452-53, seconded by Wanono, p. 211. 87  Præfatio Hieronymi in Librum Josue Ben Nun, in Patrologiae cursus completus, Series Latina, ed. J.P. Migne, 221 vols (Paris, 1844-65; hathitrust.org), 28, cols 461-64. For a reliable English translation of Jerome’s letter to Eustochium (404 or later), which contains the prologue, see epistolae.ctl.columbia.edu/

Introduction

33

Jerome completed his translation of the Pentateuch by 404, the date of Paula’s death, then turned his attention to Joshua in 404 or 405.88 The prologue to Joshua is addressed to Paula’s daughter Eustochium. Berger complains of the poor quality of the AN version of Jerome’s prologue in L, calling it ‘une oeuvre misérable’.89 Citing him, Warner and Gilson agree that ‘the prologues in particular [are] extremely corrupt’.90 Jerome’s prologue lacks in P. In comparing L and P, the reader becomes aware that—at least for the ANB’s book of Joshua—the manuscripts are not at all consistently similar, rather they present related but routinely divergent versions. L’s translation is spare and generally reliable and clear. As Revol puts it, Le scribe du manuscrit L fait, non pas oeuvre littéraire, mais oeuvre de philologue et de clerc: ce qui l’intéresse, ce n’est pas la belle langue, mais le contenu même de la Bible qu’il veut transmettre le plus rapidement, le plus efficacement et le plus fidèlement possible. C’est une sorte d’archéologue, qui cherche le sens biblique originel.91

L exhibits an archaic veneer that suggests a date of composition two generations before P. The scribe of P transmits a reviser’s text of the ANB’s Joshua. As Revol also notes, ‘le texte est récrit dans le manuscrit P’.92 P frequently converges with L, matching it word-for-word for short stretches, but P also favors lexical renovation, changes of verb tense, and extended syntactical modifications. Although the letters c / t and n / v are sometimes difficult to distinguish, overall L’s Joshua is remarkable for the scribe’s clear script and orthographical consistency. As noted, the scribe of L is also noteworthy for able communication of hundreds of toponyms. L’s lexis is conservative. Appendix C, ‘Divergent wordchoice in L and P’, demonstrates P’s propensity for lexical variety, e.g. its use of five different verbs in place of L’s simple aler, four replacements of L’s ligne(e), and dozens of other substitutions. letter/272.html. Incipit: Tandem finita Pentateucho. The prologue is also included in the modern edition of the Vulgate. See Biblia Sacra Vulgata (= V), eds Robert Weber and Roger Gryson, 5th edn (Stuttgart: Deutsche Bibelgesellschaft, 2007; www.bibelwissenschaft.de), pp.  285-86. Samuel Berger, Les Préfaces jointes aux livres de la Bible dans les manuscrits de la Vulgate (Paris: Imprimerie nationale, 1902; hathitrust. org), p. 35, lists five prologues to Joshua, including Jerome’s, in Bibles dating from the eighth to the thirteenth century. For Jerome’s prologue, ‘22. Praef. S. Hier.: Tandem finita Pentateucho … (Mart., Vall., Sab., Heyse). Am. tol. (VIIIe s.). theod. Puy. Tours 10. bern. grandv. col. B. N. 1. 2. 3. 68. 11937. hub. vall. Vienne 1190 (IXe s.). Harl. 2805. B. N. 4 (IXe-Xe s.). 48 (Xe s.). tol. Vat. 4220 (IXe s.), et presque tous les manuscrits’. 88  Berger 1902, p. 19. H .F. D. Sparks, ‘Jerome as Biblical Scholar’, CHB, I, pp. 510-41 (pp. 514-16). Sparks places Jerome’s completion of Joshua, Judges, and Ruth ‘towards the end of 404’ (p. 516). 89  Reported by Paues, p. xix. Of Jerome’s prologues in L, Berger 1884, p. 235, quips, ‘nous les reproduisons sans toujours les comprendre’, adding, ‘Ces Prologues sont traduits en un langage inférieur à toute idée’ (p. 236). 90  Warner and Gilson, Catalogue, I, p. 14. 91  Revol, p. 68. 92  Revol, p. 78.

34

Introduction

L’s Middle English and Latin glosses The scribe of L’s Joshua inserts one-word Middle English glosses seven times and one- or two-word Latin glosses a total of fourteen times.93 Each of the ME glosses (shown below at left) is used once, while all but two of the Latin glosses (shown below at right) appear two times or more. The ME glosses appear below with their modern English meaning.94 With the exception of stake and scarbodes, which are marginal glosses, all ME glosses occur in-line immediately after the AN word they are meant to clarify: J6 listre reder ‘reader’

620-21, 1062

sacrifices sacrificia

J14 lisaunce redyng ‘reading’

621, 1057

sacrifices victimas

J24 sueir swete ‘perspire, sweat’

1047, 1054, 1056, 1062 sacrifices holocausta

50 wee forþe ‘ford’

1047, 1060

sacrifice(s) sacrificium

533 southnerveras hoƷsin ‘hough, hamstring’95

1047-48

peisibles sacrifices pacificas victimas

1096 [blank] stake ‘stake, thorn’96

1054, 1062-63

sacrifices a offrer victimas offerendas

† 1128-29 charbotz scarbodes 1059-60 ‘(dung) beetles’

sacrifices holocaustum

The scribe of our AN text was surely aware that its intended readers were bilingual (AN and ME) or trilingual, including knowledge of Latin. As noted, the copyist 93  For general comments on glosses and examples, see Paues, p. xx. For Latin and ME glosses in the ANB’s Genesis, see Revol, pp. 69-77. Fully half of L’s ME glosses appear in the 43-line AN translation of Jerome’s prologue to Joshua, which may suggest that the scribe also found its language challenging. Paues judges that the AN prologues were ‘written in the early XIVth century’ (p. xx). For a recent appraisal of the glosses’ purpose in L’s first 48 folios, see Pierre Nobel, ‘Gloses anglaises et latines dans une traduction biblique anglonormande (ms. Londres B.L. Royal I C III)’, in «Si a parlé par moult ruiste vertu», Mélanges de littérature médiévale offerts à Jean Subrenat, dir. Jean Dufournet (Paris: Champion, 2000), pp. 419-35 (pp. 434-35). 94  The modern English translations follow the Middle English Dictionary, available at https://quod.lib. umich.edu/m/middle-english-dictionary/dictionary. 95  According to the Oxford English Dictionary, Ælfric writes the s. hohsina in his translation of Joshua 11. 6 and 9 (c. 1000), and John Trevisa’s translation of Ranulph Higden’s Polychronicon (1387) spells the verb hoxen, ‘hough, hamstring’. I  am grateful to my colleague Eloise Grathwohl for her help with the meaning and antecedents of this word. 96  For blanks accompanied by marginal glosses in L, see Nobel 2000: ‘Il se dégage tout de même l’impression d’un translateur par moments en panne de termes français destinés à traduire ceux de la Vulgate. Le mot latin qui suit le blanc sur le ms. ou la traduction anglaise pouvait avoir pour fonction de faciliter la recherche’ (pp. 422-23).

Introduction

35

transcribes a word in Greek (line J12), and the first two characters of Christiens ( J26) are the lower-case Greek letters χρ, an abbreviation of Χριστός, ‘Christ’. The ME glosses involve mostly commonplace verbs and nouns, while interventions in Latin focus insistently and technically on the varieties of ceremonial sacrifice, distinguishing among burnt and grain sacrifice and offerings of well-being.97 Nobel proposes, ‘On peut même supposer que le ms. de Londres [= L], qui au XVe siècle se trouvait à l’abbaye de Reading, y a été confectionné pour l’étude des moines’.98 I am not yet convinced that L was copied at Reading, but I agree with Nobel’s identification of the manuscript’s intended audience: who but a religious would have been interested by such insistent, fine distinctions about the modalities of sacrifice, to the exclusion of other glosses? Nobel’s study of the ANB’s glosses limits itself to the first forty-eight folios of L, thus excluding Joshua.99 He remarks that, in the ANB’s Exodus, AN azimee has the ME gloss þerf (MED ‘unleavened, without leavening’), and pailles is explained as mantells (‘manteaux’).100 These words also occur in Joshua (pains azimels 187, paille 297, 305), but without gloss. Léglu makes two important comments in this connection: firstly, L, P, and the version by Jean de Sy ‘stem from an exemplar that was of such uneven quality that each copyist found different ways of improving it’.101 Secondly, ‘Awareness of nuance and stylistic issues points to a sophisticated grasp of all three languages’. Still, it is intriguing that at 1096 the scribe leaves a blank before stake and that at 1128-29 the AN equivalent of scarbodes appears as gibetz ‘gallows’ rather than charbotz ‘hornets’ as V requires. We can only conclude that at that moment the scribe could not recall the AN meanings of the two words. Language Orthography For capital S, the scribe of L writes both upper-case S (e.g., in Si 33, Seon 56) and, on about ninety occasions, a narrow Λ with right-bending curl at the apex for S initial. The curly-topped Λ graphy occurs especially in proper nouns, e.g., Silo 817, 945, 1020 etc., Sydon(e) 536, 893 and Sydoines 603, 606, and in various spellings of Sichem († 38, † 88, 777 etc.), Symeon 864, 870, 871 etc., and many others, including

97  Josh 8. 31; 22. 23, 28, 29. 98  Nobel 2002, p. 471. Warner and Gilson, Catalogue, I, p. 14, also propose that L ‘was probably written in Reading Abbey’. 99  Nobel 2000, pp. 419-20. 100  Nobel 2000, p. 431 and n. 4. 101  In this sentence and the next, I follow Léglu, p. 141.

36

Introduction

in words that are not proper nouns and where the graphy is used instead to begin a new sentence or clause, e.g., in verb forms Soies 16, 36, Soiez 95, 282, 486 etc., Soient 420, and Soit 824; the noun-subject Sort 953; adv. Si 402, 411, 496 etc.; and numeral Sis 748, 753. We also find ‘double F’ for F sentence-initial in Fai 169, Fetez 227, 404, Fait 1001, and Faceoms 1053, and in the proper noun Finies 1028, 1064, 1066 etc.102 The word-initial Λ graphy is resolved as S or s in our text, however, and word-initial ‘double F’ as F or f. Curly-topped Λ is transcribed as -ss- only when it occurs within a word, e.g., in espiassent 42, espountissour 53, issistez 55, trahissez 64, lessa 66, estapissez 68, and assemblee 72. Use of aun for an indicating the velarization of /a/ before nasals, a thirteenth-century phenomenon, is commonplace, e.g., in graunt J3, aunciens J9, lisaunce J14, esclaundre J22, tesmoignaunces J34-J35, and remembraunce J41, and in nearly all p.pr., p.pr. as adj., and p.pr. as s. forms, e.g. portauntz J14, trencheaunt J18, pernaunt J19, despisaunt J19-J20, oyaunt and lisaunt J24, in well over 300 appearances.103 There are a few examples of the insertion of e between v + r, e.g., in oevereigne(s) J19, J41, 1168, overez 479, oevere 1008, 1100, descoverer 76, and severez 769, and in fut. forms of aver, e.g., averas 18, 36, 71 etc., avera J16, J17, 36 etc., and averount J13, J33, 5 etc.; also, between d + r, e.g., in perderoies 272; and between t + r, e.g., in conusterez 1098.104 Aside from fut.6 currount 109, our text offers little evidence of syncopated fut. and cond. forms.105 Note espaudles 127, madles 778, and medler 1094.106 We find h as an intervocalic glide indicating hiatus in representatives of obehir 34, 36, 1002, ahourer 195, 1088, 1105 (cf. ahouraunce 1033), and aherder 66, 1010, 1088 etc.107 Use of the letter k, an AN convention, is routine, e.g., in Pentateuke J2, sa(u)nk 73, 74, 926 etc., vienk 194, cink 332, 444, 468 etc., saks 390, duks 631, affrik 844, and ark 1130. In the AN spelling wee 50, read w- as gw-.108 Elsewhere, w appears as an intervocalic glide in s. eawe(s) 54, 101, 108 etc. and owailles 239, 305, 1172, and in p.p. fowe 300, a comprehensive list.109 The scribe substitutes y for i in venym(e)ous(e) J19, J43, mynistre 3, demy 23, 143, 571 etc., and many others.110 102  Ian Short, Manual of Anglo-Norman, 2nd edn (Oxford: Anglo-Norman Text Society, 2013), §§ 29.4*, who associates Ff with fourteenth-century Insular manuscripts. 103  Short, §  1.6, who states, ‘It is generally thought to be a 13th-century phenomenon foreign to 12thcentury texts’. 104  Short, § 19.11, who adds, ‘The interconsonental glide e … is already present in AN spelling in the middle of the 12th century’. 105  See Short, § 19.6. 106  Short, § 23.6. 107  Short, § 19.3. 108  Short, § 28.2. 109  Short, §§ 5.4, 28.3. 110  Short, § 8.1**, who traces this practice from the mid-thirteenth century.

Introduction

37

We find evidence of the raising of /ǝ/ to /i/ after palatal in chivalerie 196, chivals 530, 534, chivaux 539, and chivalers 1117.111 AN primer 154, 837, 962 and primerement 377 also appear. The scribe insists on archaic spellings with preconsonantal l in altre(s) ‘other(s)’ J15, J25, J28 etc., altretant 35, altrefoiz 485, 1113, altresi 269, 526, 584, and bedels 89; in representatives of salver 61, 355, colper 422, 426, 434, voler 1041, 1058, 1093, and toldre 1083; and in cols 484, 485, chivals 530, 534 (cf. chivaux 539), treshalt 206, halt 360, and haltesce 685, 700, altier 367, 369, 434 etc. and altre ‘altar’ 1032, tresvels 390 (cf. vieux 239, 390, 391 etc.), roials 440, hamels 738, 800, mals 1102, and others.112 Meanwhile, quels is consistently written queus J5, J12, J35 etc. or queux J11, 82, 89 etc. As opposed to the Continental French oi graphy, our scribe prefers ei as seen in porquei J18, J29, J31 etc., lei 12, 14, 369 etc., treis 68, 80, 89 etc., preie 315, 362, 548, dreit 1056, endings of ind.impf. 3 in oiseit 199, useit 220, maneit 328, demoreit 449, and the like, and of cond.3 in passereit 131, demustrereit 177, baillereit 429, esparpliereit 429, and others.113 Use of the graphy oun, introduced in the late thirteenth century and current by the middle of the fourteenth, is even more widespread than aun. It occurs more than 450 times in our text as a verbal form or termination, e.g., in ind.pr.6 sount J16, J30, J35 etc., s’en vount 263, 326-27, 393 etc., appelount J4 and quidount J29, and especially in fut.6 forms, e.g., averount J13, J33, 5 etc., maindrount 26, and permaindrount 110, among numerous others. The graphy also presents in many s., e.g., noun(s) J6, J7, 40 etc., pavillouns 20, 87, 89 etc., regioun(s) 509, 521, 526 etc., espountissour 53, 430, possessioun(s) 30, 565, 579 etc., beneisoun 378, 719, maleisoun 255, 378, 426, mouncel 309, 366, mount 367, 375, 376 etc. and mountaigne(s) 67, 80, 83 etc., naciouns 996, 1077, 1080 etc. and cognacioun(s) 73, 243, 634 etc., moustresouns 1116, bounde(s) 604, 694, 759 etc., and aquiloun 334, † 524, 600 etc.114 Numerous further examples could be added to this short list. Final –z stands for –s in certain pres.ind.2, imper.2, and pres.subj.2 forms, e.g. tu gardez 15, soiez tu 17 (cf. soies tu 16), voillez and voilletz 17, Mesnez 43, Desliez 196, and Donez 294. Contrariwise, –s replaces –z in imper.5 mettes 472 (cf. Mettez 471).115 The use of –tz (fourteenth c.) is widespread, as seen in comencementz J8-J9, portauntz J14, tantz J15, fesauntz J32, and in more than 160 further appearances; also, for –stz, in fustz 422, 426, 434 and hostz 446, 1057, an exhaustive list.116 111  Short, §§ 4.5*; see also § 19.13. 112  Short, § 21.1. 113  Short, p. 45. 114  Short, § 6.7. 115  Short, § 34.4. 116  Short, § 25.2*.

38

Introduction

Vowels are doubled before final consonant in Meer 7, 54, 117 etc.; contreesteer 8, esteer 280, 284, 473 and reesteer 454, 997, 1090; in veer 93, esteez 101 and esteece 931, 941, meel 178, feer 234, 245, 369 etc., pees 395, 411, 996 etc., and sees 1017; also, Philistiim 599, 601, devisiooun 636, and Hiim 727.117 Doubled consonants also appear frequently. We find –cc- especially before h, e.g., in secche 119, 120, 152 etc., tecche 1034, s. and p.p. pecchee 232, 278, 1033, and in representatives of ficcher 124, 135, 155 etc., enseccher 159, 161, 166, and tuccher 335, but also in eleccioun 1136; -dd- is limited mostly to toponyms, e.g., Asergadda 726. Geminate g appears in words related to Jugges J4, 1175, jugges 373, 1108, juggement(z) J16, 931, 1157, or jugger J39, 433, 1048; also, langge J11, J19, J21 etc.; -ll- in brullissour J3, pavillouns 20, 87, 89 etc., chapellain(s) 91, 100, 107 etc., and espoilles 297, and in representatives of voler *17, 129, 158 etc., appeller J3, 116, 117 etc., soillir 280, 284, and numerous others; -mm- in hommes J11, J26, 106 etc., femme(s) 25, 40, 44 etc., diligeauntmment 1092, and several toponyms; -rr- in adj. verroi(es) J17, J34, 61 and tresverroi 1133, decurraunt(z) 166, 266, derrein(e)(s) J2, 252, 335 etc.; also, in s. terre (over one hundred occurrences), perre(s) 123, 127, 129 etc., arresme 234, 245, curres 530, 534, 540 etc.; and in fut. and occasional cond., p.pr., and pret. forms of aler, contredire and maldire, currir, demorrer, dire, doner, envoier, esteer, estre, lesser, oir, poer, and veer, as shown in the Glossary. Geminate n appears almost exclusively in toponyms. Occurrences of –pp-, commonly in forms of appeller, shown above, are unremarkable.118 Regarding the interchange of prefixes, a characteristic of AN, our text offers exsemplers J15 and ensampler J38; representatives of secchier 54 and enseccher 159, 161, 166; of tapir 346, 491 and estapir 68, 338; of guerpir 379, 1140 and deguerpir J18, J41, 9 etc.; of fuir 266, 280, 321 etc. and pronominal enfuir 444, 457, 469 etc.; of parler J21, 2, 5 etc. and emparler 652, 664, 924 etc.; and of habiter 30, 164, 247 etc. and enhabiter †396, 660, 802 etc.; suire 47, 49, 214 etc., pursuire 81, 265, 322 etc. and ensuire 92; mesner 43, 50, 241 etc. and horsmesner 483, 1141; and maundementz 550, 1010 and comaundement(z) 97, 254, 260 etc.119 We also find contre J18, J21, J22 etc. and encontre 299, 403, 875 etc., dementres 148, 167 and endementres 1028. Abbreviations are mostly as expected, but the scribe routinely places a horizontal bar above several letters of a word, often intersecting with the ascender of b, h, or l, to indicate abbreviations of Jhesum J3, Jerusalem 445, 481, 588 etc., Israel 4, 41, 88 etc., prophetes J39-J40, mult(z) 11, 399, 813 etc., multiplia 1113, and multitude 313, 320, 335 etc., tabernacle(s) 111, 300, 301 etc., substaunce 288, 1016, heritage 786, and suburbe(s) 947, 958, 973 etc. 117  Short, § 3.5, who dates this AN scribal practice from the middle of the thirteenth century. 118  Short, § 30.2. 119  Short, § 30.1.

Introduction

39

In the category of characteristic AN spellings memoire / memorie, we find tresorie 246, glorie 294, tentorie 303, deverie 310, 1036, 1105, adversaries J27, 193, 265 etc., Deutronomie 371, contrarie 695, 1125, and seintuarie 1159, 1160.120 ‘Father(s)’ is pier(es) 61, 158, 774, or pere(s) 11, 61, 72 etc. Metathesis of er and re occurs in some forms of prendre, e.g., pernaunt J19, 44, 304, and pernez 96; also, in dementers J40 (cf. dementres 148, 167), altre ‘altar’ 1023, 1032 (cf. altier 367, 369, 434 etc.); and in the scribe’s spellings of place-names Garizin † 376, Someron † 593, Atharothaddar † 842, Dabereth † 876, and Chabul † 893, which—as shown in Rejected readings below—demonstrate various combinations of consonantal transposition, frequently also including r.121 Verbs Inf. offrer J11, 1054, 1063, also appears as offrir 1056. The verb navrer presents as naffrer 533.122 Only one first-person form takes a characteristic Western French ending shared by AN, vienk jeo 194.123 Ind.pr.3 descendi 705, 765-66, 792 etc. coexists with descende 854; likewise, parvynt 701, 705, 707 etc. (cf. parvient 687) and passa 692, 700, 705 etc. are ind.pr.3 forms. Pret.1 frequently ends in –a, e.g., jura 10, emparla 924, mesna 1111, 1112, 1116, and the like. We find pret.1 dona 1113, 1130 alongside donay 1113 and donai 1114. Fut.1 may also end in –a, e.g., ostera 606, dorra 715, envoiera 832.124 We find parole (< parler) as ind.pr.3 at 195 and as imper.2 at 923; also, ind. pr.2 paroles 1151. As for avoir, ind.pr.3 includes archaic ad 52, 54, 85 etc., about three dozen uses in all.125 Ind.impf.3 appears as out 134, 140, 141 etc., including as aux. in pluperf. forms; and as avoit 113, 125, 166 etc. We also find ind.impf.6 avoient 51, 81, 164 etc. Ind.impf.3 of estre is estoi(e)t 49, 175, 191 etc., esteit 466, 558, and ert 174, 197, 237 etc. Ind.impf.6 estoient 46, 49, 51 etc. is commonplace. For aler, sbj.pr.5 is augez 1009; sbj.pr.6 is voisent 150, 203, 209 etc.126 We sometimes encounter cond. forms in contexts where ind.impf. is expected, e.g., com Josue enverroit biers de Jericho contre Hai 258, com le solail se couchereit 489, com il combateroient contre vous 1121-22; cond. for sbj.pr., e.g., qe tu nous bailleroies es mains des Amorreux et nous perderoies 271-72, q’il vous maldirroit 1124; 120  Short, p. 46 and § 13.4. 121  Short, § 22.4. 122  Short, §§ 23.6, 29.5. 123  Short, § 34.3. 124  Short, § 11.10. 125  Short, §§ 1.3*, 24.2**. 126  Short, § 34.5.

40

Introduction

and ind.impf. for pret., e.g., si com tu fesoies a Jericho 315.127 We also find ind.pr. for pret., e.g. Et il s’en vount a Josue 393, Et Josue s’en vait 451-52, A cel temps s’en vait Iram 503; pret. for cond., e.g., Et ne distrent outre q’il mounterent contre eux et combaterent et osterent la terre de lour possessioun 1072-73; or, as noted previously, ind.pr. presenting as pret., frequently with representatives of passer, e.g. et passa de l’aquiloun 692-93, il passa de l’haterel 700, et si trespassa 704, Et il passa 505, 705. The blurring of ind.pr. and pret. recurs in three examples of fait il ‘he said’ 103, 196, 1152. The names of peoples may take a sing. verb even when the names display a pl. form, e.g., Chananeus comencea enhabiter 802, la terre des Amorreux qe habita outre Jordan 1121. We also find les Chananeus qe habitent 810-11, however. Syntax Entrer is often transitive, e.g., in entrerent la maisoun 39-40, entrantz la terre 70, entrez la citee 82, entrez le Jordan 112-13, and so forth, about a dozen uses in all.128 In compound verb forms, estre is auxiliary in nul n’est osee 478 and nullui … n’est osee 997; and aver in tu en averas alee 18 and vous averez entree 101, and with representatives of passer 141, 160, 1103 and issir 73, 321, 342-43 (cf. sont issuz 529, est issuz 864, 882, 962). Representatives of estre a + inf. recur with the meaning ‘to be about to’, e.g. la terre la quele ly Sire vostre Dieu vous est a doner 21-22, 29 and et fussent a estre entre eux 414.129 Regarding the use of aver as auxiliary with reflex. verbs, we find only les poeples se avoient vengez 464 and il se ad pur vous combatuz 1081. The ANB’s Joshua uses accusative absolutes extensively, a reflection of its Latin source. These forms may involve present participial constructions, e.g. Les queus alauntz 39, La femme adecertes pernaunt les biers 44-45, Et cil issauntz demaintenaunt 50, Et nous oiauntz cestes choses 57, nous entrantz la terre 70, and many others; or past participial constructions, e.g. Les queux entrez la citee 82, et Jordan passee 83, Et eux entrez le Jordan 112-13, Les queux outrepassez 121, les joevenceus entrez 242 etc. In imper.2 and 5 of estre, the personal pron. consistently accompanies the verb, e.g., in soies tu confortee et soiez tu fort 16-17, Soies tu solement confortee 36-37, Ne soies tu meuz contre Gabaon 462, Soiez vous seintifiez 95, 282, and Soiez vous confortez et soiez vous fortz 486 (cf. 1084-85).

127  Short, § 34.7, notes, ‘The imperfect indicative begins to replace the preterite tense in past definite narration in the 13th century’. 128  Short, § 35. 129  Anglo-Norman Dictionary, sub estre3. Accessed 26 February 2018.

Introduction

41

As in V’s noli metuere et noli timere ( Josh 1. 9) and the like, the negative imper. may be expressed with voler, e.g., Ne voillez douter ne ne voilletz espounter 17, Ne voillez vous … esteer 472-73, and Ne voillez creindre 486. We also find the negative imper. without voler, however, e.g., Ne declines de ceo ne al destre ne a senestre 12-13, Ne departe point de ta bouche le volume de ceste lei 13-14, and Ne les doutes pas 532. The work-horse rel.pron. in our text is qe (more than 250 uses), but le quel in its various forms also appears about 140 times. Use of qi is limited: it appears in a qi 718, 807, 809 etc., in possess. de qi J37, 292, 645, qi partie 582-83, and en qi terre 1138, and as interrog.pron. 398, but never as rel.pron. We find pleonastic en in such expressions as Israel en ad pecchee 277-78, tu en as fait 295, and ly Sire Dieu en ad baillee 474-75. Parataxis of qe is common, particularly in jussive constructions, e.g., in Raab la putaigne vive solement 229, Mais vivent il en tiele manere 421-22, and Et recountent il a moy ceo q’il en averount descript 823-24. At the beginning of a sentence, Qe may mean ‘Which things’, e.g., Qe com le roi de Hai out veu ‘Which things having been seen by the king of Ai’ 336; and, similarly, Qe com les filz de Israel ussent oy 1023-24. The expression of possess. by juxtaposition is rare except after filz, e.g., les filz Israel 168, 548, 632, des filz Ammon 572, les filz Joseph 659, 756, 760 etc., but we also find del noun Dan 913. The preferred methods are by use of the full gamut of possess.adj. and by insertion of de, e.g. les regnes de Seon 629-30. Prep. de + tonic pron. is sometimes preferred to the use of a simple possess.adj., however, e.g., in le estudie de luy J8, les citez de eux 642, and les issues de ly 855 (cf. ses issuz 697, 844, 879 etc.). In serial possessives, the scribe may opt for juxtaposition and insertion of de, e.g., in les filz Joseph et de Manasse et de Effraym 760-61. We find scattered uses of the possess.pron., e.g. les choses qe sues sount 241 and la nostre tesmoignaunce et la vostre 1060. Possess. en qi terre 1138 was noted previously. In expressions involving a compound verb and preceding direct obj., the direct obj. pron. is sometimes placed before the second verb, e.g. cil alauntz a la citee pristrent et la arderent 346-47 and Josue feri et les occist 488, but we also find et la prist et la degasta 513 and Moises les feri et les osta 617. Morphology The gender of nouns is consistent and mostly as expected, although we find la pays J42-J43 and masc. paille 297, 304-05; also, ceste serment 69-70, 77, la doute 1052, and une cheine 1159. Fossee presents as masc. (114, 120, 122-23, and six other uses) and fem. (469, † 470, 479); likewise, valle(i)e (masc. at 306, 336, 571, and seven other uses, fem. at 463, 625, 628, and three other uses), meridien(e) (masc. 517, 525, 602, and eight more, and fem. 552, 586, 686 etc.), tabernacle (masc. 299-300, 301,

42

Introduction

306 etc., fem. 1037), heritage (masc. 621, 870, 880-81, fem. 607, 882), and degree (masc. 987, fem. 977). Enclisis is evident in al (a + le), e.g., in Al derrein J2, al livre J4, al grant fluvie 6, and more than sixty other appearances in our text. Pl. as (a + les), as in as hommes J11, as filz de Israel 4, 102, 157 etc., as princes 19, 483, 1044, and as mountaignes 80, 810, 840, is re-analyzed in a les chalengeauntz J37, a les Rubenciens 23, a les deux biers 240, a les lieux 522, and a les racynes 528.130 The –s of pl. as may be dropped before a consonant, e.g., in a deux rois 56 (cf. as deux rois 400), a cink petitz rois 601.131 Prep. de + le is represented by du in le rescous du solail 7, princes du poeple 19, jour du moys 186, and perres du ciel 458-59; and by del, e.g., in del livre J1, 1, del lisaunt J24, del desert 6, 117, 175 etc., del Sire 90, 102, 126 etc., and some sixty other uses. The des or dé enclisis (de + les) occurs, e.g., in les piez dé prestres 123, le lieu des pavillouns 124, but may also present in re-analyzed form, e.g., in de les nouns J7, de les paroles 24, de les filz Israel 168, de les mountaignes 561. We find el (en + le) in el tertre 171, el desert 173, 175, 585 etc., el lieu 178, 435, el prepuz 179, le lieu el quel 196-97, el frount de l’host 330, cel jour el quel 461, but, again, the scribe sometimes substitutes en le, e.g., in en le jubileo 220, en le septisme environement 226-27, en le rivage 384, en le ministre 433. Pl. es (en + les) appears, e.g., in es champestres 186, 525-26, 650, es pavillouns 218, 393, es orailles 236, es derreins de ses filz 252, es mains 271, and es queles 564, but es, too, is re-analyzed as en les, e.g., in en les pavillouns 468, 835, and en les mountaignes 527-28. Our text yields three examples of nel (ne + le): si nel musces 295, il nel baillerount 929, and jeo nel voloi oir 1124-25. The substitution of le for la in le fin 640, 690 (cf. la fin 707, 856) and in le sisme partie 898 (cf. la partie 327, 334, 537-38, and twelve further occurrences) may be attributed not to gender fluctuation but to the weakening of def.art. la to le.132 Inappropriate use of enclisis may explain al mountaigne 67, 568, al part 641, 684, perhaps also del busine 204 and del tentorie 303.133 As for obj. pronouns, sg.3 ly is most common with verbs of communication and transfer, e.g., ly d(e)ist 3, 296, ly respoundirent 63, and before representatives of counter 84, emparler 652, bailler 679, comaunder 711, and doner 715, 1113; but we also find luy repeatedly, e.g., again before representatives of dire 149, 449, 597 etc., comaunder 170, 197, 519, offrir 356, emparler 664, and doner 1113; also, la before forms of dire 69 and doner † 716, 721. The expression luy offrirent 356 is likely a scribal slip. Disjunctive a ly also occurs, e.g., with representatives of dire 260, porter 389, parler 622, and doner 928.

130  Short, §§ 32.4, 33. 131  Short, §§ 23.8, 33. 132  Short, § 1.8. 133  Short, § 31.2*.

Introduction

43

For pl., the scribe uses lour before representatives of comaunder 150, 318, 48081 etc., dire 39, 67, 126 etc., respoundre 395, 1058, doner 784, 830, porter 1024, recounter 1071, and the like, but frequently also les, e.g., in vous les respounderez 129-30 and Moises les out comaundee 144, and before forms of dire 158, prometre 411, jurer 417, doner 654, and emparler 945. Again, we often encounter disjunctive expressions like baille a eux 11, di a eux 100, comaunde a eux 122, doner a eux 29, 998, and with representatives of jurer a eux 411-12, 418-19. Douter is paired with luy in ils luy doutassent 147, servir with ly 1010, 1133, 1153, and lesser with lour in ne lour lessez entrer 474. For sg.obj.pron.1, moy does double duty in tonic and unstressed functions, e.g., ne desplese point a moy J28-J29, jurez ore a moy 59, moy doignez 61, and several further uses; toi is unstressed or tonic sg.obj.pron.2 in a toi semblable J23, Jeo toi reprendroi J23, od toi 4, 9, 35 etc., and Jeo ne toi lerroi 9. Finally, soi is alternately disjunctive or reflex. in departirent a soi 361-62, musceauntz soi 470, deviserent a soi 548, soi adresceaunt 699, il avoit juree soi 995, and the like. Lexis One of the features of our text is its extended series of compound words. These include adj. in nyent-, ‘un-‘ or ‘not’, e.g., in nyentnusauntz 69, nyentcircumscis 175, nyentsachaunt 338, 925, 940, nyenttaillés 369, nyenttuchee 379, and nyentnett 1037; but also in verbal forms with prefixes avaunt-, e.g., avauntporter 76 and representatives of avauntaler 92, 597, 815; south-, e.g., in southtrait J17, southnerv(er)a(s) 533, 539, southgist 574, southgetterent 803, southmys(es) 815, 818, 1077, and southturnera † 1150; desouth-, e.g., in desouthtournee 437; hors-, e.g., in horsportent J5, horsalaunt 851, and representatives of horsmesner 483, 1141; and sur-, e.g., in surestoient 951. Our text frequently introduces the adverbial expression si la qe ‘until’ 28, 68, 81 etc. followed by an indic. or sbj. (140, 160, 216 etc.) verb.134 We also find fait est qe ‘it came to pass that’ 1. Religious and ceremonial vocabulary includes jubileo 202, 220 and jubeleus 209; estives 214, 235, AND ‘pipes’, FEW ‘espèce de flûte’. A modern commentator of Joshua calls this instrument a ‘ram’s horn trumpet’ or ‘shofar’.135 ‘To swear’ may be reflexive, e.g., il avoit juree soi 995; also, ‘to promise’, e.g., il promist soi a doner 998. Doublets include listre J6 and lisaunt J24; espiours 38, 43-44 and espies 83, 240; rivage 384 and rival 530; fuiauntz 474 and futifs 924; pavilloun 20, 87, 89

134  Ratcliff, p. cxvi, comments that si la qe does not seem to be used outside AN. 135  Boling, p. 206.

44

Introduction

etc., tabernacle 111, 300, 301 etc., and tentorie 303; tresors 234 and tresorie 246; tributer 772 and truager 803; and representatives of conjurizer 70 and conjurer 77. The expression en (la) bouche de espee 239, 493, 497-98 etc., occurs multiple times in the account of Joshua’s military campaigns.136 NRSV translates ‘by the edge of the sword’. Boling and Dozeman note that the Hebrew word for ‘sword’ in these contexts, kîdôn or kûdôn, may be translated ‘sicklesword’,137 a curved sword that by the time of the book of Joshua was already obsolete for purposes of warfare.138 Geography, terrain, and family in the Anglo-Norman Bible’s book of Joshua Several common nouns are repeated in the geographical section of Joshua to indicate landmarks or to characterize the terrain in the various territories. The Glossary shows the nouns’ meanings but its format does not allow discussion or the juxtaposition of AN terms with those in other sources. This section provides specific meanings whenever possible, but also addresses the range of meanings of selected key words according to various standard reference-works.139 Mountaigne occurs more than twenty-five times as s. or adj. in our text. In Josh 2. 16, Rahab instructs the spies, Mountez al mountaigne (line 67) (V ad montana conscendite); NRSV ‘Go toward the hill country’ (‘Head for the hills!’). The expression la mountaigne de Juda et de Israel 562 indicates not a mountain but the hill or high country (V de omni monte Iuda et Israhel, NRSV ‘all the hill country’; Josh 11. 21). Terme(s) (thirty occurrences) is ‘bounds’ or ‘confines’, according to AND. V consistently has representatives of terminus. NRSV ‘territory’, ‘boundary’, ‘region’, ‘border’. Bounde(s) (eleven occurrences), defined by AND as ‘boundary’ or ‘boundarystone, marker’, may signify ‘area, land within boundaries’ (V confinia, terminos, fines). Although the Israelites erect stone memorials repeatedly in Joshua, the only named boundary-stone is la perre de Boem 693, 853 (V lapidem Boem, NRSV ‘Stone of Bohan’; Josh 15. 6). Marche(s) (nine uses) is ‘boundary’, ‘border’, or ‘border region’, according to AND. V again shows representatives of confinia, terminus; NRSV ‘border’, ‘boundary’, ‘territory’, ‘end’. 136  Referring to Ex 17. 13 in ore gladii, Nobel 2002 states, ‘en la bouche de espee reste obscur sans recours à la source’ (p. 461). 137  Boling, p. 240; Dozeman, pp. 369-70. 138  Boling, p. 240; Dozeman, p. 370. 139  For a convenient summary of Palestine’s seven geographical units, see Yohanan Aharoni, The Land of the Bible: A  Historical Geography, rev. and enlarged  edn, trans. and ed. A.  F. Rainey (Philadelphia: Westminster, 1979), p. 41; see also Map 2, ‘The Geographical Regions of Palestine’.

Introduction

45

In Josh 2, Rahab helps the two spies escape Jericho by means of a corde 66 or rope. A scarlet corde in her window 70-71, 78-79, is the signal to the Israelites that she has gathered her family for rescue by Joshua’s men. But a corde 785, 806, 870 etc. [V funiculo, funiculi, NRSV ‘portion(s)’; Josh 17 .5, 14, 19. 9 etc.] is also a unit of area measurement that the DMF, citing a text from 1426, defines as ‘Mesure de corde avec laquelle on arpente les terres’, thus suggesting something akin to today’s surveyor’s chain. Suburbes (twenty-four occurrences) is defined by AND as ‘suburb(s), district outside city wall’. V suburbana; NRSV ‘pasture lands’. The expressions suburbes a norir lour jumentz et lour bestes 660-61 and suburbes a nurrir noz jumentz 947 confirm, however, that—in our text—suburbes consistently means ‘pastures’. In the context of human settlements, citee (over seventy occurrences in total) is used repeatedly to refer to Jericho, which is of course a walled city in our text. AND ‘city’, ‘fortified town’; V civitates, urbem, oppidum; NRSV ‘town(s)’, ‘city’. Ai (Hai) is a citee 264, 313, 314 etc., as are Gibeon (Gabaon) 439, 448, 860-63, Makkedah (Maceda) 469, 735, Libnah (Lebna) 496-97, 966-67, and numerous others. Several citees are singled out as garnies 198, 476, 547 etc. (AND ‘armed’ or ‘fortified’), and Tyre and others are tresgarnies 894, 903. We also find citez champestres 629 (V urbes campestres, NRSV ‘towns of the tableland’; Josh 13. 21), possibly a reference to unwalled settlements. According to AND, a ville (twenty-six occurrences) is a ‘manorial estate’, ‘farmstead’, ‘town’ or ‘city’. V routinely has villae, sometimes also viculi; NRSV ‘villages’, ‘towns’. The repetition, particularly in Josh 15 and 18-19, of expressions like quatorze citez et lour villes 732 (cf. 735, 737, 743 etc.) suggests that villes are dependencies of citez. Villet(t)es, villetz (ten occurrences), sg. vilete. AND ‘village’; V viculos, villulis; NRSV ‘villages’. Defined by AND as ‘fortification[s]’, ‘fortified building[s]’, chasteux 474 seems to refer specifically to a donjon-like keep or stronghold within a city. V praesidia, NRSV ‘towns’; Josh 10. 19. Hamel(e)s (three occurrences); V viculis, villulis; NRSV ‘villages’; AND ‘hamlet, small settlement attached to a larger unit’. Voies routinely means ‘ways’, e.g., in augez en touz ses voies 1009 ‘walk in all his ways’ ( Josh 22. 5), but in totes les voies de Jair 646 and three further uses (738, *740), voies seems to mean ‘settlements’. V vicos, viculis; NRSV ‘settlements’, ‘dependencies’, ‘towns’. Rues appears only in the expression desqes as rues de la mountaigne de Ephron 701-02. V vicos, NRSV ‘towns’; Josh 15. 9. Citing a text from the 1370s, DMF: ‘Ensemble des habitants d’une même rue, d’un quartier, d’un village’.

46

Introduction

As for terrain, plaine(s) (five occurrences) has a broad semantic range: AND ‘plain, flat tract of land, level ground’. Our text offers plaines 525: V planitie, NRSV ‘the Arabah’ ( Josh 11. 2); plaine 553: planitiem, ‘lowland’ ( Josh 11.16); plaine 555: planitiem, ‘valley’ ( Josh 11. 17); plaines 584: planis, ‘lowland’ ( Josh 12. 8); and plaine 625: campestria, ‘tableland’ ( Josh 13. 9). Langge, AND ‘peninsula’, appears three times (685, 691, 856). V lingua(m); NRSV ‘bay’ ( Josh 15. 2, 5; 18. 19). ‘The [Dead] sea is divided into two parts by the Lisan, a boot-shaped peninsular extending out from the eastern shore … At the south-western point of the Lisan … was a passable ford which is attested in written sources as late as 1846’ (LOTB, 35). Haterel (699, 700): V vertice(m); NRSV ‘top’ ( Josh 15. 8, 9); AND ‘nape of neck, back of head’; DMF ‘Partie postérieure du cou, nuque’. Appearing mostly as a s., champestre (sixteen occurrences) presents as adj. in citez champestres 629, noted above. V habitually uses representatives of campester [once, campum ( Josh 11. 8)]; NRSV ‘plain’ ( Josh 17. 16), ‘lowland’ (9. 1, 10. 40, 11. 2 and three more uses), ‘valley’ (11. 8), ‘tableland’ (13. 9, 17, 21, and 20. 8); AND ‘plain’; DMF ‘Campagne’. Le rosee 720, 721 is irrigated land, as opposed to arid land, la terre austral et secche 720. Specific landmarks in this category are sepulcres 852 (V tumulos, Josh 18. 18). Monument(z) (lines 131, 546, 1022, 1026) are typically stone memorials. V monumentum, NRSV ‘memorial’; Josh 4. 7, 11. 13, 22. 10, 11). AND ‘grave, tomb’; DMF ‘Tombeau, sépulture’. For V’s urbibus quae erant in collibus et in tumulis sitae ( Josh 11. 13), our text has les citez qe furent assiz en tertres et en monumentz 546. In footnotes to Josh 22. 10-11, NRSV suggests ‘Geliloth’ for the place called monumentz de Jordan 1022, 1026; V tumulos Iordanis. See also the note for 1022. Words suggesting direction and cardinal points are: – East: s. orient (thirteen uses), AND ‘east’; and adj. orientale (ten uses), AND ‘easterly, eastern’. We also find contre la naissaunce du solail 31, 90203, V contra solis ortum, NRSV ‘to the east’ ( Josh 1. 15, 19. 34); and a la naissaunce du solail 568, V ad solis ortum, NRSV ‘toward the east’ (12. 1).140

140  Quoting Josh 18. 5, 8, Menashe Har-El, ‘Orientation in Biblical Lands’, The Biblical Archaeologist, 44 (1981), 19-20 (p. 20), notes the probability that ‘the country’s earliest maps, the Bible’s “writing down the land,” were oriented toward the east’. He observes further that ‘the map of the possessions of the seven tribes noted in Joshua 18-19—Benjamin, Simeon, Zebulon, Issachar, Asher, Naftali, and Dan—begins in the east and ends in the west, and the same holds for the tribes of Judah, Ephraim, and Manasseh surveyed in chaps. 16-17. Even the maps (hinted at in the book of Joshua) of the tribes of Reuben and Gad which settled east of the Jordan were drawn from the east, from the edge of the desert, toward the west, ending at the Jordan and the Kinnereth’ (p. 20).

Introduction

47

– West: s. occident (nine uses), AND ‘west’; and adj. occidentale (7 uses), AND ‘westerly, occidental, of the west’. The translator also uses contre le rescous du solail 7, V contra solis occasum, NRSV ‘in the west’ ( Josh 1. 4); and contre la meer 767 (cf. 843, 845-46, 847), V contra mare, ‘seaward, westward’, NRSV ‘at the sea’ (16. 8). – North: aquiloun (nineteen uses) and aquilee 892: AND ‘north’; for contre le aquiloun 600, 694-95, 700 etc., V contra aquilonem, NRSV ‘at the northern end’ ( Josh 15. 8), ‘north of ’ (15. 11). For de la costere de aquiloun 854, cf. V ex latere aquilonis, NRSV ‘to the north of ’ (18. 18). There are in addition four uses of septentrional (lines 331, 839-40, 849, 1166): V septentrionalem, NRSV ‘north’ (8. 11; 18. 12, 16; 24. 30); AND ‘northern’. – South: meridien (eighteen uses) is s. and adj.: V meridianam, AND ‘south’, NRSV ‘the Negeb’ ( Josh 10. 40, 11. 16, 12. 8); contre le meridien 525 (cf. 684), V contra meridiem (11. 2), NRSV ‘south of ’; V terram … meridianam (11. 16), NRSV ‘the Negeb’; and austral (seven uses): AND ‘south’, terre austral et secche 720, V terram australem et arentem (15. 19), NRSV ‘land of the Negeb’; de la part australe † 825, V ab australi plaga (18. 5), NRSV ‘on the south’. The expression contre affrik 844 refers to a southerly or south-westerly wind: AND Lat. affricum ‘[meteo.] southwest wind’; V contra africum (18. 14), NRSV ‘to the south’. A handful of terms refer to different levels of social organization, particularly family relationships. The word cognacioun(s), AND ‘kinsmen, relations’, appears twenty-eight times. As noted, the method employed to identify Achan as the thief of devoted objects ( Josh 7. 14, lines 285-87) clearly presents a hierarchy, from broad to narrow social group, descending from lignee through cosinage to maisoun and hommes; in Josh 7. 16-18 (lines 290-94), the series becomes lignee > mesnee > maisoun > biers.141 Names for groups of fighting men are collectes 145, host(e) 194, 213, 330 etc., compaignie(s) 145, 529, and eschiel 334, 337. Joshua in medieval culture Elie Wiesel has opined that, because the book of Joshua prefers facts to poetry, and because it ‘lacks the vision and fire to change simple words into effective prose’, ‘there is almost nothing celebrating Joshua in world literature—except for a Negro spiritual’.142 141  Boling terms these the ‘three concentric circles within which the individual identified himself— house, clan, tribe’ (p. 225). 142  Wiesel, pp. 8-9.

48

Introduction

That this judgment is short-sighted may be assessed by considering medieval artifacts. It is not possible here to present an exhaustive catalogue of medieval artistic representations of Joshua. Still, by examining an array of key monuments— in glass, stone, ivory, mural paintings, tapestry, roll, and codex—we can gauge the impact of Joshua on medieval culture and begin to grasp how medieval people understood it. Maps informed by the Bible and the places it names inspired Christian writers as early as the fourth century. Some scholars believe that Eusebius of Caesarea (c. 260-339) for his Onomasticon (313-c. 325) and Jerome (c. 360-420) for his translation-revision of Eusebius’s work, may have drawn maps as part of their studies of biblical toponymy.143 Black writes, ‘A now lost map of the Holy Land possibly by Eusebius may have been the first to show the divisions of the Twelve Tribes of Israel’.144 The so-called Jerome maps of Asia and Palestine accompany Jerome’s gazetteer of biblical place-names—the Liber de situ et nominibus locorum hebraicorum or Liber locorum—but in a single, much later manuscript.145 A translation and reshaping of the Onomasticon, the Liber locorum provides an alphabetical listing, letter by letter, of place names in many biblical books, including Joshua.146 In their commentaries, medieval exegetes sometimes provided maps of the tribal territories. O’Loughlin describes a diagrammatic map in a mid-ninth 143  See, e.g., Evelyn Edson, Mapping Time and Space: How Medieval Mapmakers Viewed Their World (London: British Library, 1999), pp.  26, 170 n.  26. My comments on Eusebius follow Palestine in the Fourth Century A.D.: The Onomasticon by Eusebius of Caesarea, trans. G. S. P. Freeman-Grenville, indexed by Rupert L. Chapman III, ed. and intro. Joan E. Taylor ( Jerusalem: Carta, 2003), pp. 1, 3, 5. This work offers a translation of the Onomasticon in parallel with Jerome’s Liber locorum, pp. 11-98. For further comments on the Onomasticon, see E. D. Hunt, Holy Land Pilgrimage in the Later Roman Empire AD 312-460 (Oxford: Clarendon, 1982), pp. 97-99. 144  Jeremy Black, Maps and History: Constructing Images of the Past (New Haven: Yale UP, 1997), p. 5. As Delano-Smith reminds us, in his preface to the Liber locorum, Jerome notes that ‘Eusebius had supplied a “chorography of the land of Judea and the separate tribal lots” and a “brief pictorial exposition of the Temple in Jerusalem”’, but neither of these has survived. See Catherine Delano-Smith, ‘The intelligent pilgrim: maps and medieval pilgrimage to the Holy Land’, in Rosamund Allen, ed., Eastward bound: Travel and travellers, 1050-1550 (Manchester: Manchester UP, 2004), pp. 107-30 (p. 108). 145  BL Additional MS 10049 (twelfth century) belonged to St Martin’s Abbey at Tournai. The Jerome maps do not appear in other manuscripts of the same work, however, prompting Black’s comment that ‘There is nothing to suggest a strong connection with Jerome and it is much more likely that the copyist simply added the maps from some other source’ (p. 5). Likewise, Patrick Gautier Dalché, ‘Cartes de Terre Sainte, cartes de pèlerins’, in Fra Roma e Gerusalemme nel Medioevo, ed. Massimo Oldoni, 2 vols (Salerno: Laveglia, 2005), II, pp. 573-612 (p. 573n), claiming ‘aucun lien démontrable’, denies authorship of the maps to Jerome. He dates the BL manuscript, ‘XIIIe siècle’. Abel I, p. xix, states that the map is ‘à peu près dénué d’intérêt’, adding ‘Son attribution est fausse’. See also P. D. A. Harvey, Mappa Mundi: The Hereford World Map (Toronto: U of Toronto P, 1996), p. 34. Edson 1999, p. 29, and Jerry Brotton, A History of the World in 12 Maps (New York: Penguin, 2014), p. xxxii, provide reproductions of the map of Palestine and attribute it to Jerome. Jerome likely undertook his revision of the Onomasticon in the late 380s (OEC, p. 7). 146  PL 23, cols 859-928. The Liber locorum lists over 380 place-names from Joshua.

Introduction

49

century copy of the Pauca problesmata.147 Beginning with Dan, Nepthalim, Asher, and Zabulon, the map anchors on the River Jordan and lists thirty-two placenames in Joshua. The tribal territories are clearly shown on two other maps, the Anglo-Saxon map from c. 1050, which delineates the territories of nine of the twelve tribes, and the Sawley map, from the late twelfth or early thirteenth century, which shows eleven tribes and further reflects the boundaries of the Holy Land as established in Josh 13.148 Delano-Smith and Kain give the interesting example of two maps of Canaan in a student’s Bible from thirteenth-century Oxford.149 The first shows the division of Canaan as described in Joshua; the second, inspired by Ezechiel, depicts Canaan restored. Jacques Bongars’s 1611 edition of Marino Sanudo’s Liber secretorum fidelium crucis closes with a detailed two-page map of the tribes of Israel.150 A product of the tenth-century Macedonian Renaissance, the Joshua Roll consists of fifteen sheets of parchment joined end-to-end to form a rotulus exceeding ten meters in length. The scroll’s beginning and end lack, but the surviving sheets, each about thirty cm in height, present a continuous narrative of 36 scenes and abridged texts or excerpts corresponding to Josh 2. 15-10. 27, relating Joshua’s military victories.151 Sheet 12, ‘Joshua and the Emissaries from Gibeon’, shows this story in three episodes, each with an image and accompanying biblical 147  Paris, BnF, lat. 11561, fol. 43v, a copy that is believed to have been produced in Ireland. The Pauca problesmata de enigmatibus ex tomis canonicis is sometimes also called ‘Das Bibelwerk’ or ‘The Reference Bible’. In the Paris manuscript, the Joshua section is called De diuisione terrae repromissionis. See Thomas O’Loughlin, ‘Map and Text: A  Mid Ninth-Century Map for the Book of Joshua’, Imago Mundi, 57 (2005), 7-22. The map described by O’Loughlin predates Rashi. 148 Edson 1999, pp.  77, 113, 115, 116-17, and Figures 1.5 (Anglo-Saxon or Cotton map) and 6.3 (Sawley). Edson attributes the Sawley map (Cambridge, Corpus Christi College, MS 66) to Honorius Augustodunensis (fl. 1098-1156), author of the Imago Mundi, and judges that the map relies heavily on Jerome’s De situ locorum Hebraicorum. She notes, ‘The eleven tribal divisions of land are indicated with a high degree of accuracy’. See Edson 1999, pp. 111-17, 182 n. 54. See further Catherine Delano-Smith and Roger J. P. Kain, English Maps: A History (Toronto: U of Toronto P, 1999), pp. 34-37 and Figures 2.22 and 2.23; and Delano-Smith, Pilgrim, pp. 112-13. The frontispiece of Eastward bound bears a reproduction of the Anglo-Saxon or Cotton map (c. 1050), showing the allotments of the Twelve Tribes. 149  Oxford, Bodleian Library, MS BNC 5, is thought to date from c.  1230; the gloss and map, from c. 1250. A copy of Nicholas of Lyra’s Postillae litteralis super totam Bibliam (1323-32) contains a related map based on Num 2 showing the arrangement of the Twelve Tribes’ encampments around the Ark of the Covenant. See EM 18, Figure 2.12, and p. 251 n. 32. See further Delano-Smith, Pilgrim, pp. 108 and 124 n. 8. 150  LSFC, unnumbered closing pages. 151  Vasiliki Tsamakda, ‘The Joshua Roll’, in V.  Tsamakda, ed., A  Companion to Byzantine Illustrated Manuscripts (Leiden: Brill, 2017), pp. 207-13 (pp. 207-09). Vatican City, Biblioteca Apostolica Vaticana, Vat. Pal. gr. 431 may be viewed at https://digi.vatlib.it/view/MSS_Pal.gr.431.pt.B (accessed 13 Oct 2018). For a reproduction of sheet IV, ‘The Archangel Michael and Joshua,’ see Tsamakda, Figure 69. George Henderson, ‘The Joshua cycle in B.M. Cotton MS. Claudius B. IV’, Journal of the British Archaeological Association, 3rd series, 31 (1968), 38-59, compares the pictures of the Joshua Roll to those of the early eleventh-century BL manuscript (see below).

50

Introduction

text.152 In the left-hand panel, two envoys from Gibeon bow before Joshua, requesting peace ( Josh 9. 6-15). In the middle panel, two Gibeonite messengers kneel before Joshua to request the Israelites’ military aid during the Amorites’ siege of their city (10. 6). Rather than isolating the episodes within frames, the artist uses landscape motifs like hills or slopes to link the episodes panoramically, an illustration system that Tsamakda characterizes as the papyrus or chronicle style.153 The right-hand picture shows a vigorous Joshua leading a band of Israelite warriors against the Amorites. According to Snyder, this episode corresponds to Josh 10. 10-11, but the slope and especially the representation of sun and moon hanging above the city strongly suggest that the artist has conflated 10. 10-11 with details from 10. 12-14. Tsamakda remarks further that, apart from the Archangel Michael, Joshua is the only figure in the work to bear a nimbus. Thus the Joshua Roll not only celebrates the military exploits of the son of Nun but also raises him as a model for piety. The Joshua ivories produced in tenth-century Constantinople may have been based on the Joshua Roll.154 The carvings in three short panels preserved in the Metropolitan Museum of Art and in that of the long panel held by the Victoria and Albert Museum are, in Lowden’s words, ‘astonishingly similar to the respective scenes’ of the Joshua Roll.155 The Met’s panels depict 1) ‘Joshua’s defeat of the men of Hai’ ( Josh 8. 10-23); 2) ‘The king of Hai before Joshua, and hanged’ (10. 26); and 3) ‘The men of Gibeon before Joshua’ (chap. 9). The Victoria and Albert Museum work shows 1) ‘The men of Gibeon before Joshua’ and 2) ‘Two messengers before Joshua’. One of two surviving copies of the full Hexateuch, British Library, Cotton MS Claudius B. IV, is usually dated 1025-50.156 The Anglo-Saxon artist planned 152  James Snyder, Medieval art: painting-sculpture-architecture, 4th-14th century (New York: Harry  N. Abrams, 1989), pp. 136, 145. For a reproduction of Sheet 12, see p. 145, Plate 164. 153  Tsamakda, p.  209, which I also follow for the comment about Joshua’s nimbus at the end of this paragraph. 154  John Lowden, ‘Illustrated Octateuch Manuscripts: A Byzantine Phenomenon’, in Paul Magdalino and  Robert  S. Nelson, eds, The Old Testament in Byzantium (Washington, DC: Dumbarton Oaks Research Library and Collection, 2010), pp. 107-52 (pp. 132-33). According to A Survey of Manuscripts Illuminated in the British Isles, ed. J. J. G. Alexander, 6 vols (London: Harvey Miller, 1975-96), III: C. M. Kauffmann, Romanesque manuscripts 1066-1190 (1975), p. 33, the Byzantine Octateuchs—widely diffused, illustrated manuscripts of the first eight books of the Old Testament (the Pentateuch plus Joshua, Judges, and Ruth)—‘were enormously influential in both Byzantine and Western art’. Regarding the iconographic similarities of the Joshua Roll and the illustrated Octateuchs, Tsamakda states, ‘one has to assume, either that the Octateuchs copied the Roll, or that both are based on a common pictorial source’ (p. 211). 155  Tsamakda adds, ‘Not only is their iconography very similar to that of the scroll (sheets X-XI), but the plaques also repeat the passages of the scroll together with their lacunae’ (p. 211). 156  Here I generally follow C. M. Kauffmann, Biblical imagery in medieval England 700-1550 (London: H. Miller, 2003), pp. 56-59, 68; see also Henderson, who likewise dates the manuscript ‘from the second quarter of the eleventh century’ (p. 38); and the British Library’s description and electronic reproduction of the manuscript, available at www.bl.uk/manuscripts. I have also consulted The Old English Illustrated

Introduction

51

some 550 scenes in nearly 400 pictures but left many illustrations unfinished, including in the Joshua section.157 Some features of these thirty-four pictures are visible only in ultra-violet light. Fol. 143r, which is without text, shows two scenes, upper and lower. As Henderson points out, the scenes are linked by the representation of the River Jordan, which appears as a green band that begins in the upper right corner and extends down the right side of the page and then along the foot, fading away momentarily and finally ending in the lower left corner.158 In the upper scene, Joshua and the Israelites cross the Jordan. The artist brightly colors their long tunics, but we strain to see the outlines of their heads, hands, and feet. The lower scene, while faded, seems to show two priests carrying the Ark across the river as well as the removal of twelve stones from the river-bed. We see the porters’ clothing—again brightly colored—but they are again without heads, hands, or feet, like summer laundry drying on a line. The Joshua section of the Cotton MS Claudius B. IV omits chapters 15-22. Robert Calkins surveys English Romanesque Bibles featuring pictorial representations of material from Joshua.159 The Lincoln Bible (c. 1100) contains a portrait of Joshua within a medallion, and there is in addition a historiated initial T showing Joshua as he receives the Lord’s command. The Bury Bible (c. 1135) contains decorated initials T and E in the Joshua section; its Joshua miniature has not survived. The Winchester Bible (c. 1150-c. 1180) has a historiated initial E based on Joshua. The two scenes shown are ‘God’s charge to Joshua’ and ‘Joshua speaks to his officers’.160 The piers and responds of Rouen’s Abbey of Saint-Georges-de-Boscherville’s chapterhouse arches are fronted by columns with thirty decorated capitals, of which the north pier’s numbers 15, 6, 7 (‘Joshua stops the sun’ / ‘Passage over Jordan’), and 8 (‘Fall of Jericho’) represent scenes from Joshua.161 Hexateuch | British Museum Cotton Claudius B. IV, eds C. R. Dodwell and Peter Clemoes, Early English Manuscripts in Facsimile, 18 (Copenhagen: Rosenkilde & Bagger, 1974). 157  Fols 140v-155v. Henderson states, ‘from f. 140b to f. 146b and f. 148a to f. 155b’ (p. 38). 158  Henderson, p. 39. 159  Robert G. Calkins, ‘Pictorial Emphases in Early Biblical Manuscripts’, in Bernard S. Levy, ed., The Bible in the Middle Ages: Its Influence on Literature and Art (Binghamton, NY: Medieval & Renaissance Texts & Studies, 1992), pp.  77-102, especially pp.  84-85, 87-90. For descriptions, see the catalogue in Romanesque, especially nos 13 (Lincoln Bible), 56 (Bury Bible), and 83 (Winchester Bible). Dates shown follow Romanesque. Other manuscripts surveyed by Kauffmann with illustrations drawn from Joshua are nos 45 (a historiated initial E and decorated initials T and P), 59 (a historiated initial E at incipit to Joshua; see ill. 159), 66 (a scene in which Joshua conquers a city), 69 (decorated initial E), 70 and 98 (initials lost or cut out), and 103 (a historiated initial E showing ‘God’s charge to Joshua’ and ‘Joshua pierces his enemies with a lance’). 160 For this initial and the adaptation of Byzantine Octateuch models by Western artists, see Romanesque, p. 34, and Figure 26. 161  I follow Kathryn  A. Morrison, ‘The Figural Capitals of the Chapterhouse of Saint-Georges-deBoscherville’, in Jenny Stratford, ed., Medieval Art, Architecture and Archaeology at Rouen, The British

52

Introduction

On the east side of no. 15, ‘Joshua stops the sun’ ( Josh 10. 12-14), we find ample evidence of Morrison’s claim that the sculptor altered details of the biblical account.162 The scene shows three soldiers in chain-mail mounted on horseback and riding from left to right. The trailing horsemen raise their swords skyward; the leading horseman extends his arm toward the sun, which is shown on the angle of the capital. The leader’s horse tramples a fallen soldier and at the same time moves to crush a second soldier who kneels and clasps his hands as if to request mercy. In this scene, only the sun, the leader’s gesture, and possibly also the fallen soldier, can be said to conform to the biblical passage. The horses, the chain mail, and the kneeling soldier have been added by the sculptor. Likewise, capitals 6 and 7 show six mitred figures holding or playing ram’s horns as they cross or stand in the River Jordan. In Josh 3. 14-17, the priests carry the Ark, not ram’s horns, across the Jordan. Ram’s horns are not mentioned until Josh 6. 4, after the crossing of the Jordan, in Yahweh’s instructions for the ruin of Jericho. In no. 8, two mitred priests walk on dry ground toward a tower. The priests bear the Ark on poles resting on their shoulders. Inside the tower, through two windows, we see two bust-length soldiers wearing chain-mail; a third soldier, also in chain-mail, peers out from a platform atop the tower. Despite the body-armor, these components correspond closely enough to details in Josh 6. 1-4. Morrison identifies the scene on the east face of no. 8 as ‘the flagellation scene’, stating, it shows ‘an abbot administering corporal punishment to two monks’.163 She finds no explanation for the juxtaposition of such a scene with the representation of Jericho just described. In this scene, two men—at least one of them tonsured—sit facing a third man, who is standing; they raise clasped hands as if to request mercy or pardon. The third man is tonsured, bearded, and wears a monk’s robe. In his raised fist he holds what appears to be a shock of flax or wheat. As Morrison states, it is very difficult to detect any connection between this scene and the book of Joshua.164 Remove the tonsures and the beard, however, and the scene’s details could be interpreted as conforming more closely to Josh 2. 4-6, in which Rahab hides the two spies with stalks of flax on the roof of her house in Jericho. As noted, the sculptor misinterpreted the details of the priests’ crossing of the Jordan. Is it possible that the ‘flagellation scene’ in no. 8 is in actuality another Archaeological Association, XII (Leeds: W. S. Maney, 1993), pp. 46-50 and Plates VI, VIIB, and VIIC. See also Plate V, nos. 1-3 (after p. 34) in Achille Deville, Essai historique et descriptif sur l’église et l’abbaye de Saint-Georges-de-Bocherville près Rouen (Rouen: Periaux, 1827; books.google.com). The chapterhouse was built during the time of Abbot Victor (1157-1210), likely in the early 1160s. 162  For this paragraph and the next, see Morrison, p. 47 and Plate VIIB. 163  Morrison, pp. 46, 47, and Plate VIIC. 164  As Morrison states, ‘The reason for the juxtaposition of this scene with Jericho is not apparent’ (p. 47).

Introduction

53

flawed reconfiguration, in this case the sculptor’s misrepresentation of the story of Rahab’s concealment of the two spies? Scenes from the book of Joshua figure in two windows from the 1160s-70s on the north side of the nave of the cathedral of Poitiers.165 According to Grodecki, the scenes at the top of window 18A ‘se rapportent probablement aux espions de Raab’, and 18B is ‘toute remplie de scènes de combat, de prise de ville, d’exécution capitale’. That 18B’s subjects are drawn from Joshua is confirmed by a panel showing the stopping of the sun and the moon during the battle at Gibeon.166 The Sarum Use has no readings specifically from the book of Joshua. The two references to Joshua in the Use are from Ex 24. 13 and Deut 31. 23.167 Nigel Morgan has studied illustrations inspired by Joshua in four thirteenthcentury English manuscripts.168 The Munich Psalter (c. 1200) contains two of these, ‘The priests carrying the Ark’ ( Josh 6. 6-16) and ‘The fall of Jericho’ (6. 2025). The Great Canterbury Psalter (c. 1200) and the Huntingfield Psalter (c. 122030) likewise portray ‘The fall of Jericho’.169 The de Brailes Bible Picture Book (1230s or 1240s) bases four of its scenes on Joshua: ‘The stoning of Achan’ ( Josh 7. 25), ‘The capture of Ai’ (8. 1-29), ‘Joshua makes peace with the Gibeonites’ (9. 1-27), and ‘Hail descends on the attackers of Gibeon’ (10. 11). A recent article illuminates the role of the book of Joshua in the political and artistic programs of Louis IX.170 As author M. C. Gaposchkin states, ‘The figure of Joshua … offered an explicit model of conquest, holy war, and the promise of military victory that resonated at the Capetian court as Louis prepared for his first crusade’.171 Evidence of Louis’s modelling of Joshua is displayed most prominently in window L of the Sainte-Chapelle.172 Located on the north side 165  For a plan of the cathedral’s stained glass program, see Madeline  H. Caviness, ‘Biblical Stories in Windows: Were They Bibles for the Poor?’, in Levy, pp. 103-47, especially Figure 5 (p. 112) and p. 114; and Louis Grodecki, ‘Les vitraux de la cathédrale de Poitiers’, Congrès archéologique de France, 109 (1952), 13863 (p. 139). My comments on the windows follow Grodecki, pp. 153-54. 166  Grodecki, ‘Les vitraux de la cathédrale de Poitiers’, pp. 153-54. 167  F. H. Dickinson, Missale ad usum insignis et praeclarae ecclesliae Sarum (Burntisland: Pitsligo, 186183; hathitrust.org), cols 155 and 346. Joshua is not listed at all in ‘Passages of Holy Scripture used’ (after col. 934). 168  Nigel Morgan, ‘Old Testament Illustration in Thirteenth-Century England’, in Levy, pp.  149-98. I follow especially pp. 157-60 and 181. 169  For a reproduction of fol.  2v of the Great Canterbury Psalter (Paris, Bibliothèque nationale de France, lat. 8846) depicting ‘The fall of Jericho’ and other Old Testament scenes, see Morgan, Figure 1 (in Levy, p. 185). 170  M.  C. Gaposchkin, ‘Louis IX, crusade and the promise of Joshua in the Holy Land’, Journal of Medieval History, 34 (2008), 245-74. I follow Gaposchkin for the next few paragraphs. 171  Gaposchkin, p. 245. 172  For a plan of the Sainte-Chapelle’s stained glass program, see Caviness, Figure 8 (p. 119); also, Marcel Aubert, Louis Grodecki, Jean Lafond, and Jean Verrier, Les Vitraux de Notre-Dame et de la SainteChapelle de Paris (Paris: Caisse nationale des monuments historiques, 1959), p. 75. For comparison of the artistic programs of Sainte-Chapelle and the Arsenal Old Testament, see Daniel H. Weiss, ‘The pictorial

54

Introduction

of the nave near the tribune separating the nave from the high altar, window L focuses on Josh 1-10, i.e., Joshua’s offensive in Canaan, his conquest of cities and kings, and his extermination of indigenous peoples.173 Gaposchkin underscores the iconographic similarities of L and the Louis window (A) as indicators that, as a divinely anointed leader and victorious warrior, Joshua was a type or model for the French monarch.174 The parallels had been pointed out to Louis in 1239 in a letter from Pope Gregory IX arguing that ‘the tribes of Israel prefigured … the French in fighting the infidel and idolatry’,175 i.e., the biblical Israelite warriors were the precursors of the French in holy war. In his comparison, Gregory assigns a leading role to the tribe of Judah, stating that, like the kingdom of France, it was ‘distinguished by God above all other peoples of the earth by the prerogative of honour and grace’.176 Even before the construction of the Sainte-Chapelle, Joshua and his victories had been invoked by key observers as an encouragement to Western crusaders. In his account of the siege of Jerusalem in the First Crusade, Guibert of Nogent compares the crusaders’ repeated processions around Jerusalem to the Israelites’ circling of Jericho on seven successive days. In the early thirteenth century, the chancellor of the University of Paris penned three sermons about the Albigensian crusade, basing these on episodes of the book of Joshua. Oliver of Paderborn, in his eyewitness account of the capture of Damietta, compares the crusaders to Joshua’s fighters, pointing out that, as in the fall of Jericho, the capture of Damietta was a gift of God. In describing the same event, Pope Honorius III language of the Arsenal Old Testament: Gothic and Byzantine contributions and the meaning of crusader art (Paris, Bibliothèque de l’Arsenal, MS. 5211)’, unpublished doctoral thesis, Johns Hopkins University, 1992, pp. 188-200, and below, pp. 57, 58, 142, 145. 173  Window L of the Sainte-Chapelle contains forty-four scenes inspired by Joshua, of which about 85% draw on chapters 1-11; four scenes are based on chaps. 14-24 and five more are labelled ‘sujet imprécis’. For thumbnail descriptions, see Aubert et al., pp. 151-54. Window L was executed by what the authors call the ‘atelier principal’ of the Sainte-Chapelle’s three stained-glass workshops, including—for L—the work of the accomplished artist whom the authors dub the ‘maître d’Isaïe’ (pp. 92-93). Curiously, panels L-129 and L-130 show the two spies with two women rather than with Rahab alone, and the Joshua figure presents repeatedly and incongruously as a crowned king (L-114, L-101, L-97, L-86, perhaps also L-56 and L-57). The authors’ descriptions mistakenly identify the angelic army commander as God (L-102, L-103). Black-and-white Plate 31 (p. 145) shows L-115 (‘Ruse des Gabaonites’, Josh 9. 4-6) and L-125 (‘Josué parle au peuple’, 3. 5), and black-and-white Plate 36 (p. 150), L-130 (‘Le roi de Jéricho fait rechercher les espions’, 2. 3), L-56 (‘Josué apprend la formation d’une nouvelle ligue’, 11 ?), L-87 (‘Circoncision du peuple’, 5. 2-3), and L-114 (‘Josué donne des ordres’, 6. 6 ?). Color Plate IV (p. 155) shows L-68 (‘Fuite des rois amoréens’, 10. 19-20) and L-72 (‘Josué parle au peuple sous la tente’, 9. 16 ff. or 10. 6). 174  Gaposchkin, pp. 253-55. Louis purchased the Crown of Thorns in 1238, and the Sainte-Chapelle’s construction may have begun as early as 1239. Aubert et al., p. 72, date the construction of the SainteChapelle between 1243 and 1248, noting, ‘les vitraux ont dû avoir été exécutés en le même temps’. Louis vowed to take up the cross in 1244; by 1250, he was leading a crusade in Egypt. See Gaposchkin, pp. 248 and 248 n. 175  Gaposchkin, p. 258. 176  Gaposchkin, p. 258. The next few sentences follow Gaposchkin, pp. 256-58.

Introduction

55

credits his legate, Pelagius, for playing, at Damietta, the role of Joshua at Jericho. In sermons written in 1268-69, Odo of Châteauroux, a papal legate and crusade preacher who had accompanied Louis to Egypt in 1250, takes inspiration from the book of Joshua to encourage Louis’s brother Charles of Anjou in his crusade against Muslims in Sicily. Odo compares ‘Charles’ army to Joshua’s, the crusaders to the Israelites as God’s chosen people, and the kingdom of Sicily to the Promised Land’. For Odo, Joshua’s story is ‘a parable for the present time’.177 Panels L85-L87 of window L depict the punishment of Achan as narrated in Josh 7.178 As noted, Achan’s crime was his theft and concealment of devoted objects from the booty taken at Jericho. The consequences of Achan’s sin are swiftly visited on the Hebrew people, when Yahweh withdraws his favor and the Israelites experience defeat and humiliation in their first sortie against Ai. Even before Louis’s defeat in 1250, the lesson of Josh 7 had been invoked by observers of previous crusades, including William of Newburgh, Innocent III, Odo of Châteauroux, Oliver of Paderborn, and James of Vitry.179 Matthew Paris explained the failure of Louis’s crusade as ‘God’s response to the king’s extortion of money from the Church and from the poor’.180 The charges against Louis IX were pressed again in the 1260s as the king appealed for new funds in support of his second crusade. Produced in France c. 1244-54, the Morgan Picture Bible, ‘one of the finest examples of French Gothic illustration,’181 draws ten scenes from the book of Joshua, including two each of ‘Conquest of Ai’ ( Josh 7. 5, 8. 1-29) and of ‘Sin of Achan’ (7. 17-21, 24-25); also depicted here are ‘League with the Gibeonites’ (9. 1-27), three scenes of ‘Conquest of kings five’ (10. 7-14, 22-24, 26), and ‘Joshua’s farewell’ (23. 2, 24. 24) and ‘Death’ (24. 29).182 Cockerell points out that the Morgan Picture Bible offers ‘by far the finest battle pictures of the thirteenth century that have survived to our day’; for his part, in his preface Plummer shows that more than one scholar has noted the close relationship between the style of the book’s images and that of the stained glass in the Sainte-Chapelle.183 In the Morgan Picture 177  Gaposchkin, p. 258. 178  Gaposchkin, p. 251. See lines 204-49. 179  Gaposchkin, pp. 262-67, especially pp. 263-65. 180  Gaposchkin, p. 266. 181  Francis Wormald, ‘Bible illustration in medieval manuscripts’, in CHB II, pp. 309-37 (p. 319). 182  New York, Morgan Library, MS M.638, fols  10r-11v, available at http://ica.themorgan.org/manuscript/page/19/158530. The cover of the present work shows ‘Conquest of Ai’, an illustration of Joshua 8. 1-29 from Morgan Library, MS M.638, fol. 10v. For color reproductions and legends of the Joshua scenes, see Sydney C. Cockerell and John Plummer, Old Testament Miniatures: A Medieval Picture Book with 283 Paintings from The Creation to The Story of David (New York: George Braziller, [1969]), pp. 62-69. The Morgan Bible also shows ‘Joshua joins battle with Amalek’ (Ex 17. 8-13), pp. 60-61. 183  Miniatures, pp. 2-3, 21. For battle scenes inspired by Joshua, see ‘The Israelites are repulsed from Hai’ (Plate 71, pp. 62-63) and ‘The city of Hai is captured and its king hanged’ (Plate 74, pp. 64-65).

56

Introduction

Book the scene of Achan’s confession is depicted in two panels.184 In the left-hand panel, God leans out from a cloud and points down to Achan and two of his family members. (The figures shown are more likely Joshua’s messengers returning with the evidence found in Achan’s tent.) In the right-hand panel, three men stone Achan, who still clutches the purloined gold bar, together with two of his sons and two sheep. Joshua stands at left to witness the execution: with his right hand, he directs the three executioners; with his left hand, he appears to brush a tear from his eye. The Arsenal copy of the Bible d’Acre (Paris, Bibliothèque de l’Arsenal, MS 5211) has been mentioned previously in connection with Nobel’s demonstration that its source for Genesis to Kings was a lost ancestor very similar to L.185 The Arsenal Old Testament presents a translation into Old French of twenty books of the Old Testament together with twenty miniatures, most of them full-page. Individual miniatures serve as frontispiece to each Bible book, and each has an illuminated initial. Without mentioning L, P, or the ANB, Buchthal terms the text ‘a far from elegant attempt’ that predates the ‘canonical’ Bible of the University of Paris of the mid-thirteenth century. He states further that the text ‘is found in only very few other manuscripts, and seems to have fallen into oblivion almost at once’.186 The Arsenal Old Testament’s cycle of miniatures forms ‘the most comprehensive Bible illustration in any surviving manuscript from the Latin Orient’.187 Buchthal notes ‘the Byzantine appearance of the cycle as a whole’, naming among the models of the Arsenal Old Testament’s Joshua frontispiece the Greek Octateuchs of the eleventh and twelfth centuries and other Byzantine scenes and cycles in the same iconographical tradition, including those of the Joshua Roll, all discussed above. Relying wholly on Byzantine prototypes, the Joshua frontispiece on fol. 69v presents six pictures arranged by twos in three rows within a rectangle.188 From top to bottom these are 1) ‘Joshua receives the

184  Miniatures, Plates 72-73, pp. 62-63. 185  See Nobel 2001, p. 445; Nobel 2002, p. 454; and above, pp. 31, 32. In this paragraph, I generally follow Hugo Buchthal, Miniature Painting in the Latin Kingdom of Jerusalem (Oxford: Clarendon, 1957), pp. 54-68, 146-48. 186  Buchthal, p. 54. For further discussion of the text of the Arsenal Old Testament, see Weiss, pp. 9-10, 24-42, and below, pp. 57, 58, 141, 142, 145. 187  Buchthal, p.  54. I  generally follow Buchthal, pp.  54-68, 146-48, throughout this paragraph. The Arsenal Old Testament’s twenty full-page, illuminated frontispieces—one frontispiece per biblical book—present a total of 115 individual scenes (Weiss, p. 10). The manuscript’s pictorial program includes also ‘six historiated initials and numerous [other] ornamental and decorative initials’ (Weiss, p. 11). 188 Buchthal, Plate  67a; and Weiss, Figure  7, p.  285. Weiss, pp.  45-46, compares the Arsenal Old Testament’s Joshua frontispiece with details in the thirteenth-century Vatopedi Octateuch (Mount Athos, Vatopedi Monastery, MS 602) and the tenth-century Joshua Rotulus (Vatican Library, cod. Palat. gr. 431), noted above, later stating, ‘More than any other frontispiece in the Arsenal Old Testament, the

Introduction

57

order of the Lord to cross Jordan’ and 2) ‘The crossing of the river’; 3) ‘Joshua and the Angel of the Lord’ and 4) ‘The spies talking to Rahab’; and 5-6) ‘The conquest of Jericho’.189 It is significant that, in the Arsenal manuscript, created in the mid-thirteenth century, Old Testament heroes are depicted as crusaders. Weiss notes, ‘Such a conception is most readily understood in the context of the crusaders who viewed themselves as the rightful descendents of these Old Testament heroes and who were themselves engaged in a battle for rights to the Holy Land’.190 Buchthal supports the assumption that the Arsenal copy of the Acre Bible was commissioned by St Louis during his sojourn in the Holy Land, from 1250 to 1254, concluding, ‘It is the earliest surviving product of the new scriptorium [established at Acre by St Louis]; the character of its illustrations was determined by the personality of the French King’.191 Noting the Arsenal Old Testament’s extensive program of illustration, Buchthal calls the pictorial cycle ‘the crowning achievement of miniature painting in the Latin Kingdom’.192 Weiss notes that the Arsenal manuscript does not contain a complete Old Testament text but rather a selection of abridged biblical books proceeding from the Genesis prologue to Pentateuch, Joshua, Judges, I-IV Kings, Judith, Esther, Job, Tobit, Proverbs, Ecclesiastes, Maccabees, and Ruth. The individual biblical texts have all been abridged; in some cases, such as Genesis, Judges, and the four books of Kings, the scripture is virtually complete, and in others, such as Leviticus and Deuteronomy, it has been reduced merely to a few chapters.193

Weiss’s study does not reference the ANB, L, or P, and his samples of the translation’s language are few and brief. He particularly stresses the iconographical coordination of the Arsenal Old Testament’s pictorial cycle with the artistic program of Louis IX’s Sainte-Chapelle.194 Meanwhile, he insists on the abridged character

Joshua cycle is based in its entirety on Byzantine sources’ (p. 79). See further his analysis of the six scenes of the Joshua frontispiece, pp. 77-81, 126. For a list of these illustrations, see Weiss, pp. 247-48. 189  Buchthal, Plate 67a; Weiss, Figure 7, p. 285. As Buchthal signals, pp. 59-60, chronologically the pictures should be arranged 1), 4), 2), 3), 5-6). The Arsenal Old Testament’s Deuteronomy frontispiece contains a miniature showing ‘Moses putting Joshua in charge’ (fol. 68r; Buchthal, Plate 66a), based on Deut 31. 7. For further discussion of the Arsenal Old Testament’s Joshua images, see Weiss, pp. 45-46, 77-84, 126, 136-37. 190  Weiss, p. 19. 191  Buchthal, pp. 66-67. 192  Buchthal, p. 97. 193  Weiss, p. 9. The author points out that, in the Arsenal Old Testament, ‘Deuteronomy contains only three chapters comprising 105 lines and Leviticus contains only four chapters comprising 124 lines. In contrast, other biblical books are abridged only slightly’ (pp. 24-25). 194  Weiss, pp. 188-200. For further discussion of L’s hypothetical ancestor text, see Appendix A below.

58

Introduction

of the Arsenal Old Testament’s biblical text. Calling it a ‘coarse’, ‘error-ridden’, ‘clumsy’, and ‘peculiar’ translation ‘known only in a small number of manuscripts’, and citing Folda, he determines that it ‘was almost certainly made in England in the third quarter of the twelfth century’.195 Burchard of Mount Sion’s Descriptio Sanctae Terrae is an account of his late thirteenth-century pilgrimage to the Holy Land.196 Aubrey Stewart points out that Burchard wrote after 1260 and before 1285, in other words, towards the end of the Crusader era in the Holy Land. Stewart adds, ‘the date 1283, though not set down by himself, seems likely to be the true one’.197 Pringle calls Burchard’s description ‘the most detailed such account to have come down to us from the thirteenth century’.198 Burchard mentions the allotments or sortes repeatedly. In all, he refers nearly thirty times to places, people, or events in the book of Joshua. In his chapter, ‘The Length and Breadth of the Holy Land’, he summarizes the allotments received by the Israelite tribes, as recorded in Joshua, proclaiming, ‘Behold! Here you have the whole country faithfully described according to its length and breadth and all its localities’.199 Burchard borrows freely from Jacques de Vitry but also draws on personal experience, stating, ‘I have seen most of these places with my own eyes’.200 Dating from 1300 to 1321, Marino Sanudo’s Liber secretorum fidelium crucis refers repeatedly to the book of Joshua.201 A detailed instruction manual for the recovery of the Holy Land, the Liber secretorum appeared in three revisions during Sanudo’s lifetime. As a well-educated member of a patrician family of Venice, Sanudo (c.  1270-c.  1323) read and travelled extensively, including to Cyprus, Alexandria, Acre, and Rhodes, but also to Europe’s most prominent courts where he presented his work to a pope, kings, cardinals, and counts.202 Nine of the sur-

195  Weiss, pp. 10, 38, 41, 186. 196  See the comments of Gautier Dalché, Cartes, pp. 586-92, who places Burchard in Palestine c. 128083. Little is known of Burchard, who may have been a native of Magdeburg. Abel dates the work from 1283 and points out that ‘Le livre de Burchard fut pendant plus de trois siècles le manuel classique de la géographie palestinienne’ (I, p. xvii). 197  Burchard of Mount Sion, A Description of the Holy Land, trans. Aubrey Stewart (London: Palestine Pilgrims’ Text Society, 1896; archive.org), p. iv. A more recent translation is Denys Pringle, Pilgrimage to Jerusalem and the Holy Land, 1187-1291, Crusade Texts in Translation, 23 (Farnham: Ashgate, 2012), pp. 241-320. Pringle, p. 50, dates the text more precisely, between July 1274 and May 1285. 198  Pringle, p. 46. 199  Pringle, pp. 310-12 (p. 312). 200  DHL, p. 8; for Sanudo’s reliance on Burchard, see also BSFC pp. 6, 15, 262 n. 201  For further comments on Sanudo, see Gautier Dalché, Cartes, pp.  592-603, and Evelyn Edson, ‘Reviving the crusade: Sanudo’s schemes and Vesconte’s maps’, in Allen, pp. 131-55. 202  BSFC, pp. 8-9, 12. Sanudo presented his first edition to Pope John XXII in 1321 at Avignon (Gautier Dalché, Cartes, p. 598). According to Edson 2004, pp. 149-50, King Robert of Naples, King Charles IV of France, King Philip VI of France, and Edward II of England, among other European potentates, also received copies of Sanudo’s work.

Introduction

59

viving nineteen complete texts are augmented with colored maps which a number of scholars attribute to the Genoese master cartographer Pietro Vesconte.203 Book 3 of the Liber secretorum rapidly summarizes Josh 2-23, from the crossing of the Jordan through the kings slain by the Israelites to the covenant at Shechem.204 The map of the tribal sortes appears in a copy from c. 1321-24, Oxford, Bodleian Library, Tanner 190, fols 205v-206r.205 In the text, Sanudo notes several of the major cities or sites named in Joshua—Tyre, Sidon, Hebron, Carmel, Gaza, and others—although he mentions relatively few of the less important cities and towns that appear in abundance in Joshua’s geographical section. Sanudo’s reading and first-hand knowledge of Acre inform his accounts of Crusader-era events that occurred there, and a map in British Library, Add. MS 27376, provides a detailed plan of the city’s walls, towers, and churches, also including the precincts and wards of Venetians, Pisans, Templars, Hospitallers, and others. Overall, however, Sanudo’s description of Acre’s setting and local color is thinner than that of Tyre, e.g. For details of the geography of the Holy Land, Sanudo relies on Burchard’s Descriptio Terrae Sanctae. Dozeman recalls that the Nine Worthies ‘come to represent the ideal of chivalry in the early fourteenth century CE’.206 In this ‘gallery of heroism’, Joshua appears alongside two other Jewish paladins, David and Judas Maccabaeus. Joshua and David are portrayed in the largest extant section of an early fifteenth-century Netherlandish tapestry of the Nine Worthies held by the Metropolitan Museum of Art in New York.207 Bearing the arms of Charles VI, king of France, his uncle Jean de France, duke of Berry, as well as those of the duchy of Burgundy, the tapestry shows a bearded, crowned, robed and enthroned Joshua, in contradiction of the hero’s role as king-killer in the biblical book. On a shield to the right of Joshua’s head we see the hero’s arms, ‘argent, a dragon vert’.208

203  BSFC, p. 15. For a digital version of the nine maps in British Library, Additional MS 27376, e.g., see https://www.bl.uk/collection-items/liber-secretorum-fidelium-crucis-by-marino-sanudo (accessed 21 Apr 2019). For a list of manuscripts containing maps, see Edson 2004, pp. 151-52. 204  BSFC, pp. 161-62; LSFC, pp. 100-01. 205  See the reproduction of this opening in Gautier Dalché, Cartes, p. 601 (Plate IX), and the author’s comments, pp. 599, 602-03. For a digital reproduction of the opening, see https://digital.bodleian.ox.ac. uk/inquire/p/042ad416-e1ba-4f8e-a2ec-8eb9b9baa3fc (accessed 21 Apr 2019). 206  Dozeman, p.  84. Joshua’s classical peers are Hector, Alexander the Great, and Julius Caesar; his Christian peers, Arthur, Charlemagne, and Godfrey of Bouillon. See also the brief remarks by J. Huizinga, The Waning of the Middle Ages (New York: St Martin’s, 1984), pp. 60-61. 207  For ‘Joshua and David (from the Nine Heroes Tapestries)’, see www.metmuseum.org/toah/worksof-art/32.130.3b_47.101.1_47.152/ (accessed 4 May 2018). 208  See www.metmuseum.org/art/collection/search/468230 (accessed 4 May 2018).

60

Introduction

Joshua in medieval exegesis Stegmüller’s Repertorium shows that commentaries on Joshua by known authors were produced at a steady pace during the twelfth (ten commentaries), thirteenth (fourteen), and fourteenth (thirteen) centuries, a total of thirtyseven commentaries varying in context, purpose, length, and form.209 The list of exegetes includes several luminaries, the best known being Stephen Langton (c. 1150-1228), a Bible master in Paris for many years until 1206, the date of his appointment as archbishop of Canterbury by Innocent III. Judging by details of Langton’s work on Joshua in the Repertorium, he produced a handful of commentaries that have come down to us in multiple forms and contexts, although Lacombe says that, in all, Langton may have written only two or three commentaries on Joshua.210 Bruno d’Asti († 1123) wrote a Latin commentary on Joshua, now lost.211 Rupert, abbot of Deutz († 1130), left a commentary on Joshua in De sancta trinitate et operibus ejus.212 Other twelfth-century commentators were Richard de Préaux († 1131?), Andrew of St-Victor (c. 1110–75), and Peter Cantor (c. 1130-97). Hugh of St-Victor recommends that students first master the Bible’s literal sense through a careful reading of Genesis, Exodus, Joshua, Judges, and other historical books, before passing on to allegory and tropology.213 In Peter Comestor’s Historia scho-

209 Friedrich Stegmüller, Repertorium Biblicum Medii Aevi, 11  vols (Madrid: Consejo Superior de Investigaciones Científicas, 1950-80; http://repbib.uni-trier.de/cgi-bin/rebihome.tcl). Stegmüller lists an additional 29 anonymous commentaries on Joshua, but for many of these the only chronological indication is provided by the approximate date of the manuscript. Numerous anonymous commentaries survive in a single manuscript. Some are free-standing while others appear in commentaries encompassing multiple biblical books. In addition to the commentaries noted here, Tony Hunt, ed., Sermons on Joshua, 2 vols. (London: Anglo-Norman Text Society, 1998), I, p. 1, mentions Augustine (PL 34, cols 537-42 and 775-92), Bede (PL 93, cols 417-22), and Rupert of Deutz (PL 167, cols 999-1024). Hunt states also that the fullest exegesis, by Rabanus Maurus (PL 108, cols 1001-1108), ‘copies out large parts of Origen’s homilies’. The three manuscripts of the Sermons on Joshua are from the thirteenth century. Each of the five sermons edited by Hunt is based on Origen’s Homilies. For these, see Jaubert. 210  George Lacombe, ‘Studies on the Commentaries of Cardinal Stephen Langton’ (Part I), Archives d’histoire doctrinale et littéraire du Moyen Age 5 (1930), 5-151 (pp. 64-66, 68-70, 76-77). For incipits of Langton’s Joshua commentaries, see Beryl Smalley, ‘Studies on the Commentaries of Cardinal Stephen Langton’ (Part II), Archives d’histoire doctrinale et littéraire du Moyen Age, 5 (1930), 152-182, and especially, in the same volume, G. Lacombe and B. Smalley, ‘Indices of these Studies on the Commentaries of Cardinal Stephen Langton’, pp. 183-220 (pp. 187-89, 208). 211  Ceslaus Spicq, Esquisse d’une histoire de l’exégèse latine au moyen âge (Paris: Vrin, 1944; books.google. com), p. 114. 212  Spicq, p. 115. 213  SOTB, p. 87; and Dominique Poirel, Hugues de Saint-Victor (Paris: Cerf, 1998), p. 73. Hugh’s Notulae in Octateuchon (PL 175, col. 29-114) omits Joshua, however (see Poirel, p. 39). A recent study of Hist.schol. is based largely on the Genesis and Gospels sections: Mark J. Clark, The Making of the ‘Historia scholastica’, 1150-1200 (Toronto: Pontifical Institute of Mediaeval Studies, 2015), but see pp. 24-25.

Introduction

61

lastica (1169-73), Joshua’s twenty-four chapters are condensed to seventeen.214 Gilbertus Universalis († 1134) may have prepared a gloss on Joshua.215 Thirteenth-century authors of commentaries on Joshua include Alexander of Ashby (1148/1154–1208/1214), Historiae Bibliae, metrice; also, Adamus de Cortlandon (c. 1141/1160-† after 1232), Matthew of Aquasparta (c. 1235/1240– 1302), and Guillaume d’Altona († c. 1265).216 Hugues de Saint-Cher († 1263) produced, as early as 1225-35, a postil on Joshua that survives alongside commentaries on other biblical books.217 Macé de la Charité’s versified Bible (c. 1300) incorporates a rhymed, abridged Old French translation of Joshua with commentary based largely on Petrus Riga’s versified Aurora.218 Fourteenth-century commentators include Hebrew scholar Nicholas de Lyra; also, Petrus Berchorius, Dominicus Grima († c. 1347), and Thomas Waleys.219 Lyra’s commentary, Postillae litteralis super totam Bibliam (1323-32), is interesting for its incorporation of glosses and diagrams from the Bible commentaries of ‘the most influential exegete (interpreter) of both the Hebrew Bible and the Babylonian Talmud’, Rashi (Rabbi Shlomo [Solomon] ben Isaac of Troyes, c. 1040-1105), including maps and plans.220 214  For Andrew’s commentary on the Octateuch and its influence on Comestor, Langton, and Lyra, see SOTB, pp. 120-27, 178-85; for Andrew on the Heptateuch, pp. 175-76. For the commentary on Joshua, Andreas de Sancto Victore, Expositio super Heptateuchum, eds Charles Lohr and Rainer Berndt, Corpus Christianorum: Continuatio Mediaevalis 53 (Turnhout: Brepols, 1986). Morgan characterizes the Hist. schol.’s treatment of the biblical text as ‘selective’ (Morgan, p. 151). Comestor wrote histories for twentytwo books of the Bible, including Joshua (Morgan, p. 30). Notably, however, the geographical sections of Joshua lack. The chapter numbers of Hist.schol.’s Joshua correspond very loosely to those of the biblical book. See cols 1259-72. See also James H. Morey, ‘Peter Comestor, Biblical Paraphrase, and the Medieval Popular Bible’, Speculum, 68 (1993), 6-35 (p. 15), which shows Joshua with 24 chapters in V and 17 in Hist. schol. 215  Lobrichon, p. 167. 216  Spicq, p. 322. 217  Patricia Stirnemann, ‘Les manuscrits de la Postille’, in Louis-Jacques Bataillon, Gilbert Dahan, and Pierre-Marie Gy, eds, Hugues de Saint-Cher († 1263) bibliste et théologien (Turnhout: Brepols, 2004), pp. 31-42 (p. 33). E.g., Paris, BnF lat. 357 and 363 contain the postils on the Pentateuch and the historical books, including Joshua, to IV Kings (= II Kings), while Orléans, Bibl. mun. 23 has the historical books from Joshua to Esther. See also the essay in the same volume by Bruno Carra de Vaux, ‘La constitution du corpus exégétique’, pp. 43-63 (pp. 44-45, 58). Spicq, p. 292, states that the postil on Joshua is not fully developed. 218  La Bible de Macé de la Charité, dir. J.-R. Smeets, 7 vols (Leiden: Universitaire Pers Leiden, 1964-86), II (1977) Lévitique, Nombres, Deutéronome, Josué, Juges, ed. P. E. R. Verhuyck, lines 8497-9222, for a total of 725 lines for Joshua. Morgan describes the Aurora as ‘a versified and highly selective Bible paraphrase with theological commentary’ (p. 152). 219  For Grima, see Spicq, p. 344. 220  Delano-Smith and Gruber, ‘Rashi’s Legacy’, p. 30. Two of the five most common maps in manuscripts of Rashi’s Bible commentary show the land of Canaan, but they are based on Rashi’s commentary on Num 34. 3 and 34. 4-11, respectively, not on Josh (p. 30). Regarding Rashi’s ‘second drawing’, showing the Land of Canaan as a rectangle and the River Nile situated south of Canaan and flowing from east to west, Benjamin Z. Kedar, ‘Rashi’s Map of the Land of Canaan, ca. 1100, and Its Cartographic Background’,

62

Introduction

Editorial considerations Following accepted editorial practice, in the text edited here i appears as i or j, and u as u or v; w stands except as noted. In cases where the distinction of c and t or u / v and n is unclear, readings are based on a legible occurence of the word elsewhere in our text. Effaced final e is indicated by an apostrophe (’). L’s chapter headings appear as bolded Roman numerals. The edited text reflects expunctions and strikethroughs, superscript insertions, and letters corrected by the scribe, which are usually not otherwise noted; also unnoted are occurrences of faded or smeared but legible letters, holes unrelated to the text’s integrity, and insignificant marginal notations. Abbreviations are expanded in the text without further comment. As stated, the AN translation adheres mostly very consistently to the text of the Vulgate book of Joshua. There are occasional departures, however, and these are noted in the pages following.

in Richard J. A. Talbert and Richard W. Unger, eds, Cartography in Antiquity and the Middle Ages: Fresh Perspectives, New Methods (Leiden: Brill, 2008), pp. 155-68 (pp. 163-68), underscores the exegete’s familiarity with cartographic models then current in the West. For Rashi’s influence and Nicolas of Lyra’s use of his commentaries, see Beryl Smalley, ‘The Bible in the Medieval Schools’, in CHB II, pp. 197-220 (p. 219); Erwin I. J. Rosenthal, ‘The Study of the Bible in Medieval Judaism’, in CHB II, pp. 252-79 (pp. 258 and 261-65); Delano-Smith and Gruber, ‘Rashi’s Legacy’, p. 32; and François Dupuigrenet Desroussilles, Dieu en son royaume: La Bible dans la France d’autrefois, XIIIe-XVIIIe siècle (Paris: Bibliothèque nationale / Cerf, 1991). Of the Postilles, Desroussilles states, ‘Cette oeuvre monumentale est rapidement devenue l’ouvrage de référence en matière d’exégèse biblique’ (p. 88).

BIBLIOGRAPHY

This section lists sources cited at least twice. Works cited only once are shown in the footnotes. Titles by authors of multiple works are shown in their chronological order of publication. Manuscripts London, British Library, MS Royal 1 C III (L) Paris, Bibliothèque nationale de France, MS français 1 (P); gallica.bnf.fr Paris, Bibliothèque nationale de France, nouvelles acquisitions françaises, MS 1404 (N); gallica.bnf.fr

Other primary sources Bede. The Venerable Bede Concerning the Holy Places. In The Pilgrimage of Arculfus to the Holy Land. Trans. Rev. James Rose Macpherson. London: Palestine Pilgrims’ Text Society, 1889; hathitrust.org. pp. 67-87. ———. De Locis Sanctis. Ed. I. Fraipont. Corpus Christianorum, Series Latina, 175. Turnhout: Brepols, 1965, pp. 245-80. Biblia Sacra Vulgata. Eds Robert Weber and Roger Gryson. 5th  edn. Stuttgart: Deutsche Bibelgesellschaft, 2007; www.bibelwissenschaft.de Burchard of Mount Sion. A Description of the Holy Land. Trans. Aubrey Stewart. London: Palestine Pilgrims’ Text Society, 1896; archive.org Itinéraires à Jérusalem et descriptions de la Terre Sainte rédigés en français aux XIe, XIIe & XIIIe siècles. Eds Henri Michelant and Gaston Raynaud. Geneva: JulesGuillaume Fick, 1882; hathitrust.org Jerome. Liber de situ et nominibus locorum hebraicorum. PL 23, cols 859-928; hathitrust.org Sanudo Torsello, Marino. Liber Secretorum Fidelium Crucis. In Gesta Dei per Francos. Ed. Jacques Bongars. 2 vols. Hanover: Typis Wechelianis, 1611; books.google.com. II, 1-281. ———. The Book of the Secrets of the Faithful of the Cross = Liber Secretorum Fidelium Crucis. Trans. Peter Lock. Crusade Texts in Translation, 21. Farnham: Ashgate, 2011.

Manuscripts and libraries Avril, François, and Patricia Danz Stirnemann. Manuscrits enluminés d’origine insulaire VIIe-XXe siècle. Paris: Bibliothèque nationale, 1987. British Library, Catalogue of Illuminated Manuscripts, available at www.bl.uk/ catalogues/illuminatedmanuscripts

64

Bibliography

Coates, Alan. English Medieval Books: The Reading Abbey Collections from Foundation to Dispersal. Oxford: Clarendon, 1999. Dugdale, William. The Baronage of England. 2 vols. London: T. Newcomb, 1675-76; quod.lib.umich.edu Kauffmann, C. M. Romanesque manuscripts 1066-1190. Vol. III (1975) of A Survey of Manuscripts Illuminated in the British Isles. Ed. J. J. G. Alexander. 6 vols. London: Harvey Miller, 1975-96. Ker, N. R., ed. Medieval Libraries of Great Britain: A List of Surviving Books. 2nd edn. London: Royal Historical Society, 1964. Sharpe, R., ed. Corpus of Medieval Library Catalogues. 7  vols. London: British Library, 1990- . VII (2000): The Libraries of King Henry VIII. Ed.  James  P. Carley. Warner, George F., and Julius P. Gilson. Catalogue of Western Manuscripts in the Old Royal and King’s Collections. 4 vols. London: Oxford University Press, 1921. Available at hathitrust.org Welles, Albert. History of the Welles Family in England and Normandy. New York: A. Welles, 1876; archive.org

Anglo-Norman language and literature Dean, Ruth J., and Maureen B. M. Boulton. Anglo-Norman Literature, A Guide to Texts and Manuscripts. London: Anglo-Norman Text Society, 1999. Pope, M.  K. From Latin to Modern French. Manchester, 1934; revd. 2nd  edn. Manchester: Manchester University Press, 1966. Short, Ian. Manual of Anglo-Norman. 2nd edn. Oxford: Anglo-Norman Text Society, 2013.

Anglo-Norman Bible Buridant, Claude. ‘Le mouvement du lexique français du XIIIe au XVe siècle à travers la récriture de la Chronique des rois de France et de la Bible anglo-normande’. Studia Romanica Posnaniensia, 13 (1988), 15-34. Léglu, Catherine. ‘Reading Abbey’s Anglo-Norman French Translation of the Bible (London, British Library, Royal MS 1 C III)’. Reading Medieval Studies, 42 (2016), 131-55; centaur.reading.ac.uk Nobel, Pierre. ‘Gloses anglaises et latines dans une traduction biblique anglo-normande (ms. Londres B.L. Royal I C III)’. In «Si a parlé par moult ruiste vertu», Mélanges de littérature médiévale offerts à Jean Subrenat. Dir. Jean Dufournet. Paris: Champion, 2000. pp. 419-35. ———. ‘La Bible anglo-normande et la Bible d’Acre: question de source’. In L’Histoire littéraire: ses méthodes et ses résultats, Mélanges offerts à Madeleine Bertaud. Ed. Luc Fraisse. Geneva: Droz, 2001. pp. 429-48.

Bibliography

65

———. ‘Les translateurs bibliques et leur public: l’exemple de la Bible d’Acre et de la Bible anglo-normande’. Revue de linguistique romane, 66 (2002), 451-72. ———. ‘La Bible de Jean de Sy et la Bible anglo-normande’. Florilegium, 24 (2007), 81-107. Pitts, Brent A. ‘The Anglo-Norman Bible’s Book of Ruth, a critical edition (BL Royal 1 C III)’. Reading Medieval Studies 44 (2018), 173-97. Available at http://centaur. reading.ac.uk Revol, Thierry. ‘Bible anglo-normande, Genèse, édition’. Unpublished doctoral thesis. Université Marc Bloch-Strasbourg II, 2006. Smith, Kathryn A. ‘Found in Translation: Images Visionary and Visceral in the Welles-Ros Bible’, Gesta, 59 (2020), 91-130. Wanono, Anne. ‘Une Bible anglo-normande à la source d’une Bible française au XIVe siècle?’. In Un espace colonial et ses avatars: Naissance d’identités nationales Angleterre, France, Irlande (Ve-XVe siècles). Dir. Florence Bourgne, Leo Carruthers, and Arlette Sancery. Paris: Presses de l’Université Paris-Sorbonne, 2008. pp. 20319 and 8 plates following. Medieval Bible Berger, Samuel. La Bible française au moyen âge.  Paris: Imprimerie nationale, 1884; rpt. Geneva: Slatkine, 1967; hathitrust.org ———. Les Préfaces jointes aux livres de la Bible dans les manuscrits de la Vulgate. Paris: Imprimerie nationale, 1902; hathitrust.org Bertin, Gerald A., and Alfred Foulet. ‘The Book of Judges in Old French Prose: The Gardner A. Sage Library Fragment’. Romania, 90 (1969), 121-28. La Bible de Macé de la Charité. Ed. J. R. Smeets. 7 vols. Leiden: Universitaire Pers Leiden, 1964-86. II (1977): Lévitique, Nombres, Deutéronome, Josué, Juges. Ed. P. E. R. Verhuyck. Lines 8497-9222. Cambridge History of the Bible. 3 vols. Cambridge: University Press, 1963-70. I (1970): From the Beginnings to Jerome. Eds P. R. Ackroyd and C. F. Evans; II (1969): The West from the Fathers to the Reformation. Ed. G. W. H. Lampe. Desrousilles, François Dupuigrenet. Dieu en son royaume: La Bible dans la France d’autrefois, XIIIe-XVIIIe siècle. Paris: Bibliothèque nationale / Cerf, 1991. Levy, Bernard S., ed. The Bible in the Middle Ages: Its Influence on Literature and Art. Binghamton, NY: Medieval & Renaissance Texts & Studies, 1992. Lobrichon, Guy. La Bible au Moyen Age. Paris: Picard, 2003. Meyer, Paul. Review of Samuel Berger, La Bible française au moyen âge. Romania, 17 (1888; hathitrust.org), 121-44 (pp. 121-41). Morey, James H. ‘Peter Comestor, Biblical Paraphrase, and the Medieval Popular Bible’. Speculum, 68 (1993), 6-35. Nobel, Pierre, ed. La Bible d’Acre, Genèse et Exode. Edition critique d’après les manuscrits BNF nouv. acq. fr. 1404 et Arsenal 5211. Besançon: Presses universitaires de Franche-Comté, 2006.

66

Bibliography

Paues, Anna C., ed. A  Fourteenth Century English Biblical Version. Cambridge: University Press, 1902; books.google.com Ratcliff, Nora Elizabeth. ‘Edition and study (mostly linguistic) of a section of an Anglo-Norman translation of the Bible (14th century): The Acts of the Apostles in MSS BN fr. 1 and 9562’. Unpublished doctoral thesis, St Andrews, 1955. Russell, Delbert. ‘The European Background: “Þe Bible and oÞere bookis of deuociun and of exposicioun” in French’. In The Wycliffite Bible: Origin, History and Interpretation. Ed. E. Solopova. Leiden: Brill, 2016. pp. 49-65.

Medieval and modern commentaries, sermons, geographies, and studies Abel, F.-M. Géographie de la Palestine. 3rd edn. 2 vols. Paris: Gabalda, 1967. Aharoni, Yohanan. The Land of the Bible: A  Historical Geography. Rev. and enlarged edn. Trans. and ed. A. F. Rainey. Philadelphia: Westminster, 1979. ——— and Michael Avi-Yonah. The Macmillan Bible Atlas. 3rd edn rev. by Anson F. Rainey and Ze’ev Safrai. New York: Macmillan, 1993. Blenkinsopp, Joseph. Gibeon and Israel: The Role of Gibeon and the Gibeonites in the Political and Religious History of Early Israel. Cambridge: University Press, 1972. Boling, Robert G. Joshua: A New Translation with Notes and Commentary. Intro. G. Ernest Wright. The Anchor Bible, 6. Garden City, NY: Doubleday, 1982. Braverman, Jay. Jerome’s Commentary on Daniel: A Study of Comparative Jewish and Christian Interpretations of the Hebrew Bible. The Catholic Biblical Quarterly Monograph Series, 7. Washington, DC: The Catholic Biblical Association of America, 1978. Comestor, Peter. Historia scholastica. PL 198, cols 1259-72; hathitrust.org Delano-Smith, Catherine, and Mayer I. Gruber. ‘Rashi’s Legacy: maps of the Holy Land’. The Map Collector, 59 (1992), 30-35. Dozeman, Thomas  B. Joshua 1-12: A  New Translation with Introduction and Commentary. Anchor Yale Bible, 6B. New Haven: Yale University Press, 2015. Eusebius of Caesarea. Palestine in the Fourth Century A.D.: The Onomasticon by Eusebius of Caesarea. Trans. G. S. P. Freeman-Grenville. Indexed by Rupert L. Chapman III. Ed. and intro. Joan E. Taylor. Jerusalem: Carta, 2003. Har-El, Menashe. ‘Orientation in Biblical Lands’. The Biblical Archaeologist, 44 (1981), 19-20. Havrelock, Rachel. ‘The Two Maps of Israel’s Land’. Journal of Biblical Literature 126 (2007), 649-67. Hunt, E. D. Holy Land Pilgrimage in the Later Roman Empire AD 312-460. Oxford: Clarendon, 1982. Hunt, Tony, ed. Sermons on Joshua. 2 vols. London: Anglo-Norman Text Society, 1998. Huot, Sylvia. Outsiders: The Humanity and Inhumanity of Giants in Medieval French Prose Romance. Notre Dame, IN: University of Notre Dame Press, 2016.

Bibliography

67

Kenyon, Kathleen M. Digging up Jericho: The Results of the Jericho Excavations 19521956. New York: Praeger, 1957. Lacombe, George. ‘Studies on the Commentaries of Cardinal Stephen Langton’ (Part I). Archives d’histoire doctrinale et littéraire du Moyen Age, 5 (1930), 5-151, available at gallica.fr Le Strange, Guy. Palestine under the Moslems: A Description of Syria and the Holy Land from A.D. 650 to 1500. Boston and New York: Houghlin Mifflin, 1890; rpt. Beirut: Khayats, 1965. Available at books.google.com Marmardji, A.-S. Textes géographiques arabes sur la Palestine. Paris: Gabalda, 1951. North, Robert. A History of Biblical Map Making. Wiesbaden: Reichert, 1979. Poirel, Dominique. Hugues de Saint-Victor. Paris: Cerf, 1998. Pringle, Denys. Pilgrimage to Jerusalem and the Holy Land, 1187-1291. Crusade Texts in Translation, 23. Farnham: Ashgate, 2012. Rowlett, Lori L. ‘Disney’s Pocahontas and Joshua’s Rahab in Postcolonial Perspective’. In Culture, Entertainment and the Bible. Journal for the Study of the Old Testament, 309. Ed. G. Aichele. Sheffield: Sheffield Academic Press, 2000, 66-75. Smalley, Beryl. ‘Studies on the Commentaries of Cardinal Stephen Langton’ (Part II). Archives d’histoire doctrinale et littéraire du Moyen Age, 5 (1930), 152-182, available at gallica.fr ———. The Study of the Bible in the Middle Ages. Notre Dame, IN: University of Notre Dame Press, 1964. Spicq, Ceslaus. Esquisse d’une histoire de l’exégèse latine au moyen âge. Paris: Vrin, 1944; books.google.com Stegmüller, Friedrich. Repertorium Biblicum Medii Aevi. 11 vols. Madrid: Consejo Superior de Investigaciones Científicas, 1950-80. Available at http://repbib.unitrier.de/cgi-bin/rebihome.tcl Wiesel, Elie. Five Biblical Portraits. Notre Dame, IN: University of Notre Dame Press, 1981.

Joshua and medieval culture Aubert, Marcel, Louis Grodecki, Jean Lafond, and Jean Verrier. Les Vitraux de NotreDame et de la Sainte-Chapelle de Paris. Corpus Vitrearum Medii Aevi, 1. Paris: Caisse nationale des monuments historiques, 1959. Black, Jeremy. Maps and History: Constructing Images of the Past. New Haven: Yale University Press, 1997. Buchthal, Hugo. Miniature Painting in the Latin Kingdom of Jerusalem. Oxford: Clarendon, 1957. Calkins, Robert G. ‘Pictorial Emphases in Early Biblical Manuscripts’. In Bernard S. Levy, ed. The Bible in the Middle Ages: Its Influence on Literature and Art. Binghamton, NY: Medieval & Renaissance Texts & Studies, 1992. pp. 77-102.

68

Bibliography

Delano-Smith, Catherine. ‘The intelligent pilgrim: maps and medieval pilgrimage to the Holy Land’. In Eastward bound: Travel and travellers, 1050-1550. Ed. Rosamund Allen. Manchester: Manchester University Press, 2004. pp. 107-30. ——— and Roger J. P. Kain. English Maps: A History. Toronto: University of Toronto Press, 1999. Edson, Evelyn. Mapping Time and Space: How Medieval Mapmakers viewed their World. London: British Library, 1999. Folda, Jaroslav. Crusader Manuscript Illumination at Saint-Jean d’Acre, 1275-1291. Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1976. Gaposchkin, M. C. ‘Louis IX, crusade and the promise of Joshua in the Holy Land’. Journal of Medieval History, 34 (2008), 245-74. Gautier Dalché, Patrick. ‘Cartes de Terre Sainte, cartes de pèlerins’. In Fra Roma e Gerusalemme nel Medioevo. Ed. Massimo Oldoni. 2 vols. Salerno: Laveglia, 2005. II, pp. 573-612. Grodecki, Louis. ‘Les vitraux de la cathédrale de Poitiers’. Congrès archéologique de France, 109 (1952), 138-63. Henderson, George. ‘The Joshua cycle in B.M. Cotton MS. Claudius B. IV’. Journal of the British Archaeological Association, 3rd series, 31 (1968), 38-59. Levy, Bernard S., ed. The Bible in the Middle Ages: Its Influence on Literature and Art. Binghamton, NY: Medieval & Renaissance Texts & Studies, 1992. Morrison, Kathryn A. ‘The Figural Capitals of the Chapterhouse of Saint-Georges-deBoscherville’. In Medieval Art, Architecture and Archaeology at Rouen. Ed. Jenny Stratford. The British Archaeological Association, 12. Leeds: W. S. Maney, 1993. pp. 46-50 and Plates VI, VIIB, and VIIC. O’Loughlin, Thomas. ‘Map and Text: A Mid Ninth-Century Map for the Book of Joshua’. Imago Mundi, 57 (2005), 7-22. Snyder, James. Medieval art: painting-sculpture-architecture, 4th-14th century. New York: Harry N. Abrams, 1989. Tsamakda, Vasiliki. ‘The Joshua Roll’. In A Companion to Byzantine Illustrated Manuscripts. Ed. V. Tsamakda. Leiden: Brill, 2017. pp. 207-13. Weiss, Daniel H. ‘The pictorial language of the Arsenal Old Testament: Gothic and Byzantine contributions and the meaning of crusader art (Paris, Bibliothèque de l’Arsenal, MS. 5211)’. Unpublished doctoral dissertation. Johns Hopkins University, 1992. Wilkinson, John, with Joyce Hill and W. F. Ryan, eds. Jerusalem Pilgrimage 1099-1185. London: Hakluyt Society, 1988.

Bibliography

69

Dictionaries and encyclopedias Anglo-Norman Dictionary. Available at www.anglo-norman.net Dictionary of Medieval Latin from British Sources. Available at logeion.uchicago.edu Dictionnaire du Moyen Français. Available at www.atilf.fr/dmf/ Dictionnaire Etymologique de l’Ancien Français. Available at http://www.deaf-page. de/fr/index.php Encyclopedia of Ancient Christianity. Ed.  Angelo Di Berardino.  Westmont, IL: InterVarsity Press, 2014. Ebook. Godefroy, Frédéric Eugène. Dictionnaire de l’ancienne langue française et de tous ses dialectes du IXe siècle au XVe siècle. Paris: Vieweg, 1881-1902; hathitrust.org Middle English Dictionary. Available at https://quod.lib.umich.edu/m/med/ Tobler, Adolf, and Erhard Lommatzsch. Altfranzösisches Wörterbuch. Berlin: Weidmann, 1925- . Available at https://www.uni-stuttgart.de/lingrom/stein/tl/ Le Trésor de la Langue Française. Available at www.cnrtl.fr

THE ANGLO-NORMAN BIBLE’S BOOK OF JOSHUA

© The British Library Board, Royal MS 1 C III, fol. 149r

THE ANGLO-NORMAN BIBLE’S BOOK OF JOSHUA (LONDON, BRITISH LIBRARY, MS ROYAL 1 C III, FOLS 142V-162R)

5

10

15

20

25

30

[fol. 142v] Ci finist le livre de Deutronomii et comence le prologue del livre de Josue. Al derrein le Pentateuke de Moises finie, nous envoioms nostre main sicom delivrez de graunt brullissour a Jhesum le filz Nave, le quel les Ebreus appellent Josue Ben Nun, ceo est Josue le filz Nun; et al livre dé Jugges, le quel il appelount Sophim, qe Ruth adecertes et a Hester, les queus il horsportent par mesmes les nouns. Nous amonestoms le listre þe reder qe le [fol. 143r] escriptour ententif garde le boys de les nouns des Ebreus et les distinctiouns devisez par membrez, qe nostre travail et le estudie de luy ne perisse. Et q’il sache moy es comencementz ne mye batre choses novels en reprehensioun des aunciens—si com j’ai sovent tesmoignee, si com mes amys moy ount blamez—mais por la part de un bier a offrer as hommes de ma langge, les queux nepurquant noz choses delitent qe il eient la nostre translacioun. E e I p A a TI p A i O p IT is des Greus, les queus enbusoignent de despens et de tresgrant travaille. Et si il averount doutee en la lisaunce redyng des anciens volumes en ascun lieu, cil ensemble portauntz cestes choses et altres trovent ceo q’ils requirent, nomeement com tantz exsemplers sount vers les Latins com livres. Et chescun pur son juggement ou avera ajoustee ou avera southtrait qe a ly est veu, et adecertes ceo ne poet estre verroi qe descord. Porquei cesse ly scorpion de lever contre nous par plaie trencheaunt et deguerpe il prendre saint oevereigne par venymouse langge ou pernaunt s’il pleise ou despisaunt s’il desplese. Et il avera remembree de ces vers: ‘Ta bouche fust plein de malice, et ta langge medla tricheries. Tu seaunt parlas contre ton frere, et si as tu mys esclaundre contre le filz de ta mere. Cestes choses fesoies tu, et jeo teisoi. Tu quidas malveisement qe jeo serroi a toi semblable. Jeo toi reprendroi et establieroi contre ta face’. Car quele proffit est de l’oyaunt ou del lisaunt a sueir swete en travaillaunt nous et travailler en detreaunt altres a doler les Geux, qe occasioun soit ostee de chalenger ceux et de escharnier les Christiens et les hommes de la Esglise despiser ceste chose mais tarier dount les adversaries soient turmentez? Qe si en altre manere la interpretacioun plese a eux—la quele ne desplese point a moy—et ne quidount de receivre rien par dehors, porquei lisent il celes choses et les despisent, les queles sount ajoustez ou amenusez south? Porquei pristrent les esglises Daniel jouste la translacioun de Theodicioun? Porquei s’enmerveillount les Origens et Eusibium de Pamphili, fesauntz apert

74

35

40

TEXT EDITION

totes les demoustrances ensemble? Ou quele fust la folie, depuis q’il averount dit les choses verroies, a proffrer ceo qe sont faux? Et dount porrount il prover tesmoignaunces pris el Novel Testament, les queus ne sount pas en aunciens livres? Cestes choses dioms nous qe nous ne soioms pas veuz teiser de [fol. 143v] tut en tut a les chalengeauntz. Mais aprés la dormicion de seinte Paule, la vie de qi est l’ensampler de vertue, et cestes livres, les queus jeo ne poai denier a Eustochie, la virgine de Christ, nous avoms juggee doner entent a la explanacioun des prophetes—dementers qe le esperit governe les membres—et rehercer a la foiz le oevereigne ja deguerpie longement par une remembraunce, com ly seint bier Pammachius demaunde meismes ceste chose par letres; et—nous hastauntz a la pays dé Sirenz—devoms passer en tant les venymeous par oraille surde.

TEXT EDITION

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

75

Ci finist le prologue del livre de Josue et comence de Josue. Et fait est qe aprés la mort de Moisen le serf de Nostre Sire, Nostre Sire parla a Josue le filz Nun, le mynistre de Moises, et ly deist: ‘Moises mon serf est mort. Lieve tu et passes cest Jordan, tu et tut le poeple od toi, en la terre la quele jeo dorroi as filz de Israel. Tut lé lieu qe la trace de tes piez averount defolee bailleroi jeo a vous si com parloi a Moisen. Del desert et de Liban desqes al grant fluvie de Eufraten: tote la terre des Etheux ert vostre terme desqes a la Grant Meer contre le rescous du solail. Nul ne vous porra contreesteer touz les jours de ta vie. Si com jeo fui od Moisen, issint serroi jeo od toi. Jeo ne toi lerroi ne ne toi deguerperoi. Soies tu confortee et soies tu fort car tu deviseras par sort a cesti poeple la terre por la quele jeo jura a ses peres qe jeo la baille a eux. Soies tu por ceo confortee et si soies tu mult fort qe tu gardes et faces tote la lei la quele Moises mon serf toi comaunda. Ne declines de ceo ne al destre ne a senestre qe tu entendes totes les choses qe tu faces. Ne departe point de ta bouche le volume de ceste lei, mais tu penseras de ceo par jours et nuitz qe tu gardez et faces totes les choses qe sont escriptz en ceo; lors adresceras tu ta voie et la entendras. Voi, jeo toi comaunde, soies tu confortee et soiez tu fort. Ne voillez douter ne ne voilletz espounter, quar ly Sire ton Dieu est a toi en totes choses as queles tu en averas alee’. Et Josue comaunda as princes du poeple, disaunt: ‘Passez par la meiene de voz pavillouns et [fol. 144r] comaundez al poeple et diez: “Apparaillez a vous viaundes quar aprés le tierz jour passerez vous le Jordan et si entrerez vous a aver la terre la quele ly Sire vostre Dieu vous est a doner”’. Si dist il a les Rubenciens et a les Gaddiciens et al demy lignee de Manasse: ‘Remembrez de les paroles les queles Moises ly serf de Nostre Sire vous comaunda, disaunt: “Ly Sire vostre Dieu vous dona repos et tote la terre. Voz femmes et voz filz et voz jumentz maindrount en la terre la quele Moises vous bailla outre Jordan. Et passez vous armez devaunt voz freres touz fortz de main et combatez por eux si la qe Nostre Sire doint repos a voz freres si com il dona a vous. Et eient il auxint la terre la quele ly Sire vostre Dieu est a doner a eux. Et issint returnez vous a la terre de vostre possessioun et issint habiterez vous en ycele la quele Moises le serf de Nostre Sire vous dona outre le Jordan contre la naissaunce du solail”’. Et il respoundirent a Josue et distrent: ‘Nous feroms totes les choses lé queles tu as a nous comaundee et si irroms nous en quel lieu qe tu nous eies envoiee. Si com nous obeismes en totes choses a Moisen, issint obehiroms nous a toi. Et Dieu Nostre Sire soit altretant od toi si com il fust od Moisen. Cil qe contredirra a ta bouche et ne avera obehie a tes paroles qe tu averas comaundee, moerge il. Soies tu solement confortee et fai forciblement’. II Lors envoia Josue le filz Nun de Sethim deux biers espiours privement et lour dist: ‘Alez vous et regardez la terre et la citee de Jericho’. Les queus alauntz entrerent la maisoun de une femme putaigne, Raab par noun, et reposerent ovesqes

76

45

50

55

60

65

70

75

TEXT EDITION

ly. Et denunciee est al roi de Jericho, et dist: ‘Voi, biers des filz Israel sount entrez yci par nuit q’il espiassent la terre’. Et ly roi de Jericho envoia a Raab, disaunt: ‘Mesnez hors les biers qe vindrent a toi et sont entrez ta maisoun car il sont espiours et vindrent pur regarder tote la terre’. La femme adecertes pernaunt les biers, si les muscea et dist: ‘Jeo regeie q’il vindrent a moy més jeo ne savoi dount il estoient. Et com la porte fust close en tenebres et cil ensemble issirent, si ne sai ou il aloient més tost les suiez et vous les prendrez’. Cele adecertes fist les biers mounter en un soler de sa maisoun, si les coveri de estuble de lyn la quele [fol. 144v] estoit illoeqes. Cil adecertes qe estoient envoiez les suirent par la voie la quele mesne al wee forþe de Jordan. Et cil issauntz demaintenaunt, la porte est close. Et cil ne avoient unquore dormiz qe illoeqes estoient repouz. Et voi, la femme ascendi a eux et dist: ‘Jeo le conuis qe Nostre Sire ad baillee a vous la terre quar vostre espountissour chai en nous et touz les habitatours de la terre languirent grantment. Nous oismes qe Nostre Sire en ad secchié les eawes de la Rouge Meer a vostre entree quant vous issistez hors de Egipte; et quele chose vous avez fait a deux rois des Amorreux les queus estoient outre Jordan, Seon et Og, lé queus vous occistez. Et nous oiauntz cestes choses, nous doutames et nostre quoer languist grantment ne esperit ne remist pas en nous a vostre entré. Car ly Sire vostre Dieu, cil est Dieu sus en ciel et en la terre pardesouth. Por ceo jurez ore a moy par Nostre Sire qe si com jeo ay fait a vous mercie qe vous facez issint od la maisoun de mon pier. Et moy doignez verroi signe qe vous salvez mon pere et ma mere, mes freres et mes soers, et totes les choses qe lour sount et defendez noz almes de la mort’. Les queus ly respoundirent: ‘Soit nostre alme por vous en mort, sinoun neqedent nous ne trahissez. Et com Nostre Sire nous avera baillie la terre, nous feroms a toi mercie et veritee’. Lors les lessa ele de sa fenestre par un’ corde quar sa maisoun aherdi al mur. Et ele lour dist: ‘Mountez al mountaigne qe cil returnauntz paraventure ne vous encountrent. Et estapissez illoqe par treis jours si la q’il repoirent et issint irrez vous par vostre voie’. Les queus la distrent: ‘Nous serroms nyentnusauntz de ceste serment dount tu nous as conjurizee qe si nous entrantz la terre, ceste petite corde coccine avera estee a nous signe et tu la averas liee en la fenestre par la quele tu nous lessas et tu averas assemblee en ta maisoun ton pere et ta mere, tes freres et tote ta cognacioun. Cil qe avera issuz le huis de ta maison, le sank de celuy serra en son chief et nous serroms aliens. Et le saunk de touz qe od toi averount estee en ta maisoun reboundera en nostre chief si ascuns les averount tuchee. Car si tu nous averas volue descoverer et ceste parole avauntporter en mylieu, nous serroms net de ceste çerment dount tu nous conjuras’. Et ele respoundi: ‘Soit il fait issint com vous avez parlee’. Et ele les lessaunt q’il s’en alassent, pendi la [fol. 145r] corde coccine en la fenestre.

TEXT EDITION

80

85

90

95

100

105

110

115

77

Et yceux alauntz vindrent as mountaignes et remistrent illoeqes par treis jours si la q’ils fussent returnez qe les avoient pursuiz. Car ils en çerchauntz par chescune voie ne les troverent point. Les queux entrez la citee, revindrent. Et les espies descendirent de la mountaigne; et Jordan passee, il vindrent a Josue le filz Nun et il ly counterent totes les choses qe lour avindrent. Et distrent: ‘Nostre Sire ad baillee en noz mains tote ceste terre. Et touz les habitatours de la terre sount descheuz de pour’. III Por ceo Josue suslevaunt par nuit esmust les pavillouns. Et cil issauntz de Sethim vindrent a Jordan, cil et touz les filz de Israel, et demorerent illoeqes par treis jours. Les queux passez, les bedels passerent par la meiene des pavillouns et comencerent a crier: ‘Quant vous averez veu l’arche de alliaunce del Sire vostre Dieu et les chapellains de la lignee de Levi portauntz ycele, levez adecertes et l’ensuiez, ycele avauntalaunt. Et soit entre vous et l’arche l’espace de deux mill coutes qe vous pussez veer de loinz et conustre par quele voie vous entrerez quar unqe més ne alastes par ycele. Et eschivez qe vous ne aproschez a l’arche’. Et Josue dist al poeple: ‘Soiez vous seintifiez car Nostre Sire fera demain grant merveilles a vous’. Et il dist as prestres: ‘Pernez l’arche de covenaunt et alez devaunt le poeple’. Les queus acomplissauntz ses comaundementz la pristrent et alerent devaunt eux. Et Nostre Sire dist a Josue: ‘Jeo comenceroi hui toi enhauncer devaunt tut Israel q’il sachent qe si com jeo estoi od Moises, issint soy jeo od toi. Tu adecertes comaunde as chapellains qe portent l’arche de alliaunce de Nostre Sire et di a eux: “Com vous averez entree partie de l’eawe de Jordan, esteez en ycele”’. Et Josue dist as filz de Israel: ‘Aproschez cea et oiez les paroles del Sire vostre Dieu’. Et derichief: ‘Vous saverez’, fait il, ‘en ceo qe ly Sire Dieu Vivaunt est en la meiene de vous et il esparpliera en vostre regard les Chananeux, Etheux, Eveus; et les Phereseux, Gargeseus, Amorreux et Jebuseux. Voi, l’arche de alliaunce de Nostre Sire de tote la terre irra devaunt vous par le Jordan. Apparaillez douz hommes de la lignee de Israel, chescuns par chescune lignee. Et com les chapellains eyent mys les traces de lour piez qe portent l’arche de le Sire Dieu de universe terre en les eawes del Jordan, cil qe sount par aval currount et defaillerount; et qe pardesus veignent, permaindrount en une charge’. Lors issi le poeple de [fol. 145v] lour tabernacles q’il passerent le Jordan, et les chapellains qe porterent l’arche de alliaunce aloient devaunt luy. Et eux entrez le Jordan et lour piez teintz en une partie de l’eawe—et le Jordan avoit emplie les rives de son fossee en le temps de messioun—les eawes esturent descendauntz en un lieu et enflantz a la semblaunce de une mountaigne. Si apparurent il de loinz de la citee qe est appellee Adom desqes al lieu de Sarthan. Cil adecertes qe furent pardesouth descendirent en la meer del Desert qe ore est appellee lieu de Mort si la q’ils defaillerent en tote manere. Et le poeple aloit contre Jordan, et les prestres

78

120

125

130

135

140

145

150

155

TEXT EDITION

qe porterent l’arche de alliaunce de Nostre Sire esturent ceintez sur la secche terre en la meiene del Jordan. Et tut le poeple passa par le secche fossee. IIII Les queux outrepassez, Nostre Sire dist a Josue: ‘Eslisez douze hommes, chescun de chescuns lignees. Et comaunde a eux q’il preignent de la meiene del fossee del Jordan ou les piez dé prestres esturent, douze tresdures perres les queus vous mettrez en le lieu des pavillouns, la ou vous averez ficchee ycele nuit voz pavillouns’. Et Josue appella douze hommes les queus il avoit eslutz des filz Israel, chescun de universe ligneez. Et il lour dist: ‘Alez devaunt l’arche del Sire vostre Dieu a la meiene de Jordan. Et porte chescun de vous une perre en voz espaudles joste le nombre des filz Israel qe ceo soit signe entre vous. Et quant vos filz vous averount demaundee demain, disauntz: “Quei voillent a soi cestes perres?”, vous les respounderez: “Les eawes de Jordan defaillerent devaunt l’arche de alliaunce de Nostre Sire com ele ly passereit. Por ceo sount cestes perres mys en monument des filz de Israel desqes en pardurabletee”’. Por ceo firent les filz de Israel si com Josue les comaunda, portantz del my fossee de Jordan douze perres si com Nostre Sire out comaundee joste le nombre des filz Israel desqes al lieu ou il ficchirent lour pavillouns; et illoeqes les mistrent il. Altres douze perres auxint mist Josue el my fossee del Jordan la ou les prestres esturent qe porterent l’arche de alliaunce; si sount eles illoeqes desqe a cesti jour present. Les chapellains adecertes qe porterent l’arche esturent en la meiene de Jordan si la qe totes choses fussent acompliz les queles Nostre Sire out comaundee a Josue q’il parlast al poeple et com Moises ly out dit. Et com touz eussent passee et l’arche de Nostre Sire passa et les chapellains aloient devaunt le poeple, les filz adecertes de Ruben et de Gad et la demy lignee de Manassen aloient armez devaunt les filz de [fol. 146r] Israel si com Moises les out comaundee. Et quaraunte mill combatours par compaignies et collectes alerent par les playnes et les champestres de la citee de Jericho. Et a ycel jour magnifia Nostre Sire Josue devaunt tut Israel q’ils luy doutassent auxint com il douterent Moisen dementres q’il vesquist. Et il luy dist: ‘Comaunde as chapellains qe portent l’arche de alliaunce q’il voisent hors de Jordan’. Le quel lour comaunda, disaunt: ‘Mountez del Jordan’. Et com il ascendissent portauntz l’arche de Nostre Sire et comenceassent defoler la secche terre, les eawes sount returnez en lour lieu et currurent si com eles estoient acoustomez. Le poeple adecertes mounta del Jordan le disme jour del primer moys. Et il ficchirent lour pavillouns en Galgalis contre la plaie orientale de la citee de Jericho. Et Josue mist en Galgalis les douzes perres qe il out pris del fossee de Jordan. Et dist as filz de Israel: ‘Quant voz filz averount demain demaundee lour pieres et les averount dit: “Quei voillent cestes perres a soi?”, vous les enseignerez

TEXT EDITION

160

165

170

175

180

185

190

195

79

et dirrez: “Israel trespassa cest Jordan par le secche fossee, Nostre Sire ensecchaunt ses eawes en nostre regard si la qe nous ussoms passee”. Si com il fist adeprimes en la Rouge Meer, si la ensecchea si la qe nous passames qe touz les poeples de la terre apreissent la tresforte main de Nostre Sire et qe vous doutez en tut temps le vostre Dieu’. V Por ceo puisqe touz les rois des Amorreux avoient oiz qe habiterent outre le Jordan a la plaie occidentale et touz les rois de Chanaan qe tindrent les proscheins lieus de la Grant Meer, qe Nostre Sire avoit ensecchi les decurrauntz eawes de Jordan devaunt les filz de Israel dementres q’il passerent, lour quoer est disliee et esperit ne remist point en eux, doutauntz l’entree de les filz Israel. A cel temps dist Nostre Sire a Josue: ‘Fai a toi cultres de perres et circumscizes la secounde foiz les filz de Israel’. Cil fesoit ceo qe Nostre Sire luy out comaundee et cil circumscit les filz de Israel el tertre des Prepuz. Ceo est adecertes la cause del secounde circumscisioun: tut le poeple qe issi de Egipte de gendre masculin— touz les hommes combatours—sount mortz el desert par les tresloinz environementz de la voie les queus estoient touz circumscis. Le poeple adecertes qe ert neez el desert par quaraunte anz de la voie del desert treslee estoit nyentcircumscis: desqes atant qe cil fussent degastez qe ne oirent point la voiz de Nostre Sire et as queus il out juree adevaunt [fol. 146v] q’il les demustrereit la terre manaunt de leat et de meel. Les filz de yceux successerent el lieu de lour peres et sount circumscis de Josue quar si com il furent nez, issint furent il el prepuz, ne nul ne les circumscit en la voie. Adecertes puisqe touz furent circumscis, il remistrent en mesmes le lieu des pavillouns desqes atant q’il furent sanez. Et Nostre Sire dist a Josue: ‘Jeo vous ai tollet hui la reproce de Egipte’. Et le noun de cel lieu est appellee Galgala desqes a cesti jour present. Et les filz de Israel demorrerent en Galgalis et firent phase al vespre le quatorzime jour du moys es champestres de Jericho. Et il mangerent de les fruitz de la terre a l’altre jour pains azimels et furmentee de mesmes l’an. Et manna lour faillie puisq’il avoient manguee de les bledz de cele terre ne les filz de Israel ne userent plus outre de cele viaunde, més il mangerent des fruitz de cel an present de la terre de Chanaan. Com Josue adecertes estoit el champ de la citee de Jericho, il leva ses oels et vist un bier esteaunt contre luy et tenaunt un espee trait. Et cil s’en vait a luy et dist: ‘Es tu le nostre ou de les adversaries?’ Le quel respoundi: ‘Nenil, mais jeo sui le prince de l’host de Nostre Sire et ore vienk jeo a toi’. Josue chai enclin en la terre et ahouraunt dist: ‘Quele chose parole my sire a son serf ?’ Et ly prince de la chivalerie dist a Josue: ‘Desliez’, fait il, ‘la chauceure de tes piez quar le lieu el quel tu estues est seint’. Et Josue fist si com luy ert comaundee.

80

200

205

210

215

220

225

230

235

TEXT EDITION

VI Jericho adecertes estoit close et garnie pur la pour des filz Israel et nul ne oiseit issir ou entrer. Et Nostre Sire dist a Josue: ‘Voi, j’ai donee Jericho en ta main et son roi et touz ses fortz biers. Vous touz combatours, environez la citee une foiz par jour, si ferez vous en tiele manere par sis jours. Al septisme jour adecertes prendrount les chapellains sept busines dount il en usent en jubileo et voisent il devaunt l’arche de covenaunt. Et vous environerez la citee par sept foiz et les chapellains sonerount en busines. Et com la voiz del busine avera sonee plus longement et plus clerement et avera sonee rungun en voz orailles, tut le poeple criera par treshalt crie et les murs de la citee tresbucherount de tut en tut. Et chescun entrera par le lieu contre le quel il averount esteuz’. Por ceo Josue le filz Nun appella les [fol. 147r] chapellains et lour dist: ‘Preignez l’arche de covenaunt et sept altres chapellains preignent sept busines des jubeleus; et voisent il devaunt le arche de Nostre Sire’. Et il dist al poeple: ‘Alez vous et environez vous armez la citee, alauntz devaunt l’arche de Nostre Sire’. Et com Josue out finiz les paroles et les sept chapellains ussent sonee sept busines devaunt l’arche de covenaunt de Nostre Sire et tut le hoste armee alast devaunt, le rascail sui l’arche et totes choses sonerent en estives. Et Josue comaunda al poeple, disaunt: ‘Vous ne crierez ne vostre voiz ne ert oie, si ne issera nulle parole de vostre bouche si la qe le jour viegne en quel jeo vous dirra: “Criez vous et fetez noise!”’ Lors enverona l’arche de Nostre Sire la citee une foiz par jour et est returnee es pavillouns et manent illoeqes. Josue adecertes levaunt de nuit, les chapellains pristrent l’arche de Nostre Sire et sept de eux sept busines dount il useit en le jubileo. Et cil alerent devaunt l’arche de Nostre Sire alauntz et sonauntz, et le poeple armee s’en vait devaunt eux. L’altre rascail sui l’arche et sona dé busines. Et il environerent la citee une foiz al jour secound et returnerent en lour pavillouns. Et en tiele manere firent il par sis jours. Al septisme jour adecertes eux al matin levauntz environerent la cité par sept foiz si com il fust ordinee. Et com les chapellains ussent sonee dé busines en le septisme environement, Josue dist a tut Israel: ‘Fetez vous noiz car Nostre Sire vous ad baillee la citee. Et soit ceste citee escomengee et totes choses qe en luy sount a Nostre Sire. Raab la putaigne vive solement od trestouz qe od luy sount en la maisoun quar ele muscea les messagers les queux nous envoiames. Et gardez qe vous ne tuchez riens dé choses les queles vous sount comaundez et qe vous soiez coupables de prevaricaciouns et touz les pavillouns de Israel soient south pecchee et soient troeblez. Et quelescunqes choses averount estee d’or et d’argent et des vasseux de arresme et de feer, soient il consacrez a Nostre Sire et mys en ses tresors’. Por ceo tut le poeple escriaunt et les estives sonauntz. Et aprés ceo qe la voiz et le soun out sonee es orailles del multitude, les murs tresbucherent maintenaunt et chescun mounta par le lieu qe en ert contre soi. Et il pristrent la citee et occirent

TEXT EDITION

240

245

250

255

260

265

270

275

81

totes les choses qe en ly furent, de hom desqes a femme, de ly joevene desqes a ly vieux. Et il ferirent les boefs et les owailles et les asnes en la bouche de espee. Et Josue dist a les deux biers qe furent envoiez espies: ‘Entrez la maisoun de la femme putaigne et la mesnez avaunt et totes les choses qe sues sount si com vous establistez a luy par serment’. Et les joevenceus entrez mesnerent [fol. 147v] Raab et ses parentz et ses freres et tut le hustilment et ses cognaciouns et les firent manere hors des pavillouns de Israel. Si arderent il adecertes la citee et totes les choses qe en ly estoient sanz or et argent et vasseux de arresme et de feer les queus il consacrerent al tresorie de Nostre Sire. Josue adecertes fist Raab la putaigne et la maisoun de son pere et totes les choses qe ele avoit vivre. Et il habiterent en la meiene de Israel desqes a cesty jour present por ceo qe ele repuist les messagers les queus il avoit envoiee q’il espiassent Jericho. A cel temps pria Josue, disaunt: ‘Maldit soit ly hom devaunt Nostre Sire qe avera relevee et edifiee la citee de Jericho! Si gise ses foundamentz en son primes engendree et es derreins de ses filz mette il les portes de ycele’. Lors ert Nostre Sire od Josue et son noun est denunciee en tote terre. VII Les filz adecertes de Israel trespasserent le comaundement et par fole delit pristrent del maleisoun. Car Achar le filz Charmy le filz de Zabdi le filz de Zare de la lignee de Juda porta ascune chose de l’escomengement. Et Nostre Sire est coroucee contre les filz de Israel. Et com Josue enverroit biers de Jericho contre Hai la quele est joste Bethaven a la orientale partie de Bethel, il lour dist: ‘Mountez et espiez la terre’. Les queus acomplissauntz les comaundementz espierent Hai. Et cil returnez distrent a ly: ‘Ne voise pas tut le poeple mais deux ou treis mill des biers mountent et ostent la citee. Porquei se travaillereit tut le poeple en vain contre les enemys trespoys?’ Lors s’en vount treis mill des combatours les queus turnauntz demaintenaunt le dos sount feruz des biers de la citee de Hai. Et trent et sis biers de yceux trebuscherent et les adversaries les pursuirent de la porte desqes a Sabarim et cil chairent fuiauntz par les lieux enclins. Et le quoer del poeple douta et fait est decurraunt a la semblaunce d’eawe. Lors trenchea Josue ses vestementz et chai a la terre enclin devaunt l’arche de Nostre Sire tanqe al vespre, altresi bien il com touz les senez de Israel, et mistrent poudre sur lour chiefs. Et dist Josue: ‘ Ha, las! Sire Dieu, porquei voleis tu mesner cest poeple outre le flum Jordan qe tu nous bailleroies es mains des Amorreux et nous perderoies? A ma volentee qe nous ussoms demorree outre Jordan si com nous comenceames. Ha, my Sire! quei dirroi jeo voiaunt Israel tournaunt le dos a lour enemys? Les Chananeus orrount et touz les habitatours de la terre et cil assemblez nous environerount et osterount nostre noun de la terre. Et quele chose [fol. 148r] feras tu a ton grant noun?’

82

280

285

290

295

300

305

310

315

TEXT EDITION

Et Nostre Sire dist a Josue: ‘Lieve tu! Porquei gises tu enclin en la terre? Israel en ad pecchee et ad enfreint moun covenaunt! Il ount emportee de l’escomengement et emblez. Et mentirent et l’ount repuitz entre lour vasseux. Israel ne porra esteer devaunt ses enemys, si les fuira por ceo q’il est soilli de escomengement. Jeo ne serra plus outre od vous si la qe vous le defoulez qe est coupable de ceste felonie. Lieve et seintifies le poeple. Et lour di: “Soiez vous seintifiez demain car ly Sire Dieu de Israel dist ycestes: ‘Cestes escomengement est en la meiene de toi, Israel. Tu ne porras esteer contre tes enemys si la qe il soit ostee de toi qe soilliz est de ceste felonie. Et vous aproscherez al matin chescun par voz lignees. Et quele lignee sort avera trovee, il aproschera par ses cosinages et la cosinage par maisouns et la maisoun par les hommes. Et qecumqes avera esté trovee en cele felonie, il ert ars de feu od tote sa substaunce por ceo q’il trespassa le covenaunt de Nostre Sire et fist iniquitee en Israel’”’. Josue adecertes matin levaunt ajoint Israel par lour lignees et la ligne de Juda est trovee. La quele com ele fust offert joste lour lignees, la mesnee de Zare en est trovee. Cil ensement offraunt ceo par biers trova Zabdi, la maisoun de qi— cil departaunt en chescun par soi—trova Achar le filz Charmy le filz de Zabdi des filz Zare de la lignee de Juda. Et il dist a Achar: ‘Ha, my filz! Donez glorie al Sire Dieu de Israel et regeies. Et demoustres a moy quele chose tu en as fait, si nel musces’. Et Achar respoundi a Josue et ly dist: ‘Veroiement, j’ai pechee a ly Sire Dieu de Israel. Et en tiele manere fesoi jeo et issint: car jeo vi entre les espoilles un paille coccine tresbon et deux centz cicles d’argent et une reule d’or de cinquante cicles. Et jeo coveitaunt les emportai et les musceai en la terre encontre la meiene de mon tabernacle. Et la terre fowe, jeo coveri l’argent’. Lors envoia Josue ministres les queus currauntz a son tabernacle troverent totes les choses muscez en meismes le lieu, et l’argent ensemble. Et cil emportauntz del tentorie les porterent a Josue et a touz les filz de Israel et les getterent devaunt Nostre Sire. Et por ceo Josue pernaunt Achar le filz Zare et l’argent et le paille et la reule de or et ses filz et ses filles, boefs et asnes et owailles et mesmes son tabernacle et touz ses ustillementz et tut Israel od ly, les mesnerent al valleie de Achor ou Josue dist: ‘Car por ceo qe tu nous destourbas, Deu toi destourbe a cesti jour’. Et tut Israel le lapida et totes les choses qe a ly estoient sount degastez par feu. Et cil assemblerent sur ly un grant mouncel [fol. 148v] des perres qe permaint desqes a cesti jour present. Et la deverie de Nostre Sire est de eux tournee. Et le noun de cest lieu est appellee le val de Achor desqes a hui. VIII Et Nostre Sire dist a Josue: ‘Ne doutes pas ne ne criens. Mesnes od toi tote la multitude des combatours et tu levaunt irras en la citee de Hai. Voi, j’ai donee en ta main son roi, le poeple, la citee et la terre, et tu feras a la citee de Hai et a son roi si com tu fesoies a Jericho et a son roi. Et vous prendrez a vous la preie et totes choses animeles. Mettez aguaitz a la citee parderere’.

TEXT EDITION

320

325

330

335

340

345

350

355

83

Et Josue leva et tote l’ost des combatours od luy q’il mountassent en Hai. Et trent mill eslutz des fortz biers envoia il par nuit. Et lour comaunda, disaunt: ‘Mettez aguaitz parderere la citee ne ne departez trop loinz, einz serrez vous touz apparaillee. Jeo adecertes et l’altre multitude qe est od moy mounteroms de travers contre la citee. Et com il averount issuz contre nous, nous fuiroms si com nous feismes adevaunt et turneroms les dos si la q’ils pursuiauntz soient traitz plus loinz hors de la citee quar il quiderount nous fuire si com devaunt. Por ceo nous fuiauntz et cil pursuiauntz, vous leverez des aguaitz et degasterez la citee et ly Sire vostre Dieu la baillera en voz mains. Et quant vous l’averez pris, la ardez. Issint ferez vous totes choses si com jeo vous ai comaundee’. Et il les lessa, et cil s’en vount al lieu des aguaitz et se assistrent entre Bethel et Hai a la partie occidentale de la cité de Hai. Josue adecertes a cel nuit maneit en la meiene du poeple. Et il se levaunt par matin nombra ses compaignouns. Et s’en vait od les plus senez el frount de l’host environee od le aide des combatours. Et com il venissent et mountassent de travers de la citee, il esturent a la part septentrionale de la citee entre la quele et eux un val estoit en mylieu. Lors out il eslutz cink mill des biers et les out mys en aguaitz entre Bethaven et Hai de la part occidentale de mesmes la citee. Et tut l’altre host adrecea l’eschiel a la partie de l’aquiloun issint qe la derreine de la multitude tuccha la part occidentale de la citee. Lors s’en departi Josue a cele nuit et estuet en la meiene du vallee. Qe com le roi de Hai out veu, il se hasta al matin et s’en issi od tut le host de la citee. Et il drescea le eschiel contre le desert nyentsachaunt qe aguaitz estapisserent arere dos. Josue adecertes et tut Israel donerent lieu, feignauntz doute et fuiauntz par la voie del desert. Et cil fesauntz noise [fol. 149r] ensemble et soi amonestantz entrechaungeablement les pursuirent. Et com il fussent departez de la citee—et un sol adecertes ne remist en la citee de Hai ne de Bethel q’il ne pursuirent Israel—auxint com il avoient issuz, deguerpauntz les citez overtes. Nostre Sire dist a Josue: ‘Lieve ton escu qe est en ta main contre la citee de Hai quar jeo la te bailleroi’. Et com il out enhaucee son escu de travers de la citee, les aguaitz qe tapissoient leverent demaintenaunt. Et cil alauntz a la citee pristrent et la arderent. Les biers adecertes de la citee qe pursuirent Josue regardantz et voiauntz la fumee de la citee mounter desqes al ciel, il ne poeient fuir ne cea ne la: nomement com cil qe feignerent la fuite et alerent desqes al desert aresturent tresfortement contre les pursuiauntz. Et Josue voiaunt et tut Israel qe la citee fust prise et qe la fumee de la citee mountast, cil returné feri les biers de Hai. Et cil adecertes qe avoient pris la citee et ars issirent de la citee contre lé soens, si comencerent il a ferir en la meiene de lour enemys. Por ceo quant les adversaries furent occis de l’une et l’altre partie en tiele manere qe nul de tant multitude ne fust salvee, il pristrent adecertes le roi de la citee de Hai vivaunt et luy offrirent a Josue. Por ceo touz occis qe pursuirent

84

360

365

370

375

380

385

390

395

TEXT EDITION

Israel tendantz a les desertz et cheauntz a mesmes cel lieu furent il occis de espee, et les filz de Israel repoirauntz ferirent la citee. Et cil furent qe chairent a cel jour de hom tanqe a femme douze mill des hommes—touz de la citee de Hai. Josue adecertes ne retrait point sa main la quele il avoit adrescee en halt tenaunt un escu si la qe touz les habitatours de Hai en fussent occis. Et les filz de Israel departirent a soi les jumentz et la preie de la citee si com Nostre Sire out comaundee a Josue. Le quel ardi la citee et la fist tombe pardurable. Si pendi il adecertes le roi de ly en la croiz desqes al vespre et desqes al rescous du solail. Et Josue comaunda, et il pristrent sa caroigne de la croiz et la getterent en mesmes l’entree de la cité. Et un graunt mouncel des perres sur ly assemblee permaint desqes a cesti jour present. Lors edifia Josue un altier al Sire Dieu de Israel el mount de Hebal si com Moises le serf de Nostre Sire out comaundee as filz de Israel. Et il est escript el volume de la lei de Moisen: ‘un altier des perres nyenttaillés les queus feer ne out tuchee’. Et il offri sur cel sacrifices a Nostre Sire et il sacrifia peisibles sacrifices. Et il escript sur les perres le Deutronomie de la lei de Moisen la quele [fol. 149v] il avoit expount devaunt les filz de Israel. Et tut le puple et touz les greindres de naissaunce et dustres et jugges esturent de l’une et de l’altre partie de l’arche el regard des chapellains qe porterent l’arche de alliaunce de Nostre Sire—si com le peregrin en tiele manere ly estrange—la meiene partie de yceux joste le mount de Garizin et la meiene joste le mount de Hebal si com Moises le serf de Nostre Sire out comaundee. Et primerement adecertes benesquist il le poeple de Israel. Et aprés ceo lust il totes les paroles de beneisoun et de maleisoun et totes les choses qe estoient escriptes el volume de la lei. Et il ne guerpi riens nyenttuchee de celes choses qe Moyses out comaundee mais il reherci totes les choses devaunt tote la multitude de Israel—biers, femmes, enfauntz et estraunges qe demorerent entre eux. IX Les queles choses oies, touz les rois outre Jordan qe habitoient en mountaignes et champestres et jouste la meer et en le rivage de la Grant Meer, cil adecertes qe habitoient joste Liban—ly Etheus, ly Amorreux, Chananeus et Phereseus, Eveus et Jebuseus—sount assemblez q’il combatent contre Josue et Israel par une volentee et par une sentence. Et cil qe habiterent en Gabaon, oiauntz totes les choses qe Josue out fait a Jericho et a Hai, pensauntz deceivablement, porterent viandes a ly, mettauntz sur asnes vieux saks et boteux de vin taillez et cosuz et chauceures tresvels qe estoient cosuz de cloutes a la demustrance de veillesce, vestuz de vieux vestementz. Les pains adecertes q’il porterent por cel vaiage estoient durs et debrisez en pieces. Et il s’en vount a Josue qe lors demorra es pavillouns de Galgale et il ly distrent et a tut Israel ensemble: ‘Nous sumes venuz de loinzteine terre coveitauntz de faire pees od vous’. Et les biers de Israel lour respoundirent et distrent: ‘Qe paraventure vous enhabitez en la terre la quele est a nous due par sort et nous ne porroms

TEXT EDITION

400

405

410

415

420

425

430

435

85

faire a vous alliaunce’. Et cil distrent a Josue: ‘Nous sumes tes serfs’. As queus dist Josue: ‘Car qi estes vous et dount venistez vous?’ Cil respoundirent: ‘Tes serfs vindrent de mult loinzteine terre el noun del Sire ton Dieu. Car nous avoms oi la fame de sa pussaunce et totes les choses q’il fist en Egipte et as deux rois des Amorreux [fol. 150r] outre Jordan, a Seon roi de Esebon et a Og, roi de Basan, les queus estoient en Asteroth. Si distrent a nous les anciens et touz les habitatours de nostre terre: “Portez viaundes en voz mains por la treslonge voie et alez encontre eux et ditez: ‘Nous sumes voz serfs, fetez alliaunce od nous’”. Voi, nous preismes pains tut chaudz quant nous issames de noz maisouns qe nous venismes a vous; ore sount il faitz secches et debrisez de tresgrant veillesce. Nous emplimes noz boteux noveux de vin, ore sount il debrisez et desliez. Les vestures et les chauceurs dount nous estoioms covertz et les queus nous avoms en noz piez, por la longeure de la longe voie sount defolez et prés degastee par veillesce’. Por ceo pristrent il de lour viaundes et point ne demaunderent la bouche de Nostre Sire. Et Josue fist od eux pees. Et l’alliaunce fait, il les promist qe il ne serroient pas occis, si jurerent a eux les princes de la multitude. Aprés treis jours adecertes de l’alliaunce fait, oirent il q’il habitoient el veisinage et fussent a estre entre eux. Et les filz de Israel moverent lour pavillouns et vindrent en lour citez al tiertz jour des queus ceo sount les nouns: Gabaon, Caphira, Beroth et Cariathjarim. Et il ne les ferirent point por ceo qe les princes de la multitude les avoient juree el noun del Sire Dieu de Israel. Por ceo tut le poeple murmura contre les princes. Les queus les respondirent: ‘Nous jurames a eux el noun de ly Sire Deu de Israel et por ceo nous ne les pooms tucher. Més ceo feroms nous a ceux: soient il adecertes reservez et vivent il qe la ire de Nostre Sire ne soit contre nous meue si nous nous eioms parjuree. Mais vivent il en tiele manere q’il colpent fustz en us de tote la multitude et portent il eawes’. Les queus parlauntz ycestes choses, Josue appella les Gabonitz et lour dist: ‘Porquei nous voillez deceivre par fraude qe vous deistes, “Nous habitoms trop loinz de vous”, com vous soiez en la meiene de nous? Por ceo serretz vous south maleisoun. Et ly colpeaunt de fustz ne defaillera pas de vostre lignee et ly portaunt de eawe en la maisoun de moun Dieu’. Les queus respondirent: ‘Il est denunciee a nous tes serfs ceo qe ly Sire ton Dieu promist a Moisen son serf [fol. 150v] q’il vous baillereit tote la terre et q’il esparpliereit touz ses habitatours. Lors doutames nous trop et purvoiames a noz almes. Constraintz de vostre espountissour, feismes cest covenaunt. Nous sumes adecertes ore en ta main. Fai a nous ceo qe veu est bon et dreiturel a toi’. Lors fist Josue auxint com il out dit et les delivera des mains des filz Israel qe il ne fussent occis. Et il juggea a cel jour eux a estre en le ministre de tut le poeple et de l’altier de Nostre Sire, colpauntz fustz et portauntz eawes desqes a cest temps present el lieu qe Nostre Sire eslust.

86

440

445

450

455

460

465

470

475

TEXT EDITION

X Queles choses com Adonisedech roi de Jerusalem avoit oi—c’est a savoir qe Josue out pris Hai et l’out desouthtournee quar auxint com il out fait a Jericho et a son roi, issint fist il a Hai et a son roi, et qe les Gabonitz avoient outrepassee a Israel et fussent lour alliez—il se douta trop. Car la citee de Gabaon estoit grant et une des roials citez et greindre de la citee de Hai et touz ses combatours tresfortz. Lors maunda Adonisedech roi de Jerusalem a Oham roi de Hebron et a Pharam roi de Jerimoth et a Japhie issint roi de Lachis et a Dabir roi de Eglon, disaunt: ‘Venez a moy et mesnez aide qe nous combatoms contre Gabaon por ceo q’il s’enfui a Josue et as filz de Israel’. Por ceo cink rois des Amorreux assemblez—le roi de Jerusalem, le roi de Ebron, le roi de Jerimoth, le roi de Lachis, le roi de Eglom—mounterent ensemblement od lour hostz et ficchirent lour pavillouns entour Gabaon, combatauntz contre ycele. Les habitatours adecertes de la citee de Gabaon assegez envoierent a Josue qe lors demoreit en pavillouns a Galgalam et luy distrent: ‘Ne retraies tes mains de l’aide de tes serfs. Vien tost et nous delivres! Et si portes aide car touz les rois des Amorreux, les queus habitent en mountaignes, sount venuz contre nous’. Et Josue s’en vait de Galgalis et tut l’ost des combatours od ly, hommes tresfortz. Et Nostre Sire dist a Josue: ‘Ne les doutes quar jeo les ai baillee en tes mains. Nul de yceux ne toi porra reesteer’. Por ceo Josue tresbucha sodeinement sur eux, mountaunt tote la nuit de Galgalis. Et Nostre Sire les troebla de la face de Israel et les defola par grant plaie en Gaboan. Et les pursui par la voie de l’ascensioun de Betheron et les feri desqes a Azecha et Maceda. Et com il s’enfuissent les filz de Israel et il fussent en la descencioun de Betheron, Nostre Sire envoia sur eux grantz perres du ciel desqes a Azecha. Et [fol. 151r] plusours de eux sount mortz par perres de gresil qe yceux qe les filz de Israel avoient feruz de espee. Lors parla Josue a Nostre Sire a cel jour el quel il bailla Amorreum el regard des filz Israel. Et dist devaunt eux: ‘Ha, solail! Ne soies tu meuz contre Gabaon, ne tu, lune, contre la vallee de Ajalon’. Et le solail et la lune esturent desqes atant qe les poeples se avoient vengez de lour enemys. N’est point ceste chose escripte el livre des Dreitureux? Por ceo le solail estuet en la meiene du ciel et ne se hastea de coucher par l’espace de un jour. Avaunt ne aprés ne esteit si long jour, Nostre Sire obeissaunt a la voiz de un hom et combataunt pur Israel. Et Josue est returnee od tut Israel en les pavillouns de Galgale car les cink rois s’enfuirent et soy muscerent en la fossee de la citee de Maceda. Et denunciee est a Josue qe cink rois furent trovez musceauntz soi en la fossee de Maceda. Le quel comaunda a ses compaignouns et dist: ‘Mettez grantz perres a la bouche du fossee et mettes sages hommes q’il les gardent enclos. Ne voillez vous adecertes esteer més pursuiez voz enemys et occiez touz les derreinz des fuiauntz. Et ne lour lessez entrer les chasteux de lour citez lé queus ly Sire Dieu en ad baillee en voz mains. Por ceo les adversaries occis de grant plaie et de peine

TEXT EDITION

480

485

490

495

500

505

510

87

degastez a l’occisioun, yceux qe poient fuir Israel sount entrez les citez garnies. Et tut le host est returnee a Josue en Maceda ou les pavillouns donqe estoient, touz seins et de entier nombre. Et nul n’est osee pur murmurer contre les filz de Israel. Et Josue comaunda, disaunt: ‘Overez la bouche de la fossee et mesnez a moy les cink rois qe sount muscez en ycele’. Les ministres firent si com lour estoit comaundee et mesnerent a ly les cink rois hors du fossee: le roi de Jerusalem et le roi de Ebron, le roi de Jerimoth, le roi de Lachis et le roi de Eglon. Et com il fussent horsmesnez a luy, il appella touz les biers de Israel et dist as princes de l’host qe estoient od luy: ‘Alez et mettez voz piez sur les cols de yceux rois’. Les queus com il alassent et defolassent de lour piez les cols des subgettez, il lour dist altrefoiz: ‘Ne voillez creindre, si ne doutez. Soiez vous confortez et soiez vous fortz car en tiele manere fera Nostre Sire a touz voz enemys vers queus vous combatez’. Et Josue feri et les occist. Et les pendi sur cink fourches, et si estoient il penduz desqes al vespre. Et com le solail se couchereit, il comaunda a ses compaignouns q’il les ostassent [fol. 151v] des croiz. Les queus ostez, il les getterent en la fosse en la quele il avoient tapiz. Et il mistrent sur la bouche de luy tresgrantz perres les queus permesnent desqes a cesti temps present. A cel jour adecertes prist Josue Macedam et la feri en la bouche de espee. Et occist son roi et touz ses habitatours, si ne lessa il en cele tantsolement petitz rementailles. Et il fist al roi de Maceda si com il fist al roi de Jericho. Si passa il od tut Israel de Maceda en Lebna et combata contre ycele la quele Nostre Sire bailla od son roi en la main de Israel. Et il ferirent la citee en la bouche de espee et touz ses habitatours, si ne lesserent il en cele nulles rementailles. Et il firent al roi de Lebna si com il avoient fait al roi de Jericho. De Lebna passa il od tut Israel en Lachis et le host ordeinee par enviroun la prist. Et Nostre Sire bailla Lachis en la main de Israel. Et la prist en l’altre jour et la feri en la bouche de espee et chescune alme qe en ly fust, si com il fist a Lebna. A cel temps s’en vait Iram roi de Gazer qe il aidast a Lachis le quel Josue feri od tut son poeple desqes a final occisioun. Et il passa de Lachis en Eglon et la environa et l’assega mesmes le jour. Et il feri en bouche de espee touz les almes qe estoient en ycele jouste totes choses q’il out fait en Lachis. Lors mounta il od tut Israel de Eglon en Ebron. Et il combati contre ycele et la prist. Et il la feri en la bouche de espee et son roi et touz les citez de sa regioun et totes les almes qe habitoient en ycele. Il ne remist en ceo nulles rementailles. Si com il out fait a Eglon, issint fist il a Ebron, degastaunt totes choses qe il trova en ycele de espee. De illoeqes returna il en Dabira et la prist et la degasta. Et feri son roi et totes les citez par enviroun en la bouche de espee, si ne lessa il en cele nulles

88 515

520

525

530

535

540

545

550

TEXT EDITION

rementailles. Si com il out fait a Hebron et a Lebna et a lour rois, issint fist il a Dabir et a son roi. Por ceo feri Josue tote la terre des mountaignes et del meridien et del champestre et Asedoth od ses rois. Ne il ne lessa en cele nulles rementailles mais il occist quanqe poet vivre si com ly Sire Dieu de Israel luy avoit comaundee. Il prist par une sole hast de Cadesbarne desqes a Gaza, tote la terre de Jessen desqes a Gabaon et touz les rois et lour regiouns et les degasta, car ly Sire Dieu de Israel combata por ly. Et il returna od tut Israel a les lieux des pavillouns en Galgala. [fol. 152r] XI Queles choses com Jabin roi de Asor avoit oi, il maunda a Jobab roi de Madon et al roi de Someron et al roi de Achsaph et as rois de l’aquiloun qe habitoient en mountaignes et es plaines contre le meridien de Ceneroth et es champestres altresi et es regiouns de Dor joste la meer et Chananeum de l’orient et de l’occident et Amorreum, Etheum et Phereseum et Jebuseum en les mountaignes et Eneum qe habita a les racynes de Hermon en la terre de Masphe. Et trestouz sont issuz od lour compaignies tresgrantz et poeple si com areine qe est el rival de la meer, chivals adecertes et curres de grant multitude. Et touz ces roies assemblerent en un a les eawes de Meron q’ils combaterent contre Israel. Et Nostre Sire dist a Josue: ‘Ne les doutes pas car demain a memes cel houre, jeo bailleroi touz ceux a naffrer el regard de Israel. Tu southnerveras hoƷsin lour chivals et arderas lour curres al feu’. Et Josue vint et tut le host od ly contre yceux as eawes de Meron sodeynement et trebuscherent sur eux. Et Nostre Sire les bailla en la main de Israel les queux les ferirent. Et les pursuirent desqes al grant Sydon et desqes as ewes de Maserephoth et desqes a les champestres de Masphe qe est a la partie orientale de ly. Et en tiele manere les feri il q’il ne lessa nulles rementailles de eux. Il fist si com Nostre Sire comaunda a luy: il southnerva lour chivaux et ardi lour curres. Et cil returnee, demaintenaunt prist Asor. Et il feri son roi de espee car Asor de auncien temps tynt principaltee entre touz ces regnes. Et il feri touz les almes qe illoeqe demorroient, si ne remist il en ceo nulles rementailles mais il degasta totes choses desqes a occisioun. Et occist cele citee de feu et totes les citez par enviroun. Et il prist lour rois et les feri. Et il les osta si com Moises le serf de Nostre Sire out comaundee, sanz les citez qe furent assiz en tertres et en monumentz. Israel ardi les altres, si ardi il Asor solement—une citee tresbien garnie—par flambe. Les filz Israel deviserent a soi tote la preie de celes citez et et les jumentz. Si com Nostre Sire eust comaundee a Moisen son serf, issi comaunda Moises a Josue, et il acomplist totes choses. Il ne trespassa nulles paroles de touz les maundementz adecertes qe Nostre Sire out comaundee a Moisen. Por ceo prist Josue tote la terre mountaigne et la [fol. 152v] meridiene et la terre de Jessen et la plaine et la part occidentale et la mountaigne de Israel et ses champestres et la partie de la mountaigne qe va a Seir desqes a Baalgad par la

TEXT EDITION

555

560

565

570

575

580

585

590

89

plaine de Liban south la mountaigne de Hermon. Si prist il touz lour rois et les feri, si les occist. Josue combati par mult de temps contre ces rois. Il ne estoit citee qe ele ne se bailla as filz de Israel forspris Eveum qe habitoit en Gabaon. Il les prist totes en combataunt car ele esteit la sentence de Nostre Sire qe lour quoers fussent endurziz et q’il combatassent contre Israel et chaissent et ne deservissent nulle mercie et perissent si com Nostre Sire comaunda a Moisen. En cel temps vint Josue et occist Enachim de les mountaignes de Ebron et de Dabir et de Anab et de tote la mountaigne de Juda et de Israel. Et il osta lour citez. Si ne lessa il nul de la lignee dé Enachim en la terre des filz Israel, sanz les citez de Gaza et de Geth et de Asote es queles il soul remistrent. Lors prist Josue tote la terre si com Nostre Sire parla a Moises. Et il la bailla en possessioun as filz de Israel solom lour parties et lour lignees. Et la terre repoisa de batailles. XII Ceo sount les rois qe les filz de Israel ferirent. Et avoient lour terre outre Jordan a la naissaunce du solail, de l’eawe de Arnon desqes al mountaigne de Hermon et tote la plaie orientale qe regarde al desert. Seon le roi des Amorreux qe habita en Esebon le quel enseignura de Aroer qe est assis sur la rive de l’eawe de Arnon et de la meiene partie el vallee; et del demy Galaath desqes a l’eawe de Jaboc qe est le terme des filz Ammon; et del desert desqes a la meer de Ceneroth contre le orient; et desqes a la meer del Desert qe est la meer Tressalee, a la part orientale par la voie qe mesne a Bethesimoth et de la partie meridien qe southgist a Asedothphasga. Le terme de Og roi de Basan de les rementailles dé Raphaim le quel habita en Asteroth et en Dray. Et cil enseignura en la mountaigne de Hermon et en Salacha et en tote Basan desqes as termes de Jessuri et de Machati et la meiene part de Galaad: les termes de Seon roi de Esebon. Moises ly serf de Nostre Sire et les filz de Israel les ferirent. Et Moises bailla lour terre en possessioun as Rubenciens [fol. 153r] et as Gaddiciens et a la demy lignee de Manasse. Ceo sount les rois de la terre les queux Josue feri et les filz de Israel outre le Jordan: a la part occidentale de Baalgad el champ de Liban desqes al mount qi partie va en Seir. Et Josue la bailla en possessioun as lignes de Israel et a chescun sa part altresi bien en mountaignes com en plaines et en champestres. Etheus, Amorreus, Chananeus, Phereseus, Eveus et Jebuseus estoient en Aseroth, el desert et en la meridien. Le roi de Jericho, un. Le roi de Hai qe est en la costere de Bethel, un. Le roi de Jerusalem est un. Le roi de Hebron, un. Le roi de Jermoth, un. Le roi de Lachis, un. Le roi de Eglon, un. Le roi de Gazer, un. Le roi de Dabir, un. Le roi de Gader, un. Le roi de Herma, un. Le roi de Hered, un. Le roi de Lebna, un. Le roi de Odolla, un. Le roi de Maceda, un. Le roi de Bethel, un. Le roi de Tafua, un. Le roi de Afer, un. Le roi de Afec, un. Le roi de Saron, un. Le roi de Madon, un. Le roi de Asor, un. Le roi de Someron est un. Ly roi Adsaph, un. Le roi de Tenach, un. Le roi de Mageddo, un. Le roi de Cedes, un. Le roi Jachanen de Carmel, un. Le roi de Dor

90 595

600

605

610

615

620

625

630

TEXT EDITION

et de la province de Dor, un. Le roi des gentz de Galaad, un. Le roi de Thersa, un. Et touz les rois furent trent et un. XIII Josue estoit vieux et de age avauntalee. Et Nostre Sire luy dist: ‘Tu es veilliz et es de long vie. Et la treslarge terre est deguerpie la quele n’est pas unquore par sort devisee, c’est a saver tut Galilee Philistiim et tut Gessuri de les troblez flotz qe aroesent Egipte desqes as termes de Acaron contre le aquiloun. La terre de Chanaan est devisee a cink petitz rois de Philistiim: Gazeos, Azotos, Aschalonitas, Getheos et Acharonitas. Les Evei adecertes sount al meridien. Tote la terre de Chanaan et Maara des Sydoines desqes a Afeca et les termes dé Amorreux desqes a les boundes et a les marches de Liban contre le orient de Baalged south le mount de Hermon si la qe tu entres Emath. De touz cil qe habitent el mount de Liban desqes a les eawes de Maserephoth et touz les Sydoynes, jeo sui cil qe les ostera de la face des filz Israel. Por ceo aviegne il en la partie de la heritage de Israel si com j’ai a toi comaundee’. Et ore devises la terre en possessioun as [fol. 153v] noefs lignees et a la demy lignee de Manasse od la quele Ruben et Gad avoient la terre la quele Moises le serf de Nostre Sire les dona outre le Jordan a la plaie orientale. De Aroer qe est assise en la rivee de l’eawe de Arnon et en la meiene du vallee; et totes les champestres de Medaba desqes a Dibon; et totes les citez de Seon roi des Amorreux qe regna en Esebon desqes as termes des filz Amon; et Galaad et le terme de Jessuri et de Machathi; et tut le mount de Hermon; et tote Basan desqes a Selecha; et tut le regne de Og en Basan qe regna en Asteroth et en Hedrai—cesti estoit des remenauntz dé Raphaim. Et Moises les feri et les osta. Et les filz de Israel ne voloient esparplier Gessuri et Machathi et il habiterent en la meiene de Israel desqes a cesti jour present. Al lignee de Levi adecertes ne dona il point possessioun mais sacrifices sacrificia et sacrifices victimas de ly Sire Dieu de Israel. C’est son heritage si com il parla a ly. Por ceo dona Moises possessioun a la lignee des filz Ruben joste lour cognaciouns. Et le terme de yceus fust de Aroer qe est assise en la rive de l’eawe de Arnon; et en la meiene vallee de mesmes cele eawe, tote la plaine qe mesne en Medaba; et Esebon et totes les villes qe sount en les champestres et Dibon et Abamothbaal et la citee de Baalmon, Jessa et Cethimoth et Mepheth et Cariathaim et Sabama et Sarathasar en la mountaigne de la vallee; de Pheor et Asedothphasga et Bethaisimoth, totes les citez champestres et touz les regnes de Seon roi des Amorreux qe regna en Esebon le quel Moises feri od les princes de Madian: Eveum et Recem et Sur et Ur et Rebee, les duks de Seon habitatours de la terre. Et les filz Israel occirent Balaam le filz Beor le divinour de espee od les altres occis. Et le flum Jordan est fait la marche des filz de Ruben. Ceo est la possessioun dé Rubenitz par lour cognaciouns, et de citez et de hameles.

TEXT EDITION

635

640

645

650

655

660

665

670

91

Et Moises dona a la lignee de Gad et a ses fiz par lour cognaciouns possessioun dount ceo est la devisiooun: la marche de Jazer et touz les citez de Galaad; et la meiene part de la terre des filz Ammon desqes a Aroer qe est contre Rabba; et de Esebon desqes a Ramothmasphe et Bathanim; et a Manaim desqes as marches de Dabir; et el vallee de Betharaam; et Bethnamra et Sochot et Saphon; et l’altre partie del regne de Seon roi de Esebon; et le fin de cest Jordan est desqe la derreine partie de la [fol. 154r] meer de Cenereth outre le Jordan al part orientale. Ceo est la possessioun des filz Gad par lour cognaciouns, les citez de eux et les villes de yceus. Et il dona possessioun a la demy lignee de Manasses et a ses filz joste lour cognaciouns de qi ceo est le comencement: a Manaim, tote Basan et touz les regnes de Og roi de Basan; et totes les voies de Jair qe sount en Basan: sessaunte citez. Et la meiene part de Galaad, Astaroth et Esdrai et les citez del regne de Og en Basan, as filz Machir le filz de Manasse et a la meiene partie des filz Machir joste lour cognaciouns. Moises devisa ceste possessioun es champestres de Moab outre Jordan contre Jericho a la part orientale. Et il ne dona nul possessioun a la lignee de Levi quar Nostre Sire Dieu de Israel, il est sa possessioun si com il ly emparla. XIIII Ceo est la chose qe les filz de Israel avoient en la terre de Chanaan la quele Eleazar le prestre et Josue le filz Nun les avoient donee. Et les princes des mesnies par lignees de Israel departissauntz totes choses par sort si com Nostre Sire out comaundee en la main de Moisen, as noef lignees et a la demy lignee. Car Moises out donee a deux lignes et demy outre Jordan possessioun sanz les Levitz les queus riens ne receurent de terre entre lour freres, més il aproscherent en lour lieux. Il devisa les filz Joseph en deux lignez, Manasses et Effraym. Ne les Levitz ne receurent altre part en la terre fors citez a enhabiter et lour suburbes a norir lour jumentz et lour bestes. Si com Nostre Sire comaunda a Moysen, issint firent les filz de Israel et deviserent la terre. Por ceo les filz de Juda aproscherent a Josue en Galgala. Et Caleph le filz de Jephone le Cenezeus luy emparla: ‘Ne as tu conuis qe Nostre Sire parla a Moisen le hom Dieu de moy et de toi en Cadesbarne? Jeo estoi de quaraunte anz quant Moises ly serf de Nostre Sire moy envoia de Cadesbarne qe jeo regardasse la terre. Et jeo ly countai ceo qe moy estoit veu veritable. Mes freres adecertes qe mounterent od moy departirent le quoer du poeple et jalemeins jeo sui le Sire mon Dieu. Et Moises jura a cel jour, disaunt: “La terre la quele ton pee defola ert ta possessioun et de tes filz pardurablement pur ceo qe tu as sui le Sire mon Dieu”. Por ceo Nostre Sire granta vie a moy si com il promist desqes a cesti jour present. Quarante et cink [fol. 154v] anz sount puisqe Nostre Sire parla ceste parole a Moisen quant Israel aloit par desert. Jeo sui hui de quatre vintz et cink anz si vaillaunt com jeo valoi a cel temps quant jeo fui envoiee pur espier la terre. La

92 675

680

685

690

695

700

705

710

TEXT EDITION

force de cel temps demoert en moy desqes a hui, atant por combatre com pur aler. Doignez por ceo a moy cel mount le quel Nostre Sire promist toi adecertes oiaunt el quel sount les Enachims et grantz citez et garnitz qe paraventure Nostre Sire soit od moy et les porroi oster si com il promist a moy’. Et Josue le benesquist et ly bailla Ebron en possessioun. Et de ceo Ebron fust a Caleph le filz Jephonie le Cenezeus desqes a cesti jour present pur ceo q’il sui le Sire Dieu de Israel. Le noun de Ebron estoit einz appellee Cariatarbe; et ly grant Adam est illoeqe mys entre Enachim. Et la terre cessa de batailles. XV Lors estoit le sort des filz Juda par lour cognaciouns yceste: de la marche de Edom del desert de Syn contre le meridien et desqes al derreine part de l’australe costere, son comencement de la haltesce de la meer Tressalee et de sa langge la quele regarde a la meridien. Et s’en vait contre le ascensioun de l’Escorpioun et trespasse desqes a Syna; et si mounte a Cadesbarne et parvient en Esrom, mountaunt Adaram et environaunt Caricaa et de illoeqes passaunt en Asemona et parvenaunt a l’eawe de Egipte; et ses marches serrount la Grant Meer. Ceo ert le fin de la part meridien. Et la meer Tressalee comencera de l’orient desqes a les derreins de Jordan; et cestes choses qe regardent a l’aqiloun de la langge de la meer desqes a mesmes cel flum Jordan. Et la marche s’en vait en Bethagla et passa de l’aquiloun en Betharaba, mountaunt desqes a la perre de Boem de les filz de Ruben; et tendaunt desqes as boundes de Debera del vallee de Achor contre le aquiloun regardaunt a Galgala qe est del contrarie de l’ascensioun de Adomim de l’austral part de l’eawe. Et si trespasse les eawes qe sount apellez la fountaigne del Solail; et ses issues serrount a la fountaigne de Rogel. Et il s’en vait par le vallee del filz Ennon a la costere dé Jebusei al meridien, ceo est Jerusalem. Et de illoeqes soi adresceaunt a l’haterel del mount qe est contre Geennon a l’occident en la haltesce du val dé Raphaim contre le aquiloun. Et il passa de l’haterel du mount desqes a la fountaigne de l’eawe de Nepthoa; et si parvynt desqes as rues de la mountaigne de Ephron. Et [fol. 155r] ceo est enclin en Bala qe est en Cariathjarim, c’est a saver la citee dé foreste. Et si environe de Bala contre le occident desqes a la mountaigne de Seir; et si trespassa joste la costere del mount de Jarim a l’aquiloun en Esebon. Et descendi en Bethsames et il passa en Thamna et parvint contre le aquiloun de la partie de Accaron de la costere. Et il se est enclin en Sechrona et passa le mount de Baala et parvint en Jebneel; et est enclos en la fin de la Grant Meer contre le occident. Ceo sount les termes des filz de Juda par enviroun en lour cognaciouns. Et il dona a Caleph le filz Jephone partie en la meiene des filz Juda si com Nostre Sire ly out comaundee: Cariatarbe del pere de Enac, ceo est Ebron. Et Caleph osta de cele les treis filz de Enach—Sesai, Achiman et Tholmai—de la lignee de Enach. Et de illoeqes alaunt parvint a les habitatours de Dabir qe einz ert appellee Cariathsepher, c’est a saver, citee des lettres. Et Caleph dist: ‘Cil qe

TEXT EDITION

715

720

725

730

735

740

745

750

93

avera feruz Cariathsepher et la avera pris, jeo ly dorra Axam ma fille a femme’. Et Othoniel le filz de Cenez, le plus joevene frere de Caleb, la prist; et cil ly dona Axam sa fille a femme. Qe com il alassent ensemble, ele amonesta son baroun qe ele demaundast un champ de son pere. Ele suspira si com ele sist sur le asne. A qi Caleph dist: ‘Quele chose as tu?’ Et cele respoundi: ‘Doigne a moy ta beneisoun. Tu as a moy donee la terre austral et secche. Et ajoignes ensement le rosee’. Por ceo Caleph la dona le rosee pardesus et pardejus. C’est la possessioun de la lignee des filz de Juda par lour cognaciouns. Et les citez estoient de les derreines parties des filz de Juda joste les marches de Edom del meridien: Cabsehel et Eder et Jagur et Cina et Dimona et Deda et Cedes et Asor; Jethan, Ziph et Telem; Baloth, Asor Nova et Charioth et Jesrom, c’est Asor; Amam, Same et Molada et Asergadda et Asemon; Bethpheleth et Asersual et Barsabe et Baziothia; Bala et Hiim, Esem et Beltholad; Exul et Harma, Siceleg et Mademena; Sensenna et Lebaoth et Selim, Enremon. Totes les cités sount vint et noef, et lour villes. Et les champestres: Estual et Saraa et Asena et Asanee et Engamym; Taphua et Enaim et Jerimoth; Adula, Socco et Asecha et Sarim; Adithaim et Gedera et Gederothaim: quatorze citez et lour villes. Sanan et Adesa et Magdalgad; Deleam [fol. 155v] et Mespha et Jectel; Lachis et Bascath et Aglon; Thebbon et Lehemas et Cethlis e Gideroth; Bethdagon et Nehema et Maceda: sesze citez et lour villes. Labana et Ether, Asan et Jephtha, Esna et Nesiby; Seila et Achzib; Maresa: noef citez et lour villes. Accaron od voies et lour hamels: de Accaron desqes a la meer, totes choses qe tournent a Azotom et ses villettes. Azote od ses voies et ses villettes, Gaza od ses voies et ses villettes desqes a l’eawe de Egipte; et la Grant Meer, sa marche. Et el mount de Samir et Jether et Soccho et Edenna; Chariathsenna, ceo est Dabir; Anab et Istheno et Anim; Gesen et Olon et Gilo: unze citez et lour villes. Arab et Roma et Esaam; Janum et Bethtaphua et Affeca; Adamettha et Chariatharbe, ceo est Ebron, et Seor: noef citez et lour villes. Maon et Chermel et Zifi et Jothe; Jezrael et Jucadam et Zanoe et Accaim; Gabaa et Thamna: dis citez et lour villes. Alul et Bethsur et Gedor, Mareth et Bethamoth et Elthecen: sis citez et lour villes. Cariathabaal—ceo est Cariathjarim, la citee des bois—et Areba: deux citez et lour villes. El desert: Betharaba, Medin et Scacha; Anepsan et les citez de Salis et Engaddi: sis citez et lour villes.

94

755

760

765

770

775

780

785

790

TEXT EDITION

Les filz de Juda ne poient oster Jebuseum, lé habitatour de Jerusalem. Et ly Jebuseux habita od les filz Juda en Jerusalem desqes a cesti jour. XVI Le sort adecertes des filz Joseph chai de Jordan contre Jericho et ses eawes de l’orient. Le desert qe ascende de Jericho as mountaigne de Bethel et isse de Bethel a Luza passe le terme de Archiatharoth et descend a l’occident joste le terme de Jefleti desqes as boundes de Bethoron le plus baz. Et Gazer et ses regiouns sount finiz od la Grant Meer la quele les filz Joseph et de Manasse et de Effraym avoient en possessioun. Et le terme des filz Effraym par lour cognaciouns et lour possessioun est fait contre le orient de Atharoth et de Adar desqes a Bethoron le suverein, si passent les boundes en la meer; Machmethat adecertes regarde le aquiloun et enviroune les boundes contre le orient en Thanathsalo et passe de l’orient de Janoe et descendi de Janoe en Atharoth et Noaratha et parvint en Jericho. Et il isse al Jordan de Taffhua et passe contre la meer el val de Harundineti. Et ses passages sount en la meer Tressalee. C’est la possessioun de la lignee des filz Effraym par lour mesnies [fol. 156r] et les citez qe sount severez as filz de Effraym en la meiene de la possessioun des filz Manasse et lour villes. Et les filz de Effraym ne occirent point Chananeum le quel habita en Gazer. Et Chananeus habita en la meiene de Effraym desqes a cesti jour tributer. XVII Et sort chai a la lignee de Manasse quar il est le primes engendree a Joseph—Machir, le primes engendree a Manasse le pier de Galaad, qe estoit un hom combatour—et il out en possessioun Galaad et Basan. Et as altres des filz de Manasse joste lour mesnies, as filz de Abiezer et as filz de Elech et as filz Esrihel et as filz Sechem et as filz Epher et as filz de Semida: ceo sount les filz de Manassen, le filz Joseph madles par lour cognaciouns. A Selphaad adecertes le filz de Epher le filz de Galaad le filz de Machir le filz de Manasse n’estoient filz mais filles solement des queus ceo sount les nouns: Maala et Nua, Egla, Melcha et Thersa. Celes adecertes vindrent el regard de Eleazari le chapellain et de Josue le filz Nun et des princes, disauntz: ‘Nostre Sire comaunda par la main de Moises qe possessioun nous soit donee en la meiene de noz freres’. Et il lour dona possessioun en la meiene des freres de lour pere joste le comaundement de Nostre Sire. Et dis cordes chairent a Manasse sanz la terre de Galaad et Basan outre Jordan car les filles de Manassen avoient heritage en la meiene de ses filz. La terre adecertes de Galaad chai en sort des filz de Manasse qe furent remenauntz. Et le terme de Manasses estoit de Aser Machmathath qe regarde a Sichen et passe al destre jouste les habitatours de la fountaigne de Tafue. Car la terre de Tafue avoit chaeu en sort des Manasse qe est joste les termes de Manasse des filz de Effraym. Et le terme du val de Arundineti descendi a la meridien de l’eawe des citez de Effraym qe sount en la meiene des citez de Manasse. Le terme de Manasses

TEXT EDITION

795

800

805

810

815

820

825

830

95

est de l’aquiloun de l’ewe et son issue va a la meer issint qe la possessioun de Effraym soit del meridien et de l’aquiloun de Manasse. Et la meer enclost l’un et l’altre et si sont ajointz en la lignee de Aser de l’aquiloun et en la ligne de Ysachar de l’orient. Et l’eritage de Manasse fust en Ysachar et en Aser: Bethsan et ses villettes; et Jeblaam od ses villettes; et les habitatours de Dor od ses [fol. 156v] citez; et les habitatours de Hendor od ses villettes; et ensemblement les habitatours de Thenac od ses villettes; et habitatours de Magedo od ses hamels, et la terce parte de la citee de Nophet. Et les filz de Manasse ne poeient besturner cestes cités mais Chananeus comencea enhabiter en ceste terre. Adecertes puisqe les filz de Israel devindrent fortz, il southgetterent les Chananeus et il les fesoient truagers a eux et il ne les occirent. Et les filz de Joseph parlerent a Josue et distrent: ‘Porquei donas tu a moy la possessioun de un sort et de une corde com jeo soi de si grant multitude et Nostre Sire moy avera benesqui?’ A qi Josue dist: ‘Si tu es grant poeple, mountes el boys et trenches a toi espace en la terre dé Pherezei et Raphaim car la possessioun del mount de Effraym est a toi estrait’. A qi les filz Joseph respoundirent: ‘Nous ne porroms mounter as mountaignes ovesqes curres de feer dount en usent les Chananeus qe habitent en la terre de champestre en la quele Bethsan sont mys od lour villettes, et Jesrael eyauntz la meiene part du vallee’. Et Josue dist a la maisoun de Joseph, Effraym et Manasses: ‘Tu es mult poeple et de grant force. Tu ne averas point un sole sort mais tu passeras al mount et trencheras a toi. Et purgeras espaces por enhabiter qe tu pusse avauntaler com tu averas southmys Chananeum le quel tu dies avoir curres de feer et estre tresfortz’. XVIII Et touz les filz de Israel sount assemblez en Silo. Et illoeqes ficchirent il le tabernacle de tesmoignaunce. Et la terre ert a eux southmys. Et sept lignees des filz Israel remistrent qe unquore ne avoient pris lour possessiouns, as queus dist Josue: ‘Desqes a quant enmeagrez vous de pigresce et ne entrez a avoir la terre la quele ly Sire Deu de voz peres vous ad grantee? Eslisez treis hommes de chescun lignee qe jeo les envoie; et q’il voisent et environent la terre et la descrivent joste le nombre de chescune multitude. Et recountent il a moy ceo q’il en averount descript. Devises a vous la terre en sept parties. Soit Judas en ses termes de la part australe et la maisoun de Joseph de l’aquiloun. Descrives la meiene terre entre eux en sept parties. Et vous vendrez cea a moy qe jeo mette ci a vous sort devaunt le Sire vostre Dieu por ceo qe la partie des Levitz n’est pas entre vous, mais le prestreage de Nostre Sire est lour heritage. Gad adecertes et Ruben et la demy lignee [fol. 157r] de Manasses avoient ja pris lour possessiouns outre le Jordan a la part orientale les queus Moises le serf de Nostre Sire lour dona’. Et com les hommes ussent levee q’il alassent descrivre la terre, Josue lour comaunda, disaunt: ‘Environez la terre et la descrivez. Et puiz returnez a moy et jeo envoiera a vous sort cy devaunt ly Sire Dieu en Silo’.

96

835

840

845

850

855

860

865

870

TEXT EDITION

Por ceo aloient il. Et cil environauntz, la departirent en sept parties, escrivauntz ceo en volume. Et cil repoirerent a Josue en les pavillouns en Silo le quel mist sort devaunt Nostre Sire en Silo et devisa la terre as filz Israel en sept parties. Et le primer sort de les filz de Benjamyn ascendi par lour cognaciouns q’il eussent terre entre les filz de Juda et les filz de Joseph. Et lour termes furent contre le aquiloun del Jordan alaunt joste la costere de Jericho de la part de septentrionale; et de illoeqes alaunt as mountaignes contre le occident et parvenaunt el desert de Bethaven; et passaunt joste Lusam al meridien, ceo est Bethel. Et il descendi en Atharothaddar en la mountaigne qe est al meridien de Betheron la southzein. Et il environaunt est enclin contre la meer del meridien de la mountaigne qe regarde Betheron contre affrik. Et ses issues sount en Cariathabaal la quele est appellé Cariathjarim, la citee des filz de Juda. Ceo est la costere contre la meer et le occident; et le terme s’en vait del meridien de la part de Cariathjarim contre la meer et parvynt desqes a la fountaigne des eawes de Nepthoa. Et si descendi en la partie del mount qe regarde la vallee des filz Emnon et si est contre la part de septentrional en la derreine part de la vallee dé Raphaim. Et il descendi en Gehennon, c’est la vallee de Hennon joste la costere dé Jebuseus a l’austral; et parvint a la fountaigne de Rogel passaunt a l’aquiloun et horsalaunt a Ensemes, ceo est la fountaigne du Solail. Et passe desqes a les sepulcres qe sount de la regioun de l’ascensioun de Adomim; et il descendi a Abenboen, c’est la perre de Boen le filz de Ruben; et si trespasse de la costere de aquiloun as champestres; et si descende en la playne et passe contre le aquiloun de Bethagla. Et les issues de ly sount contre la langge de la meer Tressalee de l’aquiloun en la fin de Jordan a la part austral qe est sa bounde de l’orient. Ceo est la possessioun des filz de Benjamyn par lour boundes enviroun et par touz lour mesnies. Et ses citez [fol. 157v] furent Jericho et Bethagla et le vaal de Casis; Betharaba et Samraim et Bethal; Avim et Afara et Ofra; Villa Hemona et Ofni et Gabee: douze citez et lour villes. Gabaon et Rama et Beroth et Mesphe; Chafera et Ammosa et Recen; Jeraphel et Tharala et Sela; Eleph et Jebus—ceo est Jerusalem—Gabath et Cariath: quatorze citez od lour villes. Ceo est la possessioun des filz Benjamyn joste lour mesnies. XIX Et le secounde sort des fils Symeon est issuz par lour cognaciouns. Et lour heritage fust en la meiene de la possessioun des filz Juda: Bersabee et Sabee et Molada et Asersual; Bala et Asem; Beltholath, Bethul, Arma et Seceleg; Bethmarchoboth, Asersusa et Bethlevaoth et Saroen: tresze citez et lour villes. Aain et Remmon, Eathar et Asan: quatre citez et lour villes. Totes les villes par enviroun de ces citez desqes a Balaath Berrameth contre la part australe, ceo est le heritage des filz Symeon solom lour cognaciouns en la corde et la possessioun des filz Juda por ceo q’il estoit greindre. Et por ceo avoient les filz Symeon en la meiene de lour heritage.

TEXT EDITION

875

880

885

890

895

900

905

910

97

Et le tiertz sort des filz Zabulon chai par lour cognaciouns. Et le terme de lour possessioun est fait desqes a Sarith. Et si s’en vint de la meer et Medala et si parvint en Debbaseth desqes a l’eawe qe est encontre Gecennam. Et si repoire de Sarith contre le orient es boundes de Cesseleththabor et va desqes a Dabereth et si mounte contre Jafie. Et de illoeqes s’en trespasse il desqes a la plaie orientale de Gethepher et Thacasin; et s’en vait en Remmon, Ampthar et Noa; et si enviroune a l’aquiloun et Nathon. Et ses issues sount les vallees de Jeptael et Catheth et Nealal et Semron et Jeddala et Bethleem: douze citez et lour villes. Ceo est le heritage de la ligne des filz de Zabulon par lour cognaciouns, citez et lour villes. Et le quart sort est issuz a Isachar par ses cognaciouns. Et sa heritage estoiet Jesrael et Chasaloth et Sunem et Raphaim; Seon et Anaarath et Rabbith et Cesion; Abes et Rameth et Emganin et Enadda et Bethfeses. Et ly termes parvint desqes Thabor et Seesima et Bethsemes et ses issuz del Jordan serrount: sesze citez et lour villes. Ceo est la possessioun des filz Isachar par lour cognaciouns, citez et lour villetes. Et le quint sort chai a la ligne des filz de Aser par lour cognaciouns. Et ly terme de yceux fust Alchat et Oali et Bethem et Azab [fol. 158r] et Melech et Amaad et Messal; et si parvint desqes a Carmelum de la meer et Syor et Labanath. Et si returne encontre le orient de Bethdagon et passe desqes a Zabulon et le vallee de Jeptael contre le aquilee en Bethemeth et Nehiel; et si s’en vait al senestre de Chabul et Achram et Roob et Amon et Chane, desqes a la grant Sydone. Et puis se returne en Orma desqes a la citee tresgarnie Tyrum et desqes a Osa. Et ses issuz serrount en la meer de la corde de Acciba et Amma et Afec et Roob: vint et deux citez et lour villes. Ceo est la possessioun des filz de Aser par lour cognaciouns, citez et lour villetz. Et le sisme partie des filz de Neptalim chai par lour cognaciouns. Et ly termes comencea de Heleb et Helon en Sananym et Adami qe est Neceb et Jebnael desqes a Lecum et lour issue desqes al Jordan. Et ly termes returne contre le occident en Axnothabor et de illoeqes s’en vait il en Ucoca et passe en Zabulon contre la meridien et en Aser contre le occident et en Juda al Jordan contre le naissaunce du solail. Citez tresgarnies Asedim, Ser et Ammath et Reccath; Cenereth et Edema; Arama, Asor et Cedes et Adrai; Nasor et Jeron et Magdalel; Orem et Bethemath et Bethsemes: citez dis et noef et les villes de yceux. Ceo est la possessioun de la lignee des filz de Neptalim par lour cognaciouns, les cités et lour villes. Le septisme sort issi a la ligne des filz de Dan par lour mesnies. Et le terme de sa possessioun fust Saraa et Estahol et Achirsemes—ceo est la citee du Solail— Selebin et Ajalon et Jethela; Elon et Themna et Achron; Helthecen et Jepton et Baalath; Jud et Benebarach et Gethremmon et Hiercon et Arecon od le terme qe regarde Joppen; et est enclos mesmes le terme. Et les filz de Dan mounterent et combaterent contre Lesem et la pristrent et la ferirent en la bouche de espee. Et si

98

915

920

925

930

935

940

945

950

TEXT EDITION

la tindrent et habiterent en ycele, appellauntz son noun Lesemdan del noun Dan son pere. C’est la possessioun de la lignee des filz de Dan par lour cognaciouns et les citez et lour villes. Et com il out acompliz a deviser la terre par sort a chescun par lour lignees, les filz de Israel donerent possessioun a Josue le filz Nun en la meiene de eux solom le comaundement de Nostre Sire, la citee la quele il demaunda, Thammath [fol. 158v] Saraa, el mount de Effraym. Et il edifia la citee et habita en ly. Ceo sount les possessiouns les queus Eleazar le chapellain et Josue le filz Nun deviserent par sort et les princes des mesnies et des lignes de les filz de Israel en Silo devaunt Nostre Sire a l’huis del tabernacle de tesmoignaunce. Et il deviserent la terre. XX Et Nostre Sire parla a Josue, disaunt: ‘Parole as filz de Israel et lour di: “Departez les citez de futifs dount jeo vous emparla par la main de Moisen qe qicunqes avera feruz alme nyentsachaunt q’il pusse eschaper la ire del proesme qe est vengeour du saunk. Com il avera fuiz a une de ces citez, il esterra devaunt la porte de la citee et il parlera as plus senez de cele cité les choses qe le comprovent innocent. Et en tiele manere il le prendrount et cil dorrount a ly lieu a enhabiter. Et com le vengeour de saunk le avera pursuiz, il nel baillerount en ses mains pur ceo q’il ignoraunt feri soun proesme et il ne est provee son enemy devaunt deux jours ou treis. Et cil habitera en cele citee si la q’il esteece devaunt juggement rendaunt la cause de son fait. Et qe ly grant prestre moerge qe avera estee a cel temps, lors returnera ly homicide et entrera la citee et sa maisoun dount il s’enfui”’. Et cil ordainerent Cedes en Galilea de la mountaigne de Neptalim; et Sichem el mount de Effraym; et Chariatharbe, cele est Ebron en la mountaigne de Juda. Et outre Jordan contre la plaie orientale de Jericho establirent il Bosor qe mys est el desert de champestres de la ligne de Ruben; et Ramoth en Galaad de la lignee de Gad; et Gaulon en Basan de la lignee de Manasse. Cestes citez sount establiz a touz les filz de Israel et as estranges qe habitent entre eux qe cil fuireit a yceles le quel nyentsachaunt eust alme feruz et ne moerge en la main de son proesme venaunt venger le saunk espaunduz desqes atant q’il esteece devaunt le poeple pur expoundre sa cause. XXI Et les princes de les mesnies de Levi aproscherent a Eleazar le chapellain et Josue le filz Nun et as ducs dé cognaciouns par chescuns lignes des filz de Israel. Et il les emparlerent en Silo de la terre de Chanaan et distrent: ‘Nostre Sire comaunda par la main de Moisen qe citez fussent donez a nous pur enhabiter et lour suburbes a nurrir noz jumentz’. Et les filz de Israel donerent de lour possessiouns joste le comaundement de Nostre Sire, citez et lour suburbes. Et [fol. 159r] sort s’en issi en la mesnie de Caath des filz Aaron le chapellain des lignes de Juda et Symeon et Benjamyn: tresze citez. Et as altres des filz Chaat, c’est a saver as Levitz qe surestoient des lignez de Effraym et Dan et la demy lignee de Manasse: dis citez.

TEXT EDITION

955

960

965

970

975

980

985

990

99

Sort adecertes s’en issi as filz de Gerson q’il preissent des lignes de Isachar et Aser et Neptalim et de la demy lignee de Manasses en Basan: tresze citez en nombre. Et as filz de Merari par lour cognaciouns des lignees de Ruben et de Gad et Zabulon: douze citez. Et les filz de Israel donerent as Levitz citez et lour suburbes si com Nostre Sire comaunda par la main de Moisen, rendauntz a chescun par sort. Josue dona citez as filz Aaron de les lignees des filz de Juda et de Symeon par les mesnies de Caath de la ligne de Levi des queles les nouns sount yceles, car le primer sort est a eux issuz: Cariatharbe del pere de Enach le quel est appellee Hebron el mount de Juda et son suburbe par enviroun. Lors out il donee champs et ses villes a Caleph le filz Jephonie a avoir en possession. Por ceo dona il as filz de Aaron le chapellain Ebron la citee de refuite et ses suburbes; et Lebnam od ses suburbes; et Jether et Istimon et Helon; Dabir et Ain et Jethan et Bethsemes od ses suburbes: noef citez de deux lignes si com il est dit. De la lignee adecertes des filz Benjamyn: Gabaon et Gabee et Anathoth et Almon od lour suburbes, quatre citez. Trestouz les citez des filz Aaron le chapellain, tresze od lour suburbes. Ceste possessioun adecertes est donee a les altres par les mesnies des filz de Caath de la ligne de Levi. De la ligne de Effraym, la citee de refuit Sechim od ses suburbes en la montaigne de Effraym et Gazer et Sebsain et Bethoron od ses suburbes: quatre citez. De la lignee de Dan: Elthece et Gebbeton et Ajalon et Gethremmon: quatre citez od lour suburbes. De la demy lignee adecertes de Manasse: Thanach et Gethremmon: deux citez od lour suburbes. Totes cestes dis citez et lour suburbes sount donez as filz de Caath de la plus deinzime degree. Lors dona il a les filz de Jerson de la lignee de Levi de la demy lignee de Manasses: Gaulon, citee de refuit en Basan, et Bosram od lour suburbes: deux citez. De la lignee adecertes de Isachar: Cesion et Dabereth et Jaramoth et Engannym: quatre citez od lour suburbes. Et de la ligne de Aser: Masal Acon et Abdon et Elachoth et Roob: quatre citez od lour suburbes. Et de la ligne de Neptalim: Cades, citee [fol. 159v] de refuit en Galilee; et Ammothdor et Carthan: treis citez od lour suburbes. Totes les citez de les mesnies de Gerson: tresze, od lour suburbes. Et quatre citez—Jecenam et Cartha et Daamma et Nalol—od lour suburbes sount donez de la ligne de Zabulon as filz de Merari, Levitz del deinzime degree par lour mesnies. De la lignee de Ruben outre Jordan contre Jericho: Bosor, citee de refuit; el desert: Misor et Jazer et Gethson et Maspha: quatre citez od lour suburbes. Et de la ligne de Gad: citez de refuit Ramoth en Galaad et Manaim et Esebon et Gaze: quatre citez od lour suburbes. Et totes les citez des filz Merari par lour mesnies et cognaciouns: douze.

100

995

1000

1005

1010

1015

1020

1025

1030

TEXT EDITION

Por ceo totes les citez des Levitz en la meiene de la possessioun des filz Israel furent quaraunte et oit od lour suburbes, chescune devisee par ses mesnies. Et Nostre Sire dona a Israel tote la terre la quele il avoit juree soi a doner a lour peres, et il la avoient et habiterent en cele. Et pees est de ly donee en totes naciouns par enviroun. Et nullui des enemys n’est osee reesteer a eux mais trestouz sount remesnez en lour postee. Ne nulle parole adecertes q’il promist soi a doner a eux ne estoit vaine més totes choses sount acompliez. XXII A cel temps appella Josue les Rubenciens et Gaddiciens et la demy lignee de Manasse et lour dist: ‘Fait avez adecertes totes les choses qe Moises le serf de Nostre Sire vous comaunda. Et vous avez a moy obehiz en totes les choses ne vous ne avez deguerpiz voz freres par longtemps tanqe a cesti jour present, gardauntz le comaundement del Sire vostre Dieu. Et por ceo qe ly Sire vostre Dieu ad donee a voz freres quiete et pees si com il promist, returnez et alez en voz tabernacles et en la terre de la possessioun la quele Moises le serf de Nostre Sire vous dona outre Jordan. Issint noemeement qe vous gardez ententivement et acomplissez en oevere le comaundement et la lei la quele Moises le serf de Nostre Sire vous comaunda: qe vous aymez le Sire vostre Dieu et augez en touz ses voies. Et gardez ses maundementz et aherdez a luy et ly servez en tut vostre quoer et en tote vostre alme’. Et Josue les benesquist et les lessa les queus sount returnez en lour tabernacles. Lors out Moises donee possessioun a la demy lignee de Manasse en Baasan. Et por ceo dona Josue sort a la demy qe remyst [fol. 160r] outre entre ses freres outre Jordan a la part occidentale de ycele. Et com il les out lessee en lour tabernacles et les out benesqui, il lour dist: ‘Returnez en grant substaunce et en richesces, si returnez a voz sees od argent et or et aresme, feer et od mult de manere de vesture. Devisez la praie de voz enemys od voz freres. Et les filz de Ruben et les filz de Gad et la demy lignee de Manasse sount returnez et s’en vount des filz de Israel de Silo qe est assise en Chanaan, q’il entrassent Galaad, la terre de lour possessioun, la quele il avoient joste le comaundement de Nostre Sire en la main de Moisen. Et com il venissent a les monumentz de Jordan en la terre de Chanaan, il edifierent un altre joste Jordan de grandesce sanz fin. Qe com les filz de Israel ussent oy et certeins messagers lour ussent portez les filz Ruben et les filz Gad et la demy lignee de Manassen avoir edifiee un altier en la terre de Chanaan sur monumentz de Jordan contre les filz de Israel, trestouz assemblerent en Silo q’il irroient et combaterent contre eux. Et endementres il maunderent a eux en la terre de Galaad Finies le chapellain le filz Eleazar et dis princes od ly, un de chescun lignee. Les queus vindrent as filz de Ruben et de Gad et de la demy lignee de Manasses en la terre de Galaad. Et il lour distrent: ‘Ceo maunde tut le poeple de Nostre Sire: “Quele est yceste trespas? Porquei avez vous refusé le Sire Dieu de Israel, edifiauntz un altre escomengee

TEXT EDITION

1035

1040

1045

1050

1055

1060

1065

1070

101

et departissauntz de sa ahouraunce? Ou poi vous est qe vous avez pecchee en Belphegor et la tecche de ceste felonie permaint en vous desqes a cesti jour present, et multz del poeple unt tresbuchez. Et vous avez hui refusee Nostre Sire et demain enragera sa deverie en tut Israel. Qe si vous quidez la terre de vostre possessioun estre nyentnett, passez en la terre en la quele la tabernacle de Nostre Sire est et habitez entre nous. Solement qe vous ne departez de Nostre Sire et de nostre compaignie un altier edifiee fors le altier del Sire vostre Dieu. Ne passa point Achar le filz Zare le comaundement de Nostre Sire? Et sa ire avynt sur tut le poeple de Israel: et cil estoit un hom, et volsist Dieu q’il out soul periz en sa iniquitee”’. Et les filz de Ruben et de Gad et de la demy lignee de Manassen respoundirent as princes de la legacioun de Israel: ‘Ly Sire Dieu tresfort conuist, et Israel entende ensemblement! Si nous avoms fait cel altier en corage de prevaricacioun, ne nous garde il, einz nous punisse il ja. [fol. 160v] Et si nous le feismes en cel pensee qe nous mettassoms sur ly sacrifices holocausta et sacrifices sacrificium et peisibles sacrifices pacificas victimas, querge il mesmes et jugge: et ne mye plus cestes choses en pensee et en trait qe nous dirrems: Demain dirrount voz filz a noz filz: “Quele chose a vous et al Sire Dieu de Israel? Ha, filz de Ruben et filz de Gad, Nostre Sire mist terme entre nous et vous—le flum de Jordan—et por ceo vous ne averez part en Nostre Sire”. Et par cest occasioun voz filz turnerount noz filz de la doute de Nostre Sire. Por ceo nous quidames meux et deismes: “Faceoms a nous un altier ne mye en sacrifices holocausta ne en sacrifices a offrer victimas offerendas mais en tesmoignaunce entre nous et vous et nostre lignee et vostre progenie, qe nous servissoms a Nostre Sire et q’il soit de nostre dreit a offrir sacrifices holocausta et sacrifices victimas et peisibles hostz”. Et ne dient demain voz filz a noz filz: “Part n’est pas a vous en Nostre Sire”. Qe s’il voldrount dire, il lour respounderount: “Voi le altier de Nostre Sire le quel noz peres firent ne mye en sacrifices holocaustum et sacrifice sacrificium mais en la nostre tesmoignaunce et la vostre”. Avoy soit ceste felonie de nous qe nous departissoms de Nostre Sire et deguerpissoms ses traces un altier edifiee as sacrifices holocausta et sacrifices sacrificia et sacrifices a offrer victimas offerendas fors le altier del Sire Nostre Dieu le quel est edifiee devaunt son tabernacle’. Queles choses oiez, Finies le chapellain et les princes de la legacioun de Israel qe od ly estoient sount pleisez. Et pristrent volentrivement les paroles des filz Ruben et de Gad et de la demy ligne de Manassen. Et Finies le chapellain le filz de Eleazar lour dist: ‘Ore savoms nous qe Nostre Sire soit od nous quar vous estes aliens de ceste prevaricacioun et avez deliveree les filz de Israel de la main de Nostre Sire’. Et cil est returnee od les princes des filz de Ruben et de Gad de la terre de Galaad de les boundes de Chanaan as filz de Israel. Et cil lour recounta et la parole plust a touz oiauntz. Et les filz de Israel loerent Deu. Et ne distrent outre q’il

102

1075

1080

1085

1090

1095

1100

1105

1110

TEXT EDITION

mounterent contre eux et combaterent et osterent la terre de lour possessioun. Et les filz de Ruben et les filz de Gad appellerent l’altier q’il avoient edifiee ‘Nostre tesmoignaunce qe Nostre Sire ly mesmes soit Dieu’. XXIII Mult de temps adecertes trespassee puisqe Nostre Sire out donee pees a Israel, chescunes naciouns southmyses enviroun. [fol. 161r] Et Josue ja de longe vie et de mult grant age, Josue appella tut Israel et les greindres de naissaunce et princes et ducs et les mestres et il lour dist: ‘Jeo sui veilliz et sui de plus long age. Et vous voiez totes les choses qe ly Sire vostre Dieu ad fait a touz naciouns par enviroun com il se ad pur vous combatuz. Et por ceo q’il ad devisee a vous tote la terre par sort, de l’orientale partie de Jordan desqes a la Grant Meer, et multz de naciouns unqore vivent, le Sire vostre Dieu les esparpliera et les toldra de vostre face et vous averez la terre si com il promist a vous. Soiez vous tantsolement confortez et soiez vous curious qe vous gardez totes les choses qe sount escriptes el volume de la lei de Moisen. Et ne declines de yceles ne a destre ne a senestre qe puisqe vous averez entrez as gentz qe sount a venir entre vous, vous ne jurez el noun de lour dieus; et qe vous ne les servissez ne ne les ahourez mais aherdez al Sire vostre Dieu la quele chose vous avez fait desqes a cesti jour. Et lors ostera Nostre Sire de votre regarde grantz gentz et tresfortz et nul ne vous porra reesteer. Un de vous pursuiera mill dé bers de voz enemys quar ly Sire vostre Dieu combatera pur vous si com il promist. Ceste chose solement eschuez diligeauntmment, qe vous amez le Sire vostre Dieu. Qe si vous voldrez aherder as errours de celes gentz—les queles habitent entre vous—et medler od eux mariages et amistez coupler, sachez tost adonqe: le Sire vostre Dieu ne les ostera devaunt vostre face més soient il a vous en fossee et en laz et en offense de vostre costee et stake en voz oels si la q’il vous oste et esparplie de ceste bone terre la quele il vous ad baillee’. ‘Voi, jeo entreroi hui la voie de chescune terre. Et vous conusterez en tut vostre corage qe de totes les paroles les queles Nostre Sire promist soi a doner a vous, une ne passa point en vain. Por ceo si com il ad acompliz en oevere ceo qe il promist et totes choses vindrent prospreement, en tiele manere mesnera il sur vous quelecunqe chose de mals il promist si la q’il vous oste et esparplie de ceste terre tresbone la quele il vous ad baillee por ceo qe vous averez passee le covenaunt del Sire vostre Dieu le quel il fist od vous et vous averez servi as dieus estranges et les averez ahouree. Et la deverie de Nostre Sire levera en vous tost et isnelement et vous serrez tollet de ceste terre tresbone la quele il bailla a vous. XXIIII Josue assembla totes les lignes [fol. 161v] de Israel en Sichem. Et il apella les greindres de naissaunce et les princes et les jugges et les mestres, et il esteurent el regard de Nostre Sire. Et il parla al poeple en ceste manere: ‘Ceo dist ly Sire Deu de Israel: “Voz peres habiterent outre le flum du comencement de Thare, le pere Abraham et Nachor, et cil servirent as dieus estranges. Et jeo mesna Abraham vostre pere des boundes de Mesopotamie et ly mesna en la terre de Chanaan. Et

TEXT EDITION

1115

1120

1125

1130

1135

1140

1145

1150

103

jeo multiplia son semoil et ly donay Isaak; et altrefoiz jeo luy dona Jacob et Esau. Des queus jeo donai a Esau le mount de Seir a avoir, Jacob adecertes et ses filz descendirent en Egipte. Et jeo envoia Moises et Aaron et feri Egipte en multz de signes et moustresouns. Et jeo mesna vous et voz peres hors de Egipte et vous venistes a la meer. Et les Egipciens pursuirent voz peres od curres et chivalers desqes a la Ruge Meer. Et les filz de Israel crierent a Nostre Sire le quel mist tenebres entre vous et les Egipciens; et il mesna la meer sur eux et les coveri. Si virent voz oels totes les choses qe jeo fesoi en Egipte; et vous habitastes el desert par mult de temps; et vous mesna en la terre des Amorreux qe habita outre Jordan. Et com il combateroient contre vous, jeo les bailla en voz mains; et vous eustes lour terre et les occistes. Et Balach le filz Sephor roi de Moab se leva et combati contre Israel. Et cil maunda et apella Balaam le filz Beor q’il vous maldirroit. Et jeo nel voloi oir mais de contrarie jeo vous benesqui par ly; et jeo vous delivera de ses mayns. Et vous passastes Jordan et venistes a Jericho. Et les biers de cele citee combaterent encontre vous—Amorreux et Phereseus et Chananeus, Etheus, Gergeseus, Eveus et Jebuseus—et jeo les bailla en voz mains. Et jeo maunda devaunt voz charbotz scarbodes et jeo les degetta de lour lieux—et deux rois des Amorreux—sanz ton espee et ton ark. Et jeo vous dona la terre en la quele vous ne travaillastes et les citez les queles vous ne edifiastes qe vous habiterez en yceles, visnes et olivers les queus vous ne plauntastes”’. ‘Por ceo doutez ore Nostre Sire et ly servez de parfit quoer et de tresverroi. Et lessez les dieus as queus voz peres servirent en Mesapotamye et en Egipte et servez a Nostre Sire. Si ceo noun et mal vous est veu qe vous servez a Nostre Sire, eleccioun vous est donee. Elisez huy ceo qe vous plest, a qi vous devetz servir—a ly Trespussaunt ou as dieus as queus voz peres servirent en Mesepotamye ou as dieus des Amorreux en qi terre vous enhabitez. Jeo adecertes et ma maisoun [fol. 162r] serviroms a Nostre Sire’. Et le poeple respoundi et dist: ‘Deu defend qe nous guerpissoms Nostre Sire et servissoms as dieus estranges. Ly Sire Nostre Dieu nous horsmesna et noz peres de la terre de Egipte, hors de la maisoun de servage. Et nous voiauntz fist il signes tresgrantz et nous garda par tote la voie par quele nous alames, et en touz poeples par queus nous passames. Et il engetta totes gentz Amorreum, habitatours de la terre la quele nous entrames. Por ceo serviroms nous a Nostre Sire quar il est Nostre Dieu’. Et Josue dist al poeple: ‘Vous ne porrez servir a Nostre Sire quar Nostre Sire est seint et fort enviour. Il ne ubliera voz felonies ne voz pecchez. Si vous averez lessee Nostre Sire et servisses as dieus estranges, il se turnera et vous turmentera et vous southturnera depuis q’il vous avera donee de biens’. Et le poeple dist a Josue: ‘Y ne serra pas si com tu paroles mais nous serviroms a Nostre Sire’. Et Josue dist al poeple: ‘Vous estes tesmoignes’, fait il, ‘qe vous meismes avez eslutz a vous Nostre

104

1155

1160

1165

1170

1175

TEXT EDITION

Sire, qe vous ly servissez’. Et cil respondirent: ‘Quar nous sumes tesmoignes’. Por ceo donqe dist il: ‘Ostez dieus estranges de la meiene de vous et enclinez voz quoers al Sire Dieu de Israel’. Et le poeple dist a Josue: ‘Nous serviroms al Sire Nostre Dieu et nous serroms obeissauntz a ses comaundementz’. Lors feri Josue covenaunt a cel jour; et rehercea al poeple comaundementz et juggementz en Sichem. Et il escript totes ces paroles en le volume de la lei de Nostre Sire. Et il prist une tresgrant perre et la mist south une cheine la quele ert el seintuarie de Nostre Sire. Et il dist a tut le poeple: ‘Voiez, ceste perre ert a vous en saintuarie qe vous en avez oi totes les paroles de Nostre Sire les queles il parla a vous qe vous paraventure ne voilletz enaprés denier et mentir al Sire vostre Dieu’. Et il lessa le poeple chescun en sa possessioun. Et aprés cestes choses mort est Josue le filz Nun, le serf de Nostre Sire, de cent et dis anz. Et cil luy ensevelirent es boundes de sa possessioun en Thamnathsare qe est assis el mount de Ephraym de la part septentrionale del mount de Gaas. Et Israel servi a Nostre Sire touz les jours de Josue et des aunciens qe vesquirent par mult de temps aprés Josue et les queus avoient conuz touz les oevereignes de Nostre Sire les queus il avoit fait en Israel. Et les os de Joseph les queus les filz de Israel avoient portee de Egipte, ensevelirent il en Sichem en la partie du champ qe Jacob out achatee des filz Emor le pere de Sichem pur cent noveux owailles. Et ceo fust en la possessioun des filz Joseph. Et Eleazar le filz Aaron est mort. Et Finies son filz ly ensevely en Gaab qe donee ly est el mount de Effraym. Ci finist le livre de Josue. Et [fol. 162v] comence le livre dé Jugges.

Rejected readings and palæographical notes In the following, J refers to Jerome’s prologue to Joshua in the ANB, which is numbered separately. Otherwise, all numbers refer to lines of our text (L) as printed here. L and P present divergent but related versions of the ANB’s Joshua. When L is unclear or incomplete, the entry shows the adopted reading from Paris, BnF MS fr. 1 (P), and the corresponding Vulgate text (V). Inferior readings from P are not recorded. This section especially identifies superior readings in P, as corroborated by V. To show all textual differences in P would overwhelm this section without contributing to the usefulness of the edition. Therefore, the following differences are generally not shown when the sense is unchanged: modification of word order, uncertainty of the gender of nouns, the omission of subj.pron. (e.g., Et denunciee est 41 versus Et ceo est denunciee), the interchange of subj.pron. and dem.pron. (cil 171 v. il), the omission of articles (e.g., totes les choses 13 v. totes choses, outre Jordan 56 v. outre le Jordan), including in enclitic forms (eawe de Jordan 101 v. eawe del Jordan, mangerent de les fruitz 186 v. mangerent des fruitz); the substitution of fut. for fut.perf. (averount defolee 5 v. defoleront, avera baillie 64 v. baillera); the interchange of pret. and compound past forms (et vindrent pur 44 v. et sount venuz por); the substitution of a s. or adj. for another with the same root (espies v. espiours, grant v. tresgrant, combatours v. combataunz); the omission or substitution of prep. (e.g., A cel temps 169 v. En cel temps, enclin en la terre 194-95 v. enclin a la terre, sonerount en busines 204 v. soneront des busines), including the non-repetition of a prep. in compound structures (e.g. par jours et nuitz 14-15 v. par jours et par nuit); the inclusion or omission of intensifiers si, adecertes, and point; the inclusion or omission of conj. et either clause-initial or in a series of subst.; the inclusion or omission of prep. en with pres.part. (e.g., Jesrael eyauntz 812 v. Jezrael en eiaunt) and after forms of entrer (e.g. Les queus alauntz 39 v. les queux en alauntz and entrerent la maisoun 39-40 v. entrerent en la maisoun); case distinctions for subst. (e.g., Moises v. Moysen and P’s consistent use of Seignor for L’s Sire); the interchange of forms pertaining to confusion or negligence of tu and vous (e.g., tes piez 5 v. voz peez, tu as a nous comaundee 33 v. vous nous avez comaundee); the interchange of –z and –s final in verb forms (e.g., passerez 21 v. passeres); the substitution of an equivalent possessive structure (e.g., touz ses habitatours 429 v. t. les h. de ycele); the substitution of one dem.adj. or pron. for another (e.g., cest lieu 311 v. cel lyeu, ceo sount 780 v. sount yceux); the interchange of impf.3 out / ust and avoit; the interchange of tonic and atonic obj.pron. (e.g., toi comaunda 12 v. comaunda a toy, et lour di 923 v. et dy a eaux); the interchange of equivalent rel.pron. (e.g., la quele 26 v. que, des queus 780 v. dount) or the substitution of qui for que and vice versa; and the

106

Rejected readings and palæographical notes

interchange of prefixes (crier 90 v. escrier, contre 118 v. encontre). Differences in use of pronominal v. non-pronominal verbs (e.g., Remembrez 24 v. Remembrez vous, comencerent 90 v. se comencerent, gardez 230 v. gardez vous) are generally not shown. The notes for L do not consider strikethroughs or the insertion of superscript letters. Purely orthographical differences and strikethroughs or expunctions in variant readings from P are not recorded. For chapter numbers, L prefers upper-case Roman numerals I, II, etc., while the scribe of P writes Capitulum i, Capitulum ij., etc., a preference of P not otherwise recorded here. Wordseparation in variant readings from P follows that of the edited text or of entries in the Anglo-Norman Dictionary. Place-names have not been altered except in cases where evidence elsewhere in L or, occasionally, in P or V, makes a compelling case for a clearer, standard spelling. All alterations of toponyms are noted in the section, ‘Geographical names in the Anglo-Norman Bible’s book of Joshua’, q.v. for side-by-side comparison of place-names in L and P with Latin and modern English equivalents. In cases where P’s reading differs from L’s (Gabaon 443 v. Galaon), the variant reading is routinely shown not in the Rejected readings but in the ‘Geographical names’ section. For lexical substitutions proposed by P, see Appendix C, ‘Divergent wordchoice in L and P’; for significant differences in spellings of personal names, see that section below. In the following, rejected readings from L are shown in bold type. In the absence of a bolded text, the AN reading after the bracket is from P. All corresponding texts in Latin are from V. J1-J43 P lacks Jerome’s prologue J4 Ben Nun] Beniun; V Bennun J10 mes amys moy ount blamez] mes amys sount b.; amici mei criminantur J25 detreaunt] detrettraunt; detrahendo J30 After south, in right margin, a notation: astericis tobet J35 pas en aunciens] pas en en a. J38 jeo ne poai denier] jeo p.d.; negare non potui J42 Pammachius] Poninachius; V Pammachius 6 Del desert et de Liban] Del des. de L.; del des. et de L.; a deserto et Libano 11 a ses peres qe] a tes qe; a tes peres que; patribus suis ut 12 faces tote la lei] face ceste lei; f. tote la l.; facias omnem legem 17 douter] doutre; douter; metuere 28-29 Et eient il auxint (MS adecertes) la] et que il auxint eient la; et possideant ipsi quoque 38 Sethim] Sachim; Sechim; Setthim 53-54 languirent grantment Nous oismes] lan… . Si oi.; elanguerunt … audivimus  62 sount et defendez] s. qe vous d.; s. et d.; sunt et eruatis 66 de sa fenestre] de la f.; de fenestra 75 Car] Qe; Car; quod 78 Beneath alassent pendi la, a catchword: corde 87 esmust les pavillouns] e. les les p.; e. les p. 88 Sethim] Sachym; Sechim; Setthim 95-96 demain grant merveilles a vous] d. en v.m.; cras … inter vos mirabilia

Rejected readings and palæographical notes

107

103 fait] dist; inquit 104 Eveus] Eneus; Eveus; Eveum 107-08 mys les traces de lour piez qe written vertically in right margin and inserted here 108 de universe terre en les eawes] de tote Israel en les ea.; de universe terre les ea.; universae terrae in aquis 109 Jordan cil] J. et cil; J. les queux; Iordanis … quae 116 Sarthan] Sarchan; Sarcham; Sarthan 127 chescun de vous une perre] ch. de vous ch.p.; ch. de vous une p.; singuli singulos lapides 128 entre vous] e. nous; e. vous; inter vos 136 perres auxint mist] p. adecertes m.; p. auxint m.; alios quoque … lapides 141 After et com Moises, LP omit the equivalent of festinavitque populus (Josh 4. 10) 154 mounta del Jordan] m. le J.; m. del J.; ascendit de Iordane 159-60 Nostre Sire ensecchaunt ses eawes en nostre regard si la qe nous ussoms passee] N. seignor ens. les eawes de luy en nostre r. si la que nous u.p.; siccante Domino Deo vestro aquas eius in conspectu vestro donec transiretis 162 la tresforte main de Nostre Sire et] la m. de N. Sire tresfort et; la tresforte m. de N. seignor et; fortissimam Domini manum 168 en eux doutauntz] en eux des d.; en eux d.; in eis … timentium 195-96 serf Et ly prince de la chivalerie dist a Josue Desliez fait il] serf Ostez fet il; servum … solve inquit 211 citee] citez; citee 214 l’arche et totes choses sonerent en estives] larche si oirent tuz les souns des busines; ac bucinis omnia concrepabant 214-15 Et Josue comaunda (MS dist) al poeple disaunt] Lors c.J. al p. disaunt; praeceperat autem Iosue populo dicens  229 sount a Nostre Sire Raab; sount R.; s. a nostre seignur … R.; sunt Domino … R. 255 Achar] Acha; Achor; Achan • Zare] Thare; Thare; Zare 262 Porquei se travaillereit tut le poeple en vain] Por. est tut le p. travaillee en v.; Por. se travaillereit tut le p. en v.; quare omnis populus frustra vexatur 263-64 turnauntz demaintenaunt le dos] t. le d.; t. demaintenaunt lour d.; statim terga vertentes 270 voleis] vols; voleis; voluisti 287 maisoun] maisouns; maisoun; domus 292 ensement] adecertes; ensement; quoque 293 Charmy] Chamy; Charmi; Charmi 296 Achar] Achor; Achor; Achan 304 Et por ceo Josue pernaunt Achar] Et J. pernaunt Achar; Et en ceste manere prist J. Achor; tollens itaque Iosue Achan  330-31 venissent et mountassent de travers de] v. de t. de; v. et mountassent del encountre de; venissent et ascendissent ex adverso 340-41 et soi (MS et les) amonestantz entrechaungeablement les pursuirent] et soi confortauntz ensemble les p.; et se mutuo cohortantes persecuti sunt eos 341 citee et un sol (MS et rien) adecertes ne remist] c. et un sol ne r.; civitate et ne unus quidem … remansisset 353-54 enemys Por ceo quant les adversaries furent occis de l’une et l’altre partie] e. … Com ensi lour e. comenceassent pur chair de chescune part; medios hostium … cum ergo ex utraque parte adversarii caederentur 357-58 a mesmes cel lieu furent il occis de espee et les filz de Israel repoirauntz ferirent la citee] a m. cel temps de espee les filz de I.r.fer. la ci.; en m. cel lieu furent il occ. de espee et les filz I.r. perirent la ci.; in eodem loco gladio corruentibus reversi filii Israhel percusserunt civitatem 373-74 jugges esturent de l’une et de l’altre partie de l’arche el regard] j.est. de l’altre p. el r.; j.est. del une et del autre p. del arche el r.; iudices stabant ex utraque parte arcae in conspectus 376 Garizin] Gazarin; Garizin; Garizim 381 demorerent] demorent; demorerent; morabantur 383 IX] XX despite guide letters in left margin indicating .jx.; ix. 386 Eveus] Eneus; Eneu; Eveus 396 vous enhabitez en] v. ne habitez en; v. en habiterez en; habitetis

108

Rejected readings and palæographical notes

402-03 habitatours de nostre terre] h. de la t.; h. de nostre t.; habitatores terrae nostrae 407 et les chauceurs] et noz c.; et les c.; et calciamenta 409 degastee par veillesce Por ceo pristrent] d. Donqe pristrent; consumpta susceperunt igitur 413-14 el veisinage] ei v.; en v.; in vicino 416 Cariathjarim] Cariachjarim; P lacks; Cariathiarim 424 Nous habitoms] N. sumes h.; N. habitoms; habitamus 427 respondirent] respodirent; respounderent 428 serfs ceo qe] s. qe; s. ceo qe; servis … quae 437 Josue] Israel; Josue; Iosue 442 Japhie issint roi] J. roi; J. ensi le roi; Iaphie quoque regem  463 Ajalon] Abialon; Hailon; Ahialon 470-71 en la fossee (MS la citee) de Maceda] en la f. de la citee de M.; in spelunca M. 475 en voz mains] en noz m.; en voz m.; in manus vestras 489 comaunda a ses compaignouns] comaunda les compaignouns; praecepit sociis 491 bouche de luy tresgrantz perres] b.t.p.; bouches de luy t.p.; os eius saxa ingentia 492 cesti] testi; cest 507 out fait] ount f.; out f.; fecerat 518 Asedoth] Asedoch; Assedoch; Asedoth  519-21 Israel luy avoit (MS Is.a.) comaundee Il prist par une sole (MS fole) hast de Cadesbarne desqes a Gaza (MS Bazan) tote la terre de Jessen desqes a Gabaon et … les degasta car] Is. ly out com. de Cades et de Barne desq. a Basan et tote la terre de Gosen desq. Gab. Et … il les pr. et les deg. et un assaunt car; praeceperat ei … a Cadesbarne usque Gazam omnem terram Gosen usque Gabaon … uno cepit impetu atque vastavit … enim 523 Jobab] Jobal; Joach; Iobab 524 Madon] Adon; Madron; Madon 525-26 es champestres altresi et] es ch. et; es ch. autresi et; in campestribus quoque et 528 habita] habitoit; habitabat 529 sont issuz] issoient; sont issuz; egressi sunt 531 combaterent] combatissent; pugnarent 533-34 Tu southnerveras hoƷsin lour chivals with hoƷsin inserted above the line 539 Il fist si com Nostre Sire comaunda a luy il southnerva lour chivaux] Il sou.lo.ch.; Il fist si com nostre seignor comaunda a luy coupa les nerfs de lour chivaux; fecit sicut praeceperat ei Dominus equos eorum subnervavit  548 After et les jumentz, L omits translation of V’s cunctis hominibus interfectis (Josh 11. 14)  549 Moises] Nostre Sire; Moyses; Moses 557 Eveum] Eneum; Eneum; Eveum  557-58 Gabaon Il les prist totes en combataunt] G. Il p. tote en c.; G. si les p. il totes en c.; G. omnes bellando cepit 558-59 qe lour quoers fussent endurziz et q’il combatassent contre Israel et chaissent et ne deservissent nulle] qe lour quoers furent endurziz et il combatoient contre I. et il chairent et il ne deservirent n.; que lour quer fust endurciz et quil combatassent encontre I. et fussent occis et ne deservissent n.; ut indurarentur corda eorum et pugnarent contra Israhel et caderent et non mererentur ullam 560 mercie et perissent si com] m. et il perissoient si com; m. einz perissent si com; clementiam ac perirent sicut 562 Dabir] Dabre; Dabir; Dabir 567 P delays chap. XII to line 581. 568 Arnon] Armon; Arnoun; Arnon 572 Jaboc] Jabel; Jabot; Iaboc • des filz Ammon] des f. Arnon; P lacks; filiorum Ammon 574 Bethesimoth] Bethesmoth; Gethesmoth; Bethesimoth 575 Asedothphasga] Asedochphasga; Asedoch tanqe Phasga; Asedothphasga 576 habita] habitoient; habitavit 579-80 In lower margin beneath as Rubenciens, a catchword: et as Gaddiciens 581 P begins chap. XII here with Ceo sont les roys de terre • terre les queux Josue] t. la quele J.; t. les queux J.; terrae quos … Iosue 582 Baalgad] Aalgad; Algad; Baalgad • al mount qi] al m. de Liban qi; al m. qi; ad montem cuius 585 Eveus] Eneus; Eneu; Eveus  591 Tafua un] Tafna un; Taffua est un; Thaffua unus 593 Someron] Seremon; Somerone

Rejected readings and palæographical notes

109

602 Evei] Enei; Enehiens; Evei 603 Afeca] Afeta; Affeca; Afeca 605 tu entres Emath] tu passes hors de E.; tu entres Emach; ingrediaris Emath • habitent] habitoient; habitent; habitant 606 Maserephoth] Mazerephat; Masseroth; Maserefoth 613 Dibon] Cibon; Dibon; Dibon 615 Machathi] Mathathi; P lacks; Machathi  618 Machathi] Mathati; Machati; Machathi 626 Medaba] Edaba; Medaba; Medaba 627 Mepheth] Mephe; Mefpheth; Mepheeth 628 Cariathaim] Cariatha; Chariataim; Cariathaim • Sarathasar] Sarathasa; Sarathasar; Sarathasar • Pheor] Phegor; Betheor; Bethpheor 629 Asedothphasga] Asedochphasga; Assedoch et Fasga; Asedothphasga 631 Eveum] Eneum; Eneu; Eveum 633 marche des filz de Ruben] m. de R.; m. des filz R.; terminus filiorum R. 635 dona a la lignee de Gad et a ses fiz] d. a G. et ses fiz; d. a la lignee de G. et as ses f.; dedit … tribui G. et filiis eius 638 Bathanim] Bathantaim; Bathanim; Batanim 640-41 est desqe la derreine] est la d.; est tanqe a la d.; est usque ad extremam partem 651 P begins chap. XIIII here with Lors ne dona il possessioun 652 Dieu de Israel il est] D. il est; D. de Israel est; Deus Israhel ipse est 674-75 espier la terre La force] e. Et la f.; ad explorandum … fortitudo 680 Jephonie le Cenezeus] Jophenie Cenereo; Jephonie le Cenezien; Iepphonne Cenezeo  687 et si mounte a Cadesbarne] et si s’en vait de C.; Et astent en C.; ascenditque in C. 688 Caricaa] Cirichaaa; Caricaa; Caricaa   689 serrount la Grant Meer] s. desqes a la G.M.; s. la G.M.; erunt … mare Magnum 690 Tressalee] tessalee; tressalee; Salsissimum 697-98 vallee del filz] v. des f.; v. del f.; convallem filii 715 jeo ly dorra] jeo la dorra; jeo li dorrai; dabo illi 717-18 qe ele demaundast un (MS d. le) champ] que il d. … un c.; ut peteret … agrum 724 meridien Cabsehel] m. de C.; m. Capsahel; meridie Cabsehel 725 Baloth Asor Nova] Balech Asor Nona; Baloth et Asor Nova; Baloth Asor nova 726 Bethpheleth] Bethphelech; Bethphelech; Bethfeleth • Asersual] Asorsuar; Asor et Sual; Asersual 727 Baziothia] Baziochia; Baziona; Baziothia 728 Lebaoth et Selim] L. et Medemena L. et S.; L. et Selimeth; L. et Selim 730 Taphua] Taphna; Tafua; Thaffua 731 Adithaim] Adiachim; Aditaim; Adithaim 734 Bascath] Bachath; Baschat; Bascath • Bethdagon] Bethagon; Bethagon; Bethdagon 740 Azote od ses voies et ses villettes] A. od ses villettes; Azotos od ses rues et ses villettes; Azotus cum vicis et villulis suis 744 Affeca] Affoca; Affeca; Afeca 746 Jucadam] Nilcadam; Vilcadam; Iucadam 748 Elthecen] Echeten; Heteten; Elthecen 752 Scacha Anepsan] Seacha Anephan; Scata Nesa; Schacha Anepsan 755 Jerusalem] Israel; Jerusalem; Hierusalem 761-62 avoient en possessioun Et] avoient Et; avoient a lour possessioun Et; possederunt 764 Machmethat] Matinechat; Machinetas; Machmethath 765 orient en Thanathsalo] o. et Chanathsalo; o. en Thanathisselo; orientem in Thanathselo 766 Atharoth] Acharoth; Macharoth; Atharoth 768 meer Tressalee] m. tessalee; m. trop sale; mare Salsissimum 772 Effraym desqes a cesti jour tributer] E.t.; E. desques a cesti jour tributarie; Ephraim usque in diem hanc tributarius 774 Manasse le (MS M. al) pier de Galaad] M. le pere G.; M. patri G. 775 out en possessioun Galaad] out p.G.; et avoit le p. de G. 776 Esrihel] Estriel; Ezrihel; Esrihel 782 et de Josue] et J.; et de J. 786 filles] filz; filles; filiae 789 Aser Machmathath] Aser Mathimathath; Assermachmathath; Aser Machmathath 790 fountaigne de Tafue] f. de Tafne; f. de Tafue; fontis Taffuae 790-91 terre de Tafue] t. de Tafne; t. de Taphne; terra Taffuae 793-94 Manasses est de l’aquiloun]

110

Rejected readings and palæographical notes

M. de l’a.; Manasse est del a.; Manasse ab aquilone 796 et si sont ajointz en] et ceo soit ajoint a ly en; et si sont coniointz entre eaux en; et coniungantur sibi in 799-800 et ensemblement les habitatours de Thenac] et les h. de Thenac; Et ensemblement les h. de Thanath; similiterque habitatores Thanach 801 Nophet Et les filz] N. Ne les filz; Nofeth nec … filii 802 en ceste terre] en sa t.; en ceste t.; in terra ista 806 de un sort et de une corde com] de s. de une corde com; de un s. et de une bounde com; sortis et funiculi unius cum 809-10 Nous ne porroms] Nous p.; Nous ne p.; non poterimus 810-11 mountaignes ovesqes curres de feer dount en usent (MS feer usent) les Chananeus qe habitent] m. come les C. ussent charettes de fer les queux h.; montana … cum ferreis curribus utantur Chananei qui habitant 819 sept lignees] sept rois; sept lignees; septem tribus 821 Deu de voz (MS noz) peres] Deu de voz peres; Deus patrum vestrorum 825 australe] autrale; austral 828 mais le prestreage de Nostre Sire est lour heritage Gad] m. le p. est la vostre h.G.; m. lour h. est le p. de nostre seignor G.; sed sacerdotium Domini est eorum hereditas Gad 834 departirent] departi; departirent 839 aquiloun del Jordan] a. a J.; aquilee del J.; aquilonem ab Iordane 842 Atharothaddar] Arathothaddar; Astaroth Adar; Atharothaddar 845 Cariathjarim] Cariachjarim; Chariathjarim; Cariathiarim 846 Cariathjarim] Cariachjarim; Chariachjarim; Cariathiarim 852 Solail Et passe desqes a les sepulcres] S. Et p. a les sepulcres; S. desqes as tomules; Solis et pertransit usque ad tumulos 858 Et ses citez furent] Et les c.f.; Et les c. de ly f.; fueruntque civitates eius 859 Bethagla] Bethsagla; Bethagla; Bethagla 861 Ammosa] Animosa; Amesa; Ammosa • Tharala] Charaba; Carala; Tharala 865 Juda Bersabee] J. de B.; Judas Bersabe; Iuda Bersabee 866 Asersual] Aserssua; Asserbna; Asersual 86667 Seceleg Bethmarchoboth Asersusa et Bethlevaoth et Saroen] Seceleg Marchoboth et Bethlevaoth et Saroen; Sitelech et Beth et Marthaloth et Becbedech et Saroem; Seceleg et Bethmarchaboth Asersusa et Bethlebaoth et Saroen 869 Balaath Berrameth] Baath Berrameth; Balaath Berramech; Balaath Berrameth 873-74 terme de lour (MS t. l.) possessioun] t. de lour possessioun; terminus possessionis eorum 875 Debbaseth] Deblaseth; Debbaseth; Debbaseth 876 Dabereth] Darebeth; Deberet; Dabereth 877 Jafie] Tasie; Jasne; Iafie 878 Gethepher] Gethcepher; Jethefer; Getthefer • Ampthar] Apha; Amfar; Ampthar 878-79 enviroune a (MS envirount desqes a) l’aquiloun] enviroune le aquilon; circuit ad aquilonem 879 Jeptael] Jeptaphel; Jepthael; Iepthahel 880-81 le heritage] la heritate; le heritage; hereditas 881 cognaciouns (MS cognacioun) citez] cognaciouns et les citez; cognationes … urbes 882 sort est issuz a Isachar par ses cognaciouns] sort de I. est issuz par lour c.; sort est issee a I. par totes ses c.; Isachar egressa est sors quarta per cognationes suas 883 Sunem] Sumen; Simem; Sunem • Anaarath] Amaraphat; Amaraath; Anaarath 884 Bethfeses] Bethferes; Bethases; Bethfeses • Et ly (MS Et ses) termes] Et Et s t.; et … terminus 885 Seesima] Sesenna; Seesima; Seesima 886-87 par lour cognaciouns citez et lour villetes] par lour cognacioun citez et villetes] par totes ses cognacions et les citez et lour villes; per cognationes suas urbes et viculi earum 889 Melech] Meleth; li melech; Elmelech 892-93 s’en vait al senestre de Chabul] s’en vait desqes al senestre de Chalub; isse a la senestre Cabril; egrediturque ad levam Chabul 895 la corde de Acciba] la peite (?) corde de Acciba; la bounde et Zima; funiculo Acziba 899 et Helon en Sananym

Rejected readings and palæographical notes

111

et] et Belon et Sanym et; et Helon en Salamyn et; et Helon in Sananim et 900 Lecum] Letum; Lecruin; Lecum 901 Ucoca] Noca; Venca; Ucoca 904 Jeron] Seron; Jeron; Ieron 909 Ajalon] Ahiabon; Hathcalon; Ahialon • Helthecen] Heltheten; Helteten; Helthecen  910 Baalath] Baalach; Baaltind Benebarach; Baalath • Jud et Benebarach et Gethremmon et Hiercon et Arecon] J. et Anebare et Gethemmon et Hieron et Areeon; Jeth et Remmo atque Hierton et Areton; Iud et Benebarach et Gethremmon aquae Hiercon et Areccon 921 princes des mesnies] p. et les m.; p. des m.; principes familiarum 927-28 de cele cité les choses qe le comprovent innocent] de la cité les choses qe se comprovent i.; de cel citee teles choses qe se comproveront i.; urbis illius ea quae se conprobent innocentem 932 fait] frere; fait; causam 936 contre la plaie orientale de Jericho] c. le orient de J; c. la plaie orientale J.; contra orientalem plagam Hiericho 940-41 proesme venaunt venger] p. qe coveite vengere; proximi … vindicare cupientis 941 desqes] dess; desqes; donec 949 en la mesnie] en les mesnies; en la mesnee; in familiam 951 altres des filz Chaat] a. des filiz C.; a. filz de C. 958 Levitz citez] L. unsze c.; L.c.; Levitis civitates 962 est a eux issuz] est a lui issuz; est issue a eaux; illis egressa est • Enach] Enath; Enath; Enach 963 et son suburbe par enviroun] et suburbes par son en.; et son suburbe par en.; et suburbana eius per circuitum 963-65 donee champs et ses villes a Caleph le filz Jephonie a avoir en possession Por ceo dona] donee champs et ses v. a C. le filz J. a avoir Por ceo dona; done a C. le filz J. les v. en possession et ses champs Et donqe dona; agros vero et villas eius dederat Chaleb filio Iepphonne ad possidendum dedit ergo 968 Anathoth] Onathoth; Anathot; Anathoth 975 Gethremmon] Getreminon; Bethtemnon; Gethremmon 976 Thanach] Chanath; Thenath; Thanach • Gethremmon] Gethreminon; Gethremon; Gethremmon 982 Roob] Joob; Roob; Roob 983 Neptalim Cades citee (MS citee twice) de refuit en] N. la citee de confuite estoit Cedes en; Nepthali civitatem confugii Cedes in • Carthan] Garthari; Charthan; Charthan 986 Nalol] Nalon; Nalos; Nalol 987 donez de la ligne de Zabulon as filz] do. as f.; as filz … donee de la lignee de Zabulon; filiis … data est de tribu Zabulon 988-90 The Weber-Gryson edition of V omits Josh 21. 36. See the note, p. 316, for the text beginning et de tribu ruben ultra iordanem contra hiericho 987-88 del deinzime degree par lour mesnies De la lignee de Ruben] del deinzime deg. De la li. de R.; del plus lointein deg. par lour mesnies De la li. de R.; inferioris gradus per familias suas data est de tribu Zabulon 990 Ramoth en (MS R. e) Galaad] Ramoth en Galaath; Ramoth in Galaad 998 remesnez] mesnez; remesnez; redacti 999-1000 més totes choses sount acompliez A cel] mes totes choses sount a. en choses A cel; mes tous parfetz sont a. E cel; sed rebus expleta sunt omnia eodem 1000 Rubenciens] Rubiciens; Rubeniciens; Rubenitas 1010-11 en (MS e) tote vostre alme] en tote v.a.; in omni anima vestra 1030-31 Et il lour distrent] Et il luy d.; et lour d.; dixeruntque ad eos 1046 nous le feismes] nous f.; nous le f.; ea … fecimus 1060-61 vostre Avoy soit ceste felonie] nostre Ben en deffende … ceste fel.; absit … hoc scelus 1067 od nous] od vous; od nous; nobiscum 1077 In lower right margin beneath southmyses enviroun, a catchword: et Josue 1082 orientale] orient; orientale;

112

Rejected readings and palæographical notes

orientali 1096-97 et en voz oels with a blank about ten letters wide between et and en and, in the right margin, a gloss: stake] et suerount en voz oels; et sudes in oculis vestri 1101 choses vindrent prospreement en tiele manere] c.v. en t. m.; c. sount venuz prospreement En t. m.; et prospera cuncta venerunt sic 1103-04 vous averez passee le covenaunt del Sire vostre Dieu le quel il fist od vous et] vous passastes le comaundement del S. vostre D. dount il fist od vous covenaunt et; vous averez passee le covenaunt del seignor nostre D. le quel il forma ouesqe vous et; praeterieritis pactum Domini Dei vestri quod pepigit vobiscum et 1111 pere] perer; pere; patrem 1119 et les coveri] et ceo les cov.; et les cov.; et operuit illos 1126 de cele citee] de lour ci.; civitatis eius 1127 Eveus] Eneus; Eneux; Eveus 1128-29 devaunt voz charbotz scarbodes et] d. voz gibetz scarbodes et; d. vous escaibouns (?) et; ante vos crabrones et 1129-30 de lour lieux et deux rois des Amorreux sanz ton espee et ton ark] de lour lieux Jeo occis deux rois des Amorreux en espee et en ton ark; de lour lieux deux roys des Ammoreux tuay jeo en vostre espee et en vostre ark; de locis suis duos reges Amorreorum non in gladio et arcu tuo 1132-33 plauntastes Por ceo doutez ore Nostre] pl.d. Por ceo N.; pl. Por ceo d. ore N.; nunc ergo timete Dominum 1133 servez] sevez; servez 1135 noun et mal] n. m.; n. et m.; sin autem malum 1136-37 vous devetz servir a ly (MS s. ly) Trespussaunt ou] vous d. myels s. ou; potissimum servire debeatis utrum 1148-49 averez lessee Nostre Sire] a.l. vostre Sire; a.l. nostre seignor; dimiseritis Dominum 1149-50 vous turmentera et vous southturnera depuis q’il vous avera donee] vous turmentera depuis q’il avera donee; vous turmentera de south depuis qe il vous avera donee; diis alienis convertet se et adfliget vos atque subvertet postquam vobis praestiterit 1153 servissez Et cil respondirent Quar nous sumes tesmoignes] servissez respoundirent cil tesmoignes; serviatis … responderuntque testes 1165 de sa possessioun] de lour p.; de sa p.; possessionis suae.

Critical notes The numbers shown at the beginning of each paragraph below refer to a line or lines in our text. The notes generally exclude information that may easily be found in modern commentaries on Joshua except in cases where a commentary throws light on our text or on the medieval understanding of Joshua. Line references are followed immediately by the text’s location in Joshua. For convenience of reference, medieval sources mentioned repeatedly in the notes are listed chronologically below: Jerome

Liber de situ et nominibus locorum hebraicorum

c. 389/391

Bede

De locis sanctis

c. 702-03

Mukaddasi

985

Saewulf

‘A reliable account of the situation of Jerusalem’

1101-03

Abbot Daniel

‘The pilgrimage of Daniel the Abbot’

1106-08

The Work on Geography

1128-37

Idrîsî

Geography

1154

Comestor

Historia scholastica

1169-73

’Ali of Herat

The Places of Pilgrimage

1173

Ibn Jubair

Diary

1185

Thietmar

1217-18

Yâkût

Mu’jam al Buldân (Geographical 1225 Dictionary)

Ernoul

Chronicle

c. 1231

Matthew Paris

Map of Palestine

c. 1240-55

Greek Anonymous II

c. 1250- c. 1350

Burchard of Mount Sion Descriptio Terrae Sanctae Macé de la Charité Al-Qazwînî Marino Sanudo Torsello

Bible

1274-85 c. 1300 1308

Liber Secretorum Fidelium Crucis 1300-21

J2 Al derrein le Pentateuke de Moises finie According to H. F. D. Sparks, ‘Jerome as Biblical Scholar’, in P. R. Ackroyd and C. F. Evans, eds, The Cambridge History of the Bible, I: From the Beginnings to Jerome (Cambridge: University Press, 1970), pp. 510-41 (p. 520),

114

Critical notes

Jerome’s ‘work on the Old Testament was a private venture, undertaken either on his own initiative or at the request of his friends. It had in consequence to make its own way on its merits’. Jerome’s ‘‟Hebrew” Old Testament was not well received at first’; some complained that it was ‘tainted with Judaism’ (CHB, I, p. 521). Bleddyn J. Roberts, ‘The Old Testament: manuscripts, text and versions’, in CHB II: The West from the Fathers to the Reformation (1969), ed. G. W. H. Lampe, pp. 1-26 (p. 25), adds, ‘Opposition to the rendering was violent from the outset, and it was not until the eighth century that the Vulgate was popularly received’. J3 AN brullissour is undocumented in the standard dictionaries. In V it corresponds to fenore (p. 285) in the phrase velut grandi fenore liberati, which a reliable source translates ‘as if freed from a great debt’. See epistolae.ctl.columbia.edu/letter/272.html. The stem brull- may be a popular synonym for ‘money’, with -issour indicating agency. Brullissour may therefore mean ‘money-lender’ or ‘creditor’, but this is not certain. The gist is that the demands of Jerome’s translation of the Pentateuch were heavy and unrelenting. J5 Sophim Properly, Sophtim, the Hebrew name for the book of Judges. Our scribe again writes Sophim in the translation of Jerome’s prologue to Kings (fol. 185v). See V, pp. 36466 (p.  364); and https://earlychurchtexts.com/main/jerome/preface_helmeted_to_ kings.shtml (accessed 3 May 2019). J6-J7 Nous amonestoms le listre þe reder qe le escriptour ententif garde le boys de les nouns des Ebreus et les distinctiouns devisez par membrez In his gloss on Jerome’s prologue to Joshua, Stephen Langton emphasizes the usefulness of chapter and verse divisions: ‘By portions, that is by chapters, which are very necessary for finding what you want and for remembering. Here you have authority for chapter division’. Quoted by Beryl Smalley, The Study of the Bible in the Middle Ages (Notre Dame, IN: University of Notre Dame Press, 1964), who adds, ‘if the tradition which ascribes the present [chapter] division to Langton is true, we must infer that he introduced it towards the end of his teaching period’ (p. 223). Amaury d’Esneval, ‘La division de la Vulgate latine en chapitres dans l’édition parisienne du XIIIe siècle’, Revue des sciences philosophiques et théologiques, 62 (1978), 559-68 (pp. 56061), is more certain in attributing the new capitulation to Langton. • AN boys is ‘wood’, but the translator may have ‘thicket’ or ‘profusion’ in mind. J12 E e I p A a TI p A i O p IT is The copyist mistranscribes εξαπλοις,  ‘exaplois’ or ‘explanations’. See PL 28, col. 463; and Biblia sacra iuxta vulgatam versionem, eds Robert Weber and Roger Gryson, 5th ed. (Stuttgart: Deutsche Bibelgesellschaft, 2007), p. 285. J18 ly scorpion An allusion to Rufinus of Aquileia (345-410), a friend of Jerome in his youth but with whom disagreement about the translation of Origen’s writings and the translation of the Bible resulted in estrangement and bitter invective. Among other writings, Rufinus translated homilies by Origen and Basil, Eusebius of Caesarea’s Historia ecclesiastica, and the pseudo-Clementine Recognitiones. See J. Gribomont, ‘Rufinus of

Critical notes

115

Aquileia’, in Angelo Di Berardino, ed., Encyclopedia of Ancient Christianity (Westmont, IL: InterVarsity Press, 2014). For further commentary on the rupture, see E. D. Hunt, Holy Land Pilgrimage in the Later Roman Empire AD 312-460 (Oxford: Clarendon, 1982), p. 170. For Rufinus’s pseudo-Clementine material, see Hunt, p. 198. For Rufinus’s Latin translation of Origen’s twenty-six sermons on Joshua, see Annie Jaubert, intro., trans., and notes, Origène, Homélies sur Josué, Sources chrétiennes, 71 (Paris: Cerf, 1960). Jaubert dates the translation between 398 and 404, or possibly 400-01 (p. 89). J20-J24 Ta bouche fust plein … contre ta face Psalm 50. 19-21. J30 The marginal notation astericis tobet refers to asteriscis et obelis in Jerome’s prologue (V, p. 285), not translated in our text. See also the note for J32. J31 Porquei pristrent les esglises Daniel jouste la translacioun de Theodicioun? According to Jay Braverman, Jerome’s Commentary on Daniel: A Study of Comparative Jewish and Christian Interpretations of the Hebrew Bible,The Catholic Biblical Quarterly Monograph Series, 7 (Washington, DC: The Catholic Biblical Association of America, 1978), p. 20, Theodotion was ‘a proselyte or possibly a Jew by birth’ who lived at the end of the second century. The Greek version of the Old Testament ascribed to Theodotion was ‘basically a free revision of the LXX’, or Septuagint, ‘primarily according to the standard Hebrew text’. Theodotion’s version was more highly valued by Christians than those by Aquila or Symmachus. ‘In fact, the Theodotion version of Daniel’, which is specifically mentioned here by Jerome, ‘displaced the LXX version in the Church even before Origen’s time’. See Braverman, p. 20 n. S. Samulowitz, ‘Theodotion’, in EAC, concurs that Theodotion’s ‘translation is of great importance esp[ecially] for the book of Daniel because it contained the deuterocanonical portions of the book’. J32 Origens The writings of the Greek Father Origen (c. 185-c. 254 C.E.) profoundly influenced Jerome’s scholarly career. Although Origen accepted the authenticity, authority, and divine inspiration of the LXX throughout his life, he was troubled that, by the second century C.E., Jews in Palestine had begun to doubt its accuracy, claiming that it had become corrupt. Origen addressed this problem in his Hexapla or six-fold Bible, which arranges in six parallel columns the principal texts of the Old Testament, including the Hebrew scriptures, the LXX, and the Greek versions by Aquila, Theodotion, and Symmachus. He carefully avoided adding to or subtracting from the text of the LXX. Rather, he resurrected a trio of critical markers that had been used by earlier Greek scholars: ‘The obelus (÷) was placed in the LXX text before words or lines which were lacking in the Hebrew; the asterisk (*) called attention to words or lines lacking in the LXX, but present in the Hebrew. Origen usually supplied these lacunae from one of the other versions, most often Theodotion’s. To close a word or passage begun by an obelus or asterisk Origen marked a metobelus’, essentially an inverted T. See Braverman pp.  15-16, 20-21. For Origen’s sermons on Joshua, see Jaubert, Origène, Homélies sur Josué. • Eusibium de Pamphili Eusebius Pamphilus (c. 260-349), bishop of Caesarea and

116

Critical notes

author of the Ecclesistical History, is sometimes called the ‘father of church history’. This Eusebius was also known as Eusebius Pamphilus on account of his close relationship with, and devotion to, his teacher Romano, ‘the most learned of Origen’s disciples’. ‘In exegesis, Eusebius is indebted to Origen’. Among other works, he produced commentaries on Psalms and Isaiah. See C. Curti, ‘Eusebius of Caesarea’, in EAC. For Eusebius’s Onomasticon, see above, p. 48. J37-J39 la dormicion de seinte Paule … Eustochie la virgine de Christ Paula and her daughter Eustochium were learned, close associates of Jerome from the time of his second sojourn in Rome (382-85). In 385-86, the three friends and others toured the Holy Land together; their itinerary is described in detail in Jerome’s Letter 108, composed as an epitaph for Paula after her death (404). For dates, I follow J. N. D. Kelly, Jerome: His Life, Writing, and Controversies (New York: Harper & Row, 1975), pp. 80, 116, 129. E. D. Hunt, Holy Land Pilgrimage in the Later Roman Empire AD 312-460 (Oxford: Clarendon, 1982), p. 172, states, they saw Jerusalem, ‘Bethlehem, the cave of the Nativity, Hebron, Bethany, Jericho, the Jordan, northwards to Galilee, then south into Egypt’. Arriving in Bethlehem in 386, mother and daughter took up the ascetic life: ‘Paula founded three convents for women, of which she was the Superior, and a monastery for men under the direction of Jerome’. So H. F. D. Sparks, ‘Jerome as Biblical Scholar’, CHB I, pp. 510-41 (p. 514). For Burchard of Mount Sion, Descriptio Terrae Sanctae, especially his brief comments on Jerome’s cell in Bethlehem, see Denys Pringle, Pilgrimage to Jerusalem and the Holy Land, 1187-1291, Crusade Texts in Translation, 23 (Farnham: Ashgate, 2012), pp. 241-320 (p. 304). Paula and Eustochium were drawn to the Holy Land by ‘the ointment of sweet devotion’. See Marino Sanudo Torsello, The Book of the Secrets of the Faithful of the Cross = Liber Secretorum Fidelium Crucis, trans. Peter Lock, Crusade Texts in Translation, 21 (Farnham: Ashgate, 2011), p. 281; LSFC, p. 177. Following his description of the Church of Saint Mary in Bethlehem, Sanudo: ‘From the aforesaid church about a stone’s throw away to the east is the church of Saint Paula and her daughter Eustochius, where they did penance. There are also shown their tombs’ (BSFC, p. 412; LSFC, p. 259). J41-J42 ly seint bier Pammachius A friend of Jerome and later of Augustine, Pammachius was a Roman senator and the husband of Paulina, daughter of Paula. He had been a fellow-student of Jerome in Rome. ‘Pammachius was learned, able, and eloquent … After his marriage, he seems to have occupied himself much with scriptural studies and church life’. Later in life, he took monastic vows and was known for his generous gifts to the poor and for his establishment of a hospital at Portus. Jerome dedicated to him his commentaries on the Minor Prophets (406) and Daniel (407). See W. H. Fremantle, ‘Pammachius’, in Henry Wace and William C. Piercy, eds., A Dictionary of Christian Biography and Literature to the End of the Sixth Century A.D. (London: John Murray, 1911; semanticscholar.org), p. 1290. 3-4 cest Jordan Josh 1. 2. By far the most prominent geographical feature of the book of Joshua, the River Jordan is mentioned more than sixty times in our text. For Sanudo’s

Critical notes

117

detailed description of the river’s course and tributaries, see BSFC, pp. 401-02; LSFC, pp.  251-52. For descriptions by Arab writers, see Guy Le Strange, Palestine under the Moslems: A Description of Syria and the Holy Land from A.D. 650 to 1500 (Boston and New York: Houghton Mifflin, 1890; rpt. Beirut: Khayats, 1965; books.google.com), pp. 52-54. Abel: ‘A la différence du Nil et de l’Euphrate, le Jourdain forme plutôt une barrière qu’un moyen de liaison’ (I, p. 482). See further Abel I, pp. 161-69, 474-83. 6 Del desert et de Liban desqes al grant fluvie de Eufraten Josh 1. 4. This is the first appearance of what Rachel Havrelock calls the ‘Euphrates map’ of Israel, which is more expansive than the mapped allotments that the twelve tribes finally inherit. As she writes in ‘The Two Maps of Israel’s Land’, Journal of Biblical Literature 126 (2007), 649-67 (p. 656), ‘Since the land to the east of the Euphrates is directly associated with Israel’s dark beginnings in idol worship ( Josh 24:15), it cannot be included in any definition of the promised land’. 6-7 la terre des Etheux Josh 1. 4. NRSV Hittites. One of the indigenous peoples of Canaan. The name appears twice in our text. 38 deux biers espiours Josh 2. 1. In his rhymed Josué, Macé names the spies, ‘Caleph et Pinea’. See La Bible de Macé de la Charité, dir. J.-R. Smeets (7 vols), II: Lévitique, Nombres, Deutéronome, Josué, Juges, ed. P. E. R. Verhuyck (Leiden: Universitaire Pers Leiden, 1977), line 8518 and the note. In our text, Caleb (Caleph) and Phinehas (Finies) and his father the priest Eleazar are the only named associates of Joshua. For references, see below, ‘Personal names in the Anglo-Norman Bible’s book of Joshua’. 39 Jericho Josh 2. 1. Our text mentions Jericho more than twenty-five times. Bede: ‘as [ Jericho] has been levelled to the ground three times, only the house of Raab remains, as a sign of her faith; for its walls are still standing, although without a roof ’ (CHP, p. 77; DLS, p. 267). Yâkût and other Arab writers call Jericho ‘la ville des géants’. They note Jericho’s indigo, balm, bananas, sugar, and dates but also the city’s scorpions, snakes, and abundant fleas. See A.-S. Marmardji, Textes géographiques arabes sur la Palestine (Paris: Gabalda, 1951), pp. 8-9. See further Yâkût’s description in PUM, pp. 396-97. Ernoul’s Chronicle states that the city of Jericho ‘was enclosed with walls of lodestone’ and that Yahweh commanded the children of Israel to make ‘bronze trumpets’ (Pringle, p. 143). Of his visit to the ruined city, Burchard: ‘Once famous, it now has scarcely eight houses. There are the remains of a squalid township and all traces of the holy places in it have been completely destroyed’. He adds, ‘The things that happened in Jericho are known well enough and I shall therefore not write about them’ (Pringle, p. 282). Al-Maqdisî (985), Abel: ‘Au moyen âge ce n’est plus qu’un misérable village, mais l’oasis administrée par un vicomte excite l’admiration des pèlerins. On l’appelle « Jardin d’Abraham » et les tours des Templiers la protègent’ (II, pp. 359-60). 56 deux rois des Amorreux … Seon et Og Josh 2. 10. The Amorites are mentioned repeatedly in Joshua, often in connection with their kings Sihon and Og. The kings ruled lands east

118

Critical notes

of the River Jordan—Sihon from Heshbon and Og from Bashan. They were defeated and killed by Moses at the conclusion of the Israelites’ wanderings in the wilderness (Num 21). In Joshua, Og is sometimes said to be one of the remaining Rephaim, that is, the last of a race of giants. See Thomas B. Dozeman, Joshua 1-12: A New Translation with Introduction and Commentary (New Haven: Yale UP, 2015), pp. 230-31. 66 sa maisoun aherdi al mur Josh 2. 15. Likely a brick wall. Kenyon: ‘In the Byzantine period and probably at all times down to the present, [ Jericho] served as a quarry for decayed mud-brick … ’ See Kathleen M. Kenyon, Digging up Jericho: The Results of the Jericho Excavations 1952-1956 (New York: Praeger, 1957), p. 265. 70-71 ceste petite corde coccine Josh 2. 18. ‘La corde qui vermoille estoit … / Senefie le vermoyl sanc / Qui de la fenestre dou flanc / De Jhesucrit fu espenduz, / Par cui saluz nous est renduz’ (Macé, lines 8617-24). Jacques Rossiaud, Medieval Prostitution, trans. Lydia G. Cochrane (Oxford: Blackwell, 1988), p. 78, mentions the aiguillette inspired by Rahab’s red cord. This ‘sign of Rahab’ was apparently a distinguishing mark or symbol of medieval prostitutes (p. 160). The author provides no reference to substantiate this claim, but dates the symbol from ‘the days of St Louis’ (p. 161). 87 Por ceo Josue suslevaunt par nuit Josh 3. 1. For ‘The narrative of the conquest of the land of Canaan’ ( Josh 3-8. 29, lines 87-366), see Yohanan Aharoni and Michael Avi-Yonah, The Macmillan Bible Atlas, 3rd edn rev. by Anson F. Rainey and Ze’ev Safrai (New York: Macmillan, 1993), Map 54. 104-05 Chananeux Etheux Eveus et les Phereseux Gargeseus Amorreux et Jebuseux Josh 3. 10. A list of seven indigenous peoples. Of the seven, Sanudo names Etheus, Iebuseus, Amoreus, and Gergeseus in a diagram, tracing their lineage through Chanaan to Cham or Ham, son of Noah (BSFC, p. 163; LSFC, p. 101). For Chananeux, Phereseux, Gargeseus, Amorreux, Jebuseux, see Abel I, pp. 318-25 (Cananéens, Phérézéens, Gergéséens, Amorréens, Jébuséens); these pages include Abel’s discussion of the Hévéens ( Josh 11. 3) and the Evéens. 116-17 Cil adecertes qe furent pardesouth Josh 3.16 ‘Cil’ refers to ‘the waters’. V quae autem inferiores erant. 117 la meer del Desert qe ore est appellee lieu de Mort Josh 3. 16. The Dead Sea. For descriptions by Arab writers, see PUM, pp. 64-67; and Marmardji, pp. 15-18. Burchard provides an extended description of the Dead Sea, noting that the entire valley in which it lies ‘is rendered unprofitable by the fumes from the sea, such that it puts forth neither grass nor shoots of any kind anywhere throughout its whole width’ (Pringle, p. 283). The Dead Sea is also called the Lake of Asphalt on account of the bitumen that is brought to the surface and heaped upon the shores when winds churn the sea (Pringle, p. 284). Elsewhere in our text, the Dead Sea is called la meer Tressalee. Abel lists other names of the Dead Sea, e.g.

Critical notes

119

mare Deserti and mare Solitudinis (I, p. 498); see further I, pp. 498-505. The ford from the Lisan peninsula to the west bank of the Dead Sea was still used in the seventeenth century and at the beginning of the nineteenth but became impassible by about 1830 (Abel I, p. 504). 120 par le secche fossee Josh 3. 17. Thietmar saw the place (Pringle, p. 116). 123 douze tresdures perres Josh 4. 3. Bede: ‘The twelve stones which Josua ordered to be taken from the Jordan lie in a church at Galgal built just within the walls; they are so large that one of them can now scarcely be lifted by two men’ [The Venerable Bede Concerning the Holy Places, trans. James Rose Macpherson, The Pilgrimage of Arculfus to the Holy Land (London: Palestine Pilgrims’ Text Society, 1889; hathitrust.org), pp. 67-87 (p. 78); Bede, De Locis Sanctis, ed. I. Fraipont, Corpus Christianorum, Series Latina, 175 (Turnhout: Brepols, 1965), pp. 245-80 (p. 267)]. See also the note for 155. 144-45 quaraunte mill combatours Josh 4. 13. Not forty thousand but sixty thousand fighting men, according to Comestor, Historia scholastica, in Patrologiae cursus completus, Series Latina, ed. J.-P. Migne (Paris: Garnier, 1844- ; hathitrust.org), 198 (1855), cols 1259-72 (1262): ‘Et erant sexaginta millia armatorum’. 155 Galgalis Josh 4. 19. Of the place where Joshua encountered the angelic general, Abbot Daniel: ‘And there is now in that place a monastery and church dedicated to St Michael. And in this church lie the twelve stones taken from the bed of the Jordan when the Jordan parted for the people of Israel; the priests who carried the Ark of the Covenant took the stones according to the number of the tribes of Israel as a memorial for their descendants. The name of this place is Gilgal and it was here that the people of Israel encamped after crossing the Jordan’ [ John Wilkinson, Joyce Hill, and W. F. Ryan, Jerusalem Pilgrimage 1099-1185 (London: Hakluyt Society, 1988), p. 139]. The Work on Geography: ‘In Gilgal Joshua circumcised the people for a second time, and set up the stones which they had taken from the Jordan, since there the Tabernacle of the Covenant remained for a long time’ (Wilkinson, p. 188). Comestor: ‘Interpretatur enim Galgala libertas’ (Hist.schol. col. 1263). Burchard: at Gilgal ‘the children of Israel encamped for a long time after crossing the Jordan; and there some of them were circumcised’ (Pringle, p. 281). The mount of Christ’s fast, Quarantine (Quarantena), is close by (Pringle, p. 281). See Abel II, pp. 336-37. Kenyon: ‘Of the site of Gilgal, where a shrine was set up to commemorate the crossing of the river, archaeology has completely failed to find any trace’. See Kathleen M. Kenyon, The Bible and Recent Archaeology (London: Colonnade, 1978), p. 35. For Christ’s fast, see Mt 4. 1-6, Mark 1. 12, and Luke 4. 1-4. See also the note for 123. 171 tertre des Prepuz Josh 5. 3. NRSV Gibeath-haaraloth. Jerome: ‘Bunos, that is a hill, of Foreskins. It is a place in Galgal where Joshua circumcised the people of Israel at the second milestone from Jericho’ [Palestine in the Fourth Century A.D.: The Onomasticon by Eusebius of Caesarea, trans. G. S. P. Freeman-Grenville, indexed by Rupert L. Chapman

120

Critical notes

III, ed. and intro. Joan E. Taylor ( Jerusalem: Carta, 2003), p. 33; Jerome, Liber de situ et nominibus locorum hebraicorum, in Patrologiae cursus completus, Series Latina, ed. J.P. Migne (Paris: Garnier, 1844; hathitrust.org), 23, cols 859-928 (880)]. Comestor: ‘Ob hoc vocatum est nomen loci illius collis præputiorum, vel Galgala, id est revelatio’ (Hist. schol., col. 1263). For further comments on the Onomasticon, see E. D. Hunt, Holy Land Pilgrimage in the Later Roman Empire AD 312-460 (Oxford: Clarendon, 1982), pp. 9799. Thietmar saw the place (Pringle, p. 116). Abel: Near Khirbet Tibna, ‘En 1870, l’abbé Richard y trouva des silex taillés, détail qui évoque les couteaux de circoncision de JOS. XXIV, 30 grec’ (II, p. 482). See also the note for 183. 183 la reproce de Egipte Josh 5. 9. Comestor: ‘id est præputium, quod apud Hebræos erat opprobrium immunditiæ gentium’ (Hist.schol., col. 1263). See also the note for 171. 185 et firent phase Josh 5. 10. Comestor: This is the third celebration of Passover. The first two were ‘primo in finibus Ӕgypti circa Ramasse; secundo ad radicem montis Sina, secundo anno egressionis’ (Hist.schol., col. 1263). 187 pains azimels et furmentee Josh 5. 11. Comestor: ‘azymos panes, et polentam … Est autem polenta grana tosta, et manibus confricata ad modum grano pilo tusi’ (Hist.schol., col. 1263). 191 el champ de la citee de Jericho Josh 5. 13. Abbot Daniel: ‘And there is a place near Jericho … and in this place St Michael the Archangel appeared to Joshua son of Nun before the army of Israel, and raising up his eyes Joshua saw before him a terrible armed man, and Joshua said “Are you one of us or one of the enemy”? And the Archangel said to him “I am Michael, general of God, sent to your aid; dare and you shall conquer your enemies”’ (Wilkinson, p. 139). Greek Anonymous II: ‘And beyond [the monastery of St Euthymius] is to be seen the monastery of the Mother of God. And in that same place Joshua, son of Nun, gazing upon the angel, said, “Are you one of us?”’ (Pringle, p. 389). 202 en jubileo Josh 6. 4 (V). Comestor: ‘Secundum Hebræos, ille annus erat jubilæus’ (Hist.schol., col. 1262). See Leviticus 25. 8-12. 214 le rascail Josh 6. 9 (V). Comestor: ‘reliquum vulgus’ (Hist.schol., col. 1264). 236 les murs tresbucherent maintenaunt Josh 6. 20. Kenyon: ‘The excavation of Jericho … has thrown no light on the walls of Jericho of which the destruction is so vividly described in the Book of Joshua … As concerns the date of the destruction of Jericho by the Israelites, all that can be said is that the latest Bronze Age occupation should, in my view, be dated to the third quarter of the fourteenth century B.C… . The evidence seems to me to be that the small fragment of a building which we have found is part of the kitchen of a Canaanite

Critical notes

121

women, who may have dropped the juglet beside the oven and fled at the sound of the trumpets of Joshua’s men’. See Kenyon, Digging, pp. 262-63 and Plate 63B. 255 Achar Josh 7. 1 (NRSV and V Achan). Comestor: ‘Achor, vel Achar’ (Hist.schol., col. 1264). See also the notes for 306-07 and 311. 258 Hai Josh 7. 2. Ai is mentioned more than twenty times in our text. Burchard: ‘Ai (Hay), which Joshua stormed, killing its king, as is related in Joshua 8’ (Pringle, p. 284). Of the Israelites’ capture and punishment of Ai, Sanudo: ‘After the destruction of Jericho they massacred the men of the town of Hay by wiles, and burned the city down’ (BSFC, p. 161; LSFC, p. 100). See Abel II, pp. 239-40. 259 Bethel Josh 7. 2. Following Burchard, Sanudo: ‘in this place Jacob saw the ladder standing on the ground and stretching up to heaven and the angels of the Lord ascending and descending it with God at the top: and he called the city Bethel. Bethel is also called Luza’ (BSFC, p. 164; LSFC, p. 102). For Jacob’s dream at Bethel, see Gen 28. 10-19. See also Abel II, pp. 270-71. 263 treis mill des combatours Josh 7. 4. Comestor: ‘Josephus tamen dicit trigenta millia’ (Hist.schol., col. 1265). 285-87 lignees … cosinages … maisouns … hommes Josh 7. 14. Comestor: ‘per tribus, et familias, et domus, et capita’ (Hist.schol., col. 1265). 298 une reule d’or Josh 7. 21. In Origen’s spiritual understanding, this is the linguam auream, ‘la langue d’or des philosophes’ or the seductive language of heresy: ‘Si donc on trouve chez des philosophes des doctrines perverses parées des plus brillantes affirmations, là voilà la langue d’or. Prends garde de ne pas te laisser séduire par l’éclat de leurs oeuvres, ni abuser par la beauté de leur langage doré’ ( Jaubert, p. 215). 306-07 valleie de Achor Josh 7. 24. Jerome: ‘Emecachor. It means the Valley of Achor, that is, of tumult or of disorders, where Achan was stoned because he suffered anathema. There is also another place near Jericho not far from Galgal. Therefore certain people think wrongly that the Valley of Achor is named from the man who was stoned, whereas he was called Achan, and not Achor or Achar’ (OEC, pp. 50-51; LL, p. 893). The Work on Geography: ‘Between Jericho and Gilgal is Emek-achor, which means “the Valley of Achor”, that is “The Tumult of the people” or “of the crowds”. There Achan was stoned because he took some of the devoted thing’ (Wilkinson, p. 188). Thietmar saw the ‘valley of Achan (Achor), who was stoned because of the golden bar that he took from Jericho’ (Pringle, p. 117). For a brief comment by Burchard, see Pringle, p. 282. See also the notes for 255 and 311; and Abel I, pp. 406-07.

122

Critical notes

308-09 tut Israel le lapida … degastez par feu Josh 7. 25. See Comestor’s discussion of Joshua’s deliberation of Achan’s punishment, Hist.schol., col. 1265. 311 le val de Achor Josh 7. 26. Burchard places the Valley of Achor beside Gilgal and ‘half a league to the south’, adding, there ‘Achan was stoned for stealing that which had been cursed’ (Pringle, p. 282). See also the notes for 255 and 306-07. 316 Mettez aguaitz a la citee parderere Josh 8. 2. See Peter the Chanter’s discussion of the legitimacy of the use of deceit in warfare, which keys on this verse (SOTB, pp. 212-13). Joshua’s successfully executed ambush at Ai is Sanudo’s first example of the usefulness of the military ploy: ‘Just how useful ambushes are to warriors when it suits them is known from the direct command of God to Joshua: for the handing over of the city of Hay God ordered: “lay an ambush behind the city.” And when Joshua pretended to flee with his men, the citizens followed him so that not one man remained behind. Those who lay in ambush rose up and burned the city to the ground’ (BSFC, pp. 427-28; LSFC, p. 269). 323 il quiderount nous fuire si com devaunt Josh 8. 6. ‘they will believe us to flee’, i.e. ‘they will think we are fleeing as we did before’ at the earlier rout at Ai. The translator follows the structure of V: putabunt … fugere nos sicut prius. There is a similar structure at line 433. 340-71 For a photographic reproduction of BL Royal 1 C III, fol. 149r, see the frontispiece. 345 com il out enhaucee son escu Josh 8. 18. Comestor: ‘elevavit clypeum’ (Hist.schol., col. 1265). Comestor conjectures that since the Israelites had shields, they may have had horses, too (col. 1266), although V does not support this. 367-76 mount de Hebal … mount de Garizin Josh 8. 30-33. Ernoul associates Mt Ebal with Cain: ‘tousiours seke, qu’il n’i a se piéres non et cailleus; al pié de la Montaigne Kain a une cité qui a non Cicar’ (quoted by Abel I, p. 370). Burchard writes of ‘a high mountain with two crests, one of which is called Mount Gerizim and the other Mount Ebal’ (Pringle, p. 278). Following Burchard’s account, Sanudo: near Mount Garizim is ‘Ebal where Joshua built an altar and offered burnt offerings to the Lord. He wrote Deuteronomy that is, according to some, the commandments concerning both. He placed one part of the people with priests and levites in Ebal, and another part with priests and levites in Garizi and they shouted out blessings and curses for themselves in turn, just as Moses had commanded’ (BSFC, p. 396; LSFC, pp. 248-49). Of the site of this ceremony, Abel: ‘Deux amphithéâtres naturels ouverts dans le flanc des montagnes entre les ruines de Sichem et la moderne Naplouse se présentent comme le lieu le plus favorable à cette scène, les tribus du Nord prenant place sur la pente de l’Ebal, celles du Sud sur la pente du Garizim’ (I, p. 362). For ‘The region of Shechem’ ( Josh 8. 30-35, lines 367-82), see Yohanan Aharoni and Michael Avi-Yonah, The Macmillan Bible Atlas, 3rd edn rev. by Anson F. Rainey and Ze’ev Safrai (New York: Macmillan, 1993), Map 55. Yâkût consolidates Ebal and Garizim under the name At Tûr, ‘the holy mountain’, noting that it is revered by Samaritans and Jews alike.

Critical notes

123

See PUM, p. 74; and Abel I, pp. 360-70. This Montaigne Kain is not to be confused with Caymont in Benjamin Z. Kedar, ‘The Frankish Period: “Cain’s Mountain”’, in B. Z. Kedar, Franks, Muslims and Oriental Christians in the Latin Levant (Aldershot: Ashgate, 2006), pp. 1-14. See also the notes for 375-76 and 789. 369-70 ‘un altier des perres nyenttaillés les queus feer ne out tuchee’ Josh 8. 31. See Deut 27. 5-8. 375-76 le mount de Garizin Josh 8. 33. Burchard: ‘On Mount Gerizim the altar of Joshua was constructed as was written in Deuteronomy and they stood blessing and cursing, and from Mount Ebal they responded, as was ordained in Deuteronomy 28’ (Pringle, pp. 27879). See also the note for 367-76. 388 cil qe habiterent en Gabaon Josh 9. 3. Jerome: ‘Gabaon … Once it was the metropolis and royal city of the Hivites’ (OEC, p. 41; LL, p. 900). Sanudo: ‘the Gabeonites used a trick to make a treaty with Joshua and the people of Israel, saying that they had come from a far away land: on account of this deceit they were condemned to slavery as hewers of wood and carriers of water’ (BSFC, p. 162; LSFC, p. 100; for Burchard’s similar report, see Pringle, p. 300). Abel: ‘Métropole des Hévéens installés dans la montagne’ (II, p. 335). See also the note for 433-34. 401 Basan Josh 9. 10. Abbot Daniel: ‘In this town of Bashan lived Og, King of Bashan, whom Joshua, son of Nun, slew at Jericho… This place is terrible and difficult of access for here live fierce pagan Saracens who attack travellers at the fords on these rivers. And lions are found here in great numbers’ (Wilkinson, p. 156). For Moses’s defeat and slaying of King Sihon of the Amorites and King Og of Bashan, see Num 25. 410 point ne demaunderent la bouche de Nostre Sire Josh 9. 14. Comestor: ‘et os Domini non interrogaverunt’ (Hist.schol., col. 1266). 416 Cariathjarim Josh 9. 17. Burchard: Kiriath-jearim (Cariathiarim) was ‘one of the towns of the Gibeonites, in which the Ark of the Lord remained for twenty years after it was returned from the Philistines’ (Pringle, p. 301). Abel: ‘« villa sylvarum » … L’ancien nom était Qiryath-Baʽal … Dans la vallée … les Hospitaliers élevèrent, vers 1145, la crypte et l’église dont la sévérité des lignes était atténuée par des fresques de technique byzantine. Ils pensaient honorer ainsi, en vertu d’une adaptation des 60 stades à leur localité, la “Fontaine des Emaus” au bord de laquelle le Christ se serait assis pour la fraction du pain, et, par le fait même, le couvent fortifié devenait le “castellum Emmaus, quod moderni Fontenoid vocant”’ (II, pp. 419-20). For the Ark at Kiriath-jearim, see I Sam 6. For Christ’s breaking of bread at Emmaus, see Luke 24. 13-35. See also the notes for 702 and 750. 433 il juggea a cel jour eux a estre en le ministre Josh 9. 27. ‘He determined that day that they should be servants’. The translator follows the structure in V: decrevitque in illo die esse eos in ministerium. See also the note for 323.

124

Critical notes

433-34 en le ministre … colpauntz fustz et portauntz eawes Josh 9. 27. Comestor gives the Gibeonites, now wood-cutters and water-bearers in perpetuity, the name ‘Natinæi’ (for Nathinæi), ‘servants in the temple’, ‘qui … ligna cæderent, et aquas comportarent in usus altaris’ (Hist.schol., col. 1266; Dictionary of Medieval Latin from British Sources). Blenkinsopp calls the nethinim ‘the lowest class of temple personnel’ and finds ‘no reason at all to doubt an historical nexus between Gibeonites and nethinim’. See Joseph Blenkinsopp, Gibeon and Israel: The Role of Gibeon and the Gibeonites in the Political and Religious History of Early Israel (Cambridge: University Press, 1972), pp. 106-07. See also the note for 388. 436 Queles choses com Adonisedech Josh 10. 1. For ‘The battle of Gibeon’ ( Josh 10. 1-15, lines 436-69), see MBA, Map 56. 441 Hebron Josh 10. 3. Saewulf: ‘Hebron, where the Holy Patriarchs Abraham, Isaac and Jacob lie, buried separately, and their wives with them, and similarly Adam, the first-created man’ (Wilkinson, p. 110). The Work on Geography: ‘Hebron was once, from the time after the flood until the coming of the children of Israel, the capital of the Philistines and a place where Giants lived … Hebron was founded by the giants seven years before they founded Tanis, a city of Egypt … Hebron is called “Arbe”, which is Saracen for “Four”, and before this name “Kariath” is added which means in the same language “City”, that is “Cariatharbe”, the “city of four”. This is because there lie at rest in a common grave the first-created Adam, and the three great patriarchs Abraham, Isaac and Jacob, in a double cave in the field of Ephron, and their four wives with them, Eve our Mother, Sara, Rebecca and Leah … In Hebron the spies of the promised land, Caleb and Joshua, made their first exploration’ (Wilkinson, pp. 181-83). For accounts by Arab writers, including Hebron’s tradition of hospitality to poor pilgrims, see PUM, pp. 309-27. See also Marmardji, pp. 48-50, 59-70. For the Arabs, Hebron is Masjid Ibrâhîm, the mosque of Abraham. For Burchard’s account of Hebron and environs, see Pringle, pp. 305-06. Sanudo: ‘Ebron was once the capital of the Philistines, where a giant lived whose name in antiquity was Cariatharbe ( Judges 1), which sounds in Saracen like Civitas quatuor’ (BSFC, p. 280; LSFC, p. 176); and ‘Ancient Ebron is where David reigned for seven years. It is on a high mountain and is in ruins. Three bow shots to the south and slightly to the east is New Ebron, where the double cave was. Two good bow shots to the west from those caves is the field of Damascus … A bow shot south from where the ditch was dug is the place where Cain killed Abel. Two bow shots west from this same ditch, on a hill on the south side of Old Hebron, is a cave in the rock, 30 feet wide and the same in length, where Adam and Eve mourned the death of Abel, where their beds are shown and there a spring rises’ (BSFC, p. 395; LSFC, p. 248). Abel: formerly called ‘Qiryat Arbaʽ, métropole des Anaqim, peuplade mentionnée dans les ostraca de l’an 2000 … Le nom de Ḥebrôn lui vint sans doute des ḫabiru hycsos lorsque ceux-ci refirent sept ans avant Tanis la cité conquise sur les géants, Num. XIII, 22’ (II, p. 346). See also the notes for 679 and 681.

Critical notes

125

444 Por ceo cink rois des Amorreux assemblez Josh 10. 5. Sanudo: ‘Five kings came together against Gabeon because of this treaty, and Joshua attacked them suddenly and defeated them and they watched whilst those running away were killed by hailstones: and the sun stood still at the request of Joshua, while the people avenged themselves on their enemies and the whole army returned safe and sound and no one dared to fight against the children of Israel. Thus was God’s mercy shown to his chosen as well as severity to his enemies’ (BSFC, p. 162; LSFC, p. 100). 456 la voie de l’ascensioun de Betheron Josh 10. 10. The ‘way of Betheron’, a key strategic road in northern Judah, climbs up the steep ‘ascent of Betheron’ and leads from there to Gibeon and Jerusalem. The ‘ascent’ was also called the ‘descent’ (la descencioun, line 458), depending on direction. See Yohanan Aharoni, The Land of the Bible: A Historical Geography, rev. and enlarged edn, trans. and ed. A. F. Rainey (Philadelphia: Westminster, 1979), p. 59 and Map 3, ‘The Main Roads of Palestine’. Our text’s later references to ‘upper’ and ‘lower’ Betheron indicate that part of the town was located near the top of the slope and the other part at its foot. Jerome: ‘But there are two hamlets … One is called Upper Bethoron … and the other Lower Bethoron’ (OEC, p. 33; LL, p. 880). The Work on Geography: ‘Beth-Horon is in the tribe of the sons of Joseph. It is the city to which Joshua routed the tribes. There are two Beth-Horons, the Upper and the Lower’ (Wilkinson, p. 203). For Bethoron road, see Abel II, pp. 220-21. 462 Ne soies tu meuz contre Gabaon Josh 10. 12. Abbot Daniel: ‘And to the west of this place [Gilgal] there is a high and very great mountain called Gabaon and above this mountain the sun stood still for half a day until Joshua son of Nun had conquered his enemies … and all the kingdoms of Canaan. And when Joshua was completely victorious, the sun set’ (Wilkinson, p. 139). The Work on Geography: ‘[Gibeon] is where Solomon was given the divine prophecy and when Joshua the son of Nun was fighting, the sun is said to have stood still’ (Wilkinson, p. 204). For Solomon at Gibeon, see 2 Chron 1. 3-13. See also the note for 388. 463 le solail et la lune esturent Josh 10. 13. Macé: ‘Li sollaux ert sus Gabaon, / Et la lune desus Helon / Tant que tuit furent surmonté / Li anemi et tult gasté’ (lines 9017-20). 468-69 les cink rois s’enfuirent et soy muscerent en la fossee de la citee de Maceda Josh 10. 16. Burchard: ‘Three leagues from [Libnah] on the road leading to Gibeon (Gabaa), is the town of Azekah (Azeca), with Makkedah (Maceda) next to it, both of which Joshua took after relieving the Gibeonites. There (Makkedah) the five kings hid themselves in a cave’ (Pringle, p. 309 and n. 456). 493 A cel jour adecertes prist Josue Macedam Josh 10. 28. For ‘Conquest of southern Shephelah districts (and central hill country)’ ( Josh 10. 28-35, lines 493-507), see MBA, Map 58. See also Abel II, p. 378.

126

Critical notes

513 Dabira Josh 10. 38. Burchard: Debir was also known as Kiriath-sepher, ‘that is, the “city of the letters”, which Othoniel, the son of Kenaz and brother of Caleb the younger took; and Caleb gave him Achash, his daughter’ (Pringle, p. 306). See also Abel II, pp. 303-04 [Debir (1)] and 421-22 (Qiryath Sepher). Abel: ‘Au sujet de l’existence de Q. Sepher au IVe s. nous n’avons que l’allusion lointaine de la lettre CVIII de S. Jérôme. Ste Paule se contente de pousser jusqu’aux sources inférieures et supérieures reçues par Othoniel’ (II, p. 422). See also the notes for 713-14 and 742. 520 Cadesbarne Josh 10. 41. The largest oasis in the northern Sinai peninsula, Kadeshbarnea was a central assembly point and command post during the Israelites’ wilderness period. The oasis was a staging area for the Israelites’ penetration into Canaan; from Kadesh-barnea, Moses sent out spies, including Joshua and Caleb, to scout the land. See further LOTB, p. 200. Sanudo: ‘Cadesbarne from where Moses sent out the spies. The children of Israel stayed here for a long time’ (BSFC, p. 401; LSFC, p. 251). See also Abel II, p. 412. • Gaza Matthew Paris’s map of Palestine in British Library, Lansdowne MS 253, contains relatively few place-names mentioned in Joshua. It does bear the legend, Ci est le chemin d’aler de Gazeres en Babiloine par mi la Berrie. 523 Queles choses com Jabin roi de Asor Josh 11. 1. Jerome: ‘Asor, a city of the Kingdom of Jabin, the only one Joshua burnt, because it was the mother-city of the Philistines’ (OEC, p. 19; LL, p. 368). Burchard: ‘Of this place it is also said in Joshua 11 that “a ravenous flame consumed strong Hazor alone”. The ruins of this city attest its fame down to the present day’ (Pringle, p. 254). Hazor was ‘the largest Palestinian city ever built in the biblical period’. It was probably a main center for chariotry and horses in Syria and Palestine and may also have been the capital of Canaan. One of the city’s prominent features was a rectangular, 175-acre enclosure over a half-mile in length which was surrounded by a high ramp and buttressed on two sides by an artificial moat (LOTB, pp. 148-49). Abel also mentions ‘les restes d’une vaste écurie à piliers’ (II, p. 345). 526 Dor joste la meer Josh 11. 2. Jerome: ‘Dor Nafeth. Symmachus translates as Dor Maritima. This is Dora nine milestones from Caesarea [Maritima] in Palestine on the way to Tyre, now deserted’ (OECI, p. 47; LL, p. 891). See also Abel II, p. 308. 528 les racynes de Hermon Josh 11. 3. Jabal ath Thalj, ‘the Mountain of Snow’. For Sanudo’s comments, see BSFC, pp. 398-99; LSFC, p. 250. 531 les eawes de Meron Josh 11. 5. Burchard: Joshua smote and pursued Jabin, king of Hazor, and thirty other kings from the waters of Merom ‘as far as the waters of Misrephoth (Maserephot) and Great Sidon, a distance of almost eight leagues’ (Pringle, p.  255). Sanudo: ‘Halfway between its source and the Sea of Galilee [the Jordan] enters a valley, where it collects in a pool when the snow melts on Mount Lebanon. This is called the waters of Maron, where Joshua fought with Jabyn, King of Asor and 24 other kings’ (BSFC, p. 401; LSFC, pp. 251-52). For ‘The battle of the waters of Merom’ ( Josh 11. 1-15,

Critical notes

127

lines 523-51), see MBA, Map 62. Abel’s Planche 14 (I, p. 2) shows ʽAin el-Mellaḥa. For descriptions of the Hûlah Lake by Arab writers, see PUM, pp. 68-69. See also Abel I, pp. 162, 492-94. 533-34 Tu southnerveras hoƷsin lour chivals et arderas lour curres al feu Josh 11. 6. Comestor: ‘equos eorum subnervabis, et currus igne combures’ (Hist.schol., col. 1267). 536 grant Sydon Josh 11. 8. Matthew Paris includes a handful of prominent coastal cities, including Sidon, in his map of Palestine in Cambridge, Corpus Christi College, MS 26. Of Sidon, the legend reads: Saete ki en latin est apelee Sydon. For a digital reproduction, see https://parker.stanford.edu/parker/catalog/rf352tc5448 (accessed 25 April 2019). See also Itinéraires à Jérusalem et descriptions de la Terre Sainte redigés en français aux XIe, XIIe & XIIIe siècles, eds Henri Michelant and Gaston Raynaud (Geneva: Jules-Guillaume Fick, 1882; archive.org), p. 135. For extended comments by Burchard, see Pringle, pp. 248-49. Sanudo: ‘Sidon is a noble city on the seashore, situated in the province of Phoenicia. It is commonly called Sageta. It was once a great city, sited along the plain running from north north-west to the south, under the Anti-Lebanon mountains. From the ruins another city was built, small but fortified, having two reasonably strong castles within. One to the south on a rock in the sea was built by the German pilgrims. The other to the south on a hill belongs to the Templars. The adjoining land is rich in fruit-bearing trees and woods, fruitful fields, pastures and vines. Sidon was also honoured by a visit from Our Lord. And before the east gate of the ancient city, a chapel is built in the place where the Canaanite woman prayed for her daughter’ (BSFC 247-48; LSFC 155). Abel: ‘elle était au temps des Arabes sous le nom de Ṣaida et sous les Croisades avec le nom de Sagette … une des plus belles villes de la côte syrienne’ (II, p. 461). Idrîsî describes a species of small fish taken in Sidon which, when eaten by a man, acts as an aphrodisiac. See PUM, pp. 346-47. For the prayer of the Canaanite woman, see Mt 15. 21-28. 537 Maserephoth Josh 11. 8. Abel: ‘site de l’âge du Bronze habité jusqu’au moyen âge où, sous le nom de Meserefe, il est un fief de Jean d’Ibelin, seigneur de Baruth’ (II, p. 388). 554 Seir Josh 11. 17. A hill country and mountain. ‘I have given Mount Seir to Esau as a possession’ (Deut 2. 5). Here Esau’s descendants settled after driving out the Horim (Deut 2. 12, 22). Burchard provides a full if inconclusive account of three mountains named Seir, in various locations (Pringle, pp. 264-67), and Sanudo follows him (BSFC, pp. 398-99; LSFC, p. 250). See Abel I, pp. 389-91. 554-55 la plaine de Liban Josh 11. 17. Burchard: ‘called in Joshua the plains of Lebanon or the region of Trachonitis, because, since that land lacks running waters, the inhabitants collect water in pools and cisterns when it rains and convey it from place to place by underground channels (tracones) in order to sustain themselves and their beasts of burden’ (Pringle, pp. 255-56). NRSV: ‘the valley of Lebanon’.

128

Critical notes

561 Enachim Josh 11. 21. Chapman: ‘Anakim, “giants” (Hebrew). One of the pre-Israelite peoples of Canaan, appearing chiefly around Hebron and in Philistia’ (OEC, p. 128). See also the notes for 441, 564, and 681-82. 564 Gaza Josh 11. 22. For accounts by Arab writers, see Marmardji, pp. 154-57. Sanudo: ‘a very ancient city … one of the five former cities of the Philistines. “This is desert” (Acts 8). The fourth King of Jerusalem rebuilt this ruined and abandoned place and on part of a high hill which had once been part of the city, he built a fortress and gave it in perpetuity to the Knights of the Temple to defend from the enemy. The double gates of this city, Samson ( Judges 16), sleeping until midnight, waking up, and carrying them by hand, climbed the mountain just like Christ sleeping in the tomb, breaking the gate of hell and ascending the mountain of glory’ (BSFC, p. 262; LSFC, pp. 164-65). Abel: ‘Au moyen âge elle eut un regain de vie avec les Templiers sous Baudouin III’ (II, p. 328). • Geth Josh 11. 22. Jerome: ‘Geth. Here there remain giants called Enacim and Philistine inhabitants’ (OEC, 42; LL 900). Abel: ‘ville de géants’ (II, p. 325). • Asote Jerome: ‘Asdod … now called Azotus, in which giants were left behind, who were called Enacim’ (OEC, p. 20; LL, p. 869). Abel: ‘Ville des ʽAnaqim, puis des Philistins’ (II, p. 254). 568 l’eawe de Arnon Josh 12. 1. The River Arnon, Nahr al Maujib. In Idrîsî’s account, the Arnon is a great river ‘shut in by two cliffs of the mountain sides … The road goes between these two cliffs, which are not far apart, being distant so little space that a man may talk to another across them. The cliffs overhang the banks of the river, and though, as just said, you may hear a man speak across from one to the other, you must descend six miles and ascend six if you would get from the one cliff to that opposite’ (PUM, p. 55). Thietmar describes the torrent of Arnon as ‘a wonderful valley, awesome and very deep, where the children of Israel killed the Amorites … have never seen precipices so great and so frightening’ (Pringle, p. 120). Abel, I, p. 177, states, the Arnon is ‘Le plus considérable des tributaires de la mer Morte après le Jourdain’; Abel emphasizes ‘la physionomie sauvage de cette vallée’ and quotes the Onomasticon which terms it ‘le coin horrible et périlleux d’une vallée aux flancs escarpés et abrupts, lieu de sang et de terreur’ (I, p. 487). For a picture of the gorge of Arnon, see Abel I, Planche IV, 2. 571-72 l’eawe de Jaboc Josh 12. 2. The River Jabbok. Abel: ‘le Yabboq traçait une frontière naturelle entre les royaumes de ‘Og qui régnait sur Bašan et de Sihon l’Amorréen résidant à Ḥešbôn, divisant ainsi en deux parties le pays de Galaad’ (I, p. 485). 581 Ceo sount les rois de la terre les queux Josue feri Josh 12. 7. Sanudo: ‘Finally, the people of Israel slew 31 Kings who had opposed Joshua. Now was completed the curse that Noah had placed on his son who had laughed at him. He said “Cursed be the son of Cham he shall be a servant of servants to his brothers”’ (BSFC, p. 162; LSFC, p. 100). For Noah’s curse, see Gen 9. 24-26. For ‘The list of kings of Canaan’ ( Josh 12. 7-24, lines 581-96), see MBA, Map 63; for further discussion, LOTB, pp. 230-32.

Critical notes

129

589 Gader Josh 12. 13. Aharoni doubts that Geder was ever a royal Canaanite center and proposes that the original place-name here may have been Gerar (LOTB, p. 231). See Abel II, p. 329. 593 Someron Josh 12. 20. Jerome: ‘Someron. This Joshua took, killing its king. They say now that it is called instead Sebaste, a town of Palestine, where the relics of St John the Baptist are to be found’ (OEC, p. 86; LL, p. 920). Abel: ‘Samarie prit le nom de SÉBASTÉ qu’elle a conservé jusqu’à nos jours … Les Croisés relevèrent la basilique de Saint-Jean-Baptiste déjà fréquentée au IVe s. et détruite par les Arabes, où l’on vénérait la sépulture du Précurseur … En 1931, les fouilleurs trouvèrent … une église du VIIe s. dédiée suivant les pèlerins médiévaux à l’invention du chef de S. Jean-Baptiste’ (II, pp. 445-46). 594 Cedes Josh 12. 22. Abel: ‘Au moyen âge Cades relève de Maron (Marūn) et passe de Jocelin, sénéchal de Guy de Lusignan, aux Teutoniques; Burchard en 1283 en admire les ruines et les sarcophages’ (II, p. 416). • Carmel Josh 12. 22. Sanudo: ‘Carmel is a high, flat-topped mountain extending as long as an island, both under the sea and above the sea; it looks back towards the north-west and on its summit is a church dedicated to Saint Margaret. On its north side is a certain reef that extends for a mile. From Mount Carmel to Castrum Peregrinum is five miles by sailing south’ (BSFC, p. 144; LSFC, p. 86). Elsewhere he adds, ‘Some inspired by the example of Elijah, followed a solitary life on Mount Carmel, especially in that place that overlooks the city of Caypha, next to the spring which is called the spring of Elijah not far from the monastery of the Blessed Margaret. Like bees in the bee house of their cells, they are busy in the service of the Lord, making honey from a sweet spirit’ (BSFC, p. 281; LSFC, p. 177). For Elisha at Mt Carmel, see 2 Kings 4. 8-37. 597 Josue estoit vieux Josh 13. 1. For ‘The land that yet remains’ ( Josh 13. 1-6, lines 597-608), see MBA, Map 69. For ‘The border of the tribal territories’ ( Josh 13-19, lines 597-922), Maps 70-71. See further LOTB, pp. 232-39 and Map 17, ‘The Land which remained and the Unconquered Canaanite Cities’. 600 Acaron Josh 13. 3. Abel: ‘Jerôme connaissait des gens qui identifiaient Accaron avec la Tour de Straton ou Césarée. Le moyen âge la plaçait à ʽAkka, donnant le nom de Tour des Mouches en souvenir de Béelzebub à la tour du fanal élevée dans le port’ (II, p. 319). 604-05 mount de Hermon Josh 13. 5. Abel I, pp. 347-49. 637 Rabba Josh 13. 25. Abel: ‘Belmont au moyen âge, cette place fut fortifiée par les Hospitaliers qui y transportèrent Modin à cause de la proximité de leur Emmaüs à Q. elʽInab … Belmont fut remis à Saladin pour la rançon d’une partie des habitants de Jérusalem en 1187 … Démantelée par Saladin en 1191’ (II, pp. 423-24).

130

Critical notes

666 Moises … moy envoia de Cadesbarne qe jeo regardasse la terre Josh 14. 7. Al-Qazwînî relates that Moses led six hundred thousand fighting men out of Egypt: ‘A leur arrivée au désert qui s’étend entre l’Égypte et la Syrie, Moïse envoya douze chefs, un de chaque tribu, comme messagers aux géants, afin de se rendre compte de leur situation. A leur approche de Jéricho, un homme des Amalécites, les rencontrant, demanda de leurs nouvelles. “Nous sommes, répondirent-ils, les envoyés de Moïse, Messager de Dieu, vers vous.” Alors, les fourrant dans sa manche comme on ferait de moineaux, il les emporta au roi des Amalécides, devant qui il les jeta. “Voilà, dit-il, ceux qui veulent nous combattre. Me permettez-vous de les fouler aux pieds et de les démembrer?” – “Non, répondit le roi; laissez-les plutôt retourner à leur peuple, afin qu’ils leur fassent connaître notre état, notre force et leur faiblesse.” De retour, les chefs racontèrent ce qu’ils avaient vu. Aussi, le peuple refusa-t-il d’entrer en Syrie, à cause des géants qui y étaient. Parmi les chefs, il y avait Josué ben Nûn, cousin de Moïse, et Kâlib ben Yûfannâ, gendre de Moïse’ (Marmardji, p. 8). 679 Josue le benesquist et ly bailla Ebron Josh 14. 13. When Caleb receives Hebron, ‘Illecques rot dure mellee / Et bataille mot fiere et grant, / Quar au fil[s] d’Enab le jeant / Ot Caleb grant bataille et guerre, / Ainz qu’il fust sires de la terre’ (Macé, lines 9098-9102). See also the notes for 441 and 681. 681 Cariatarbe Josh 14. 15. Bede: ‘Hebron … has a double cave in a valley, where the Sepulchres of the Patriarchs are surrounded by a rectangular wall, their heads turned to the north, each of them covered with one stone hewn like a Basilica, the stone being white in the case of the Patriarchs, darker and of commoner workmanship in Adam’s, who lies not far from them towards the north end of that wall’ (CHP, p. 77; DLS, p. 266). Sanudo: ‘For Ebron was once the capital of the Philistines, where a giant lived whose name in antiquity was Cariatharbe ( Judges 1), which sounds in Saracen like Civitas quatuor’ (BSFC, p. 280; LSFC, p. 176). See also the notes for 441 and 679. 681-82 ly grant Adam est illoeqe mys Josh 14.15 V Adam maximus ibi inter Enacim situs est. NRSV speaks rather of Arba, ‘the greatest man among the Anakim’. 683 Lors estoit le sort des filz Juda Josh 15. 1. For ‘The border of the tribal territories’ ( Josh 15-16, lines 683-772), see MBA, Map 71. For ‘The borders of the tribe of Benjamin and its neighbors’ ( Josh 15-18, lines 683-863), Map 73. See further LOTB, Map 18, ‘The Tribal Boundaries’, and the author’s discussion of tribal boundaries, pp. 248-60. 684 desert de Syn Josh 15. 1. LOTB, p. 198: Kadesh-barnea ‘is usually described as being in the wilderness of Zin (Num. 20. 1; 27. 14; 33. 36)’. 693 la perre de Boem Josh 15. 6. Burchard: the stone of Bohan is ‘the size of a bread oven and appears to be marble’ (Pringle, p. 286).

Critical notes

131

695 l’ascensioun de Adomim Josh 15. 7. Jerome: ‘Adummin … In Latin it can be called the Ascent of the Reds or the Blood-Stains, because of the blood that has been shed there by thieves … The Lord is also recorded as mentioning it as a cruel and blood-stained place in a parable of the man going down to Jericho from Jerusalem’ (OEC, pp. 21-22; LL, p. 870). Located on the road from Jerusalem to Jericho, the ascent of Adummim is the place where the Good Samaritan saved the life of a traveller whom thieves had stripped, beaten, and left to die (Luke 10. 29-37). Burchard: ‘In modern times this has happened to many people in the same place, and the locality has taken its name from the frequent shedding of blood. Indeed, it is horrible to see and very dangerous, unless one goes with an escort’ (Pringle, p. 286). This road is also called ‘the way to the Arabah’, and the section from Jericho eastward, ‘the way to the Jordan’. See LOTB, pp. 59-61 and Map 3, ‘The Main Roads of Palestine’. See Abel I, Planche IX, 1. 697-98 la fountaigne de Rogel … le vallee del filz Ennon Josh 15. 7-8. In a description of places around Jerusalem, including the torrent of Cedron, Sanudo: ‘all these waters flow down to the valley of Gehennon which is also called the place of Tophet. In this valley is also the stone of Zoeleth and the fountain Rogel where Adinias prepared a feast when he wished to be king. There is shown under the oak of Rogel the tomb of the Prophet Isaias. These are pleasant and lovely places and there gardens and orchards are watered by waters from the torrent Cedron’ (BSFC, p. 407; LSFC, p. 255). For Adonijah’s feast at ‘Zoheleth, which is beside En-rogel’, see I Kings 1. 5-10. For Gê Hinnom, see Abel I, pp. 401-02. Ennon appears as Geennon at line 699. 701 Nepthoa Josh 15. 9. Abel: ‘Connu à cause de sa source … ce village, appelé Clepsta dans la Chron. de Mathieu Paris à la date de 1241, devint un bénéfice du khân fondé par Baibars en 1263’ (II, p. 398). 702 Bala Josh 15. 9. Jerome: ‘Baal. This is Cariathiarim, that is, “the village of trees,” or, as some think, “the city of Jarim”’ (OEC 34; LL 881). Abel: ‛‟villa silvarum” … L’ancien nom était Qiryath-Baʽal’ (II, p. 419). See also the notes for 416 and 750. 706 Accaron Josh 15. 11. Mukaddasi relates the contribution of his grandfather, the architect and civil engineer Abu Bakr, to the construction of the submerged foundations of Acre’s harbor defenses. As a reward for this feat of engineering, the ruler of Egypt inscribed Abu Bakr’s name above the work. This account is repeated verbatim by Yâkût. Ibn Jubair wrote that, as a commercial port, in his day Acre was second only to Constantinople: ‘It is the meeting-place of Muslim and Christian merchants of all lands. The place is full of pigs and of crosses’. See PUM, pp. 328-34 (pp. 328-29, 332). As is well known, Matthew Paris provides many details of Acre in his maps of Palestine in British Library, Lansdowne MS 253, and in Cambridge, Corpus Christi College, MS 26. For a digital reproduction of the Corpus Christi manuscript, see https://parker.stanford.edu/parker/catalog/rf352tc5448 (accessed 25 April 2019). See also Richard Vaughan, Matthew Paris (Cambridge: University Press, 1958), Plate XVI. For a list of Matthew’s maps of Palestine, see Vaughan, p. 241. See

132

Critical notes

also Itinéraires, pp. 135-37. For a description by Burchard, see Pringle, pp. 245-46. Sanudo follows the role and fortunes of Acre (also called Ptolomayda or Acon) from the early days of the Crusades through its loss in 1291. He also inserts a pilgrimage itinerary from Acre to Jerusalem via Nazareth (BSFC, pp. 403-04; LSFC, p. 253). For ship captains, he gives instructions for avoiding reefs and shoals near Acre’s harbor (BSFC, p. 144; LSFC, p. 86). Abel: Before the city’s fall in 1291, Acre ‘devint une cosmopolis où chaque prince eut sa résidence, chaque république maritime son quartier, chaque ordre militaire sa forteresse, chaque couvent son église dominant les rues tortueuses où s’entassait la population la plus bariolée qui fût’ (II, p. 236). 707 Jebneel Josh. 15. 11. Abel: ‘Sous le nom d’Ibelin, la ville devint sous les Croisés le fief de l’illustre famille qui devait porter ce nom. Son chef, Balian le Vieux, avait reçu du roi Foulque la garde du château muni de quatre tours que celui-ci venait de bâtir pour mettre un terme aux incursions de la garnison égyptienne d’Ascalon’ (II, p. 353). 713-14 Dabir … citee des lettres Josh 15. 15. The Work on Geography: ‘In the hillcountry of Hebron over against the Philistines is Dabir, which before was called Kiriath-Sepher, that is, “The City of Letters”, which was taken by Othoniel’ (Wilkinson, p. 183). Comestor: ‘Dabir, quæ prius vocabatur Cariatsepher, id est civitas litterarum. Cives enim ejus scriptores erant’ (Hist.schol., col. 1269). See also the notes for 513 and 742. 718 Ele suspira Josh 15. 18 (V). ‘Quant sur l’arnesse fut montee, / A plorer durement se prist, / Y a son pere en plorent dist: / «Sire, quant m’avez asenee / Et la terre soiche donee, / Or me donez par grant amor / Dom ge li puisse trere humor.» / Si a son pere a ce mené / Que maintenant li a doné / Terre don grant ymor sordoit / Par les fontaines qu’el avoit’ (Macé, lines 9126-36). 721 le rosee pardesus et pardejus Josh 15. 19. Comestor: ‘Deditque Caleb ei irriguum superius, et irriguum inferius, id est agros irriguos circa civitatem ab oriente et occidente’ (Hist.schol., col. 1270). NRSV: ‘So Caleb gave her the upper springs and the lower springs’. 724 Eder Josh 15. 21. Probably a mistake for Arad (LOTB, p. 117). 730 Engamym Josh 15. 34. Burchard locates En-gannim ( Janīn, Ginnin) at the foot of Mount Ephraim on the border separating Galilee and Samaria (Pringle, p. 276). Abel II, p. 317 [‘ENGANNIM (1)]. 742 Chariathsenna Josh 15. 49. Abel: ‘c’est Debir’ (II, p. 421). See also the notes for 513 and 713-14. 746 Jezrael Josh 15. 56. Sanudo: ‘Jezrael, on the west side of Mount Gelboe, on a somewhat high place, now called Caretha. The field of Nabaoth is still pointed out before its gates.

Critical notes

133

Near the city a spring rises. A bow shot from Jezrael there is the most beautiful view of the whole of Galilee as far as the mountains of Pheniceae and mounts Tabor, Carmel and Effraym’ (BSFC, p. 396; LSFC, p. 248). Abel II, p. 365 [ JEZRÉEL (2)]. 748 Elthecen Josh 15. 59. Abel: ‘TEQOʽA … Encore chrétien au moyen âge, ce village devint un bénéfice du Saint-Sépulcre en 1132 et fut saccagé par une bande de Turcs en 1138. La même année le roi Foulques accordait aux habitants le droit d’exploiter librement le bitume et le sel de la mer Morte … La localité possédait des citernes, des silos et des tombeaux taillés dans le roc. Les Juifs du moyen âge visitaient l’une de ces grottes comme étant le tombeau d’Amos’ (II, p. 478). 750 Cariathabaal ceo est Cariathjarim Josh 15. 60. Jerome: ‘Cariathiarim, also Cariathbaal. A city of springs, one of the cities of the Gabaonites’ (OEC, p. 65; LL, p. 886). See also the notes for 416 and 702. 753 Engaddi Josh 15. 62. Jerome: ‘Engaddi. In the tribe of Judah, where David hid in the desert, which is in the Aulon of Jericho, that is, in the region of the plain … Up to today Engaddi is a very large village of Jews beside the Dead Sea, from which balsam comes, whose trees Solomon calls Engaddi’ (OEC, p. 51; LL, p. 894). For David at En-gedi, see I Sam 23. 29. Sanudo: ‘After Quarentena the very high mountain of Engadi extends towards the south, next to the western shore of the Dead Sea. It has an amazing shape with precipitous rocks and valleys. Balsam plants used to grow in Engadi but at the time of Herod of Ascalon, Queen Cleopatra, by the favour showed to her by Antony, took them away to Egypt, where they can be grown only by Christians’ (BSFC, p. 400; LSFC, p. 251). Abel: ‘oasis célèbre pour ses productions: le cyprus fournissant le henné … le baumier … le palmier’ (II, p. 317). 754 Les filz de Juda ne poient oster Jebuseum Josh 15. 63. For ‘The limits of Israelite control’ ( Josh 15. 63, lines 754-55), see MBA, Map 68. 770-71 Et les filz de Effraym ne occirent point Chananeum For ‘The limits of Israelite control’ ( Josh 16. 10, lines 770-72), see MBA, Map 68. 789 Sichen Josh 17. 7. Mukaddasi: ‘It abounds in olive-trees, and they even name it the “Little Damascus”. The town, situated in the valley, is shut in on either hand by the two mountains (of Ebal and Gerizim).’ According to Idrîsî, Shechem is the site of Jacob’s well. ’Ali of Herat states that Abraham was prepared to sacrifice his son on Gerizim. The Samaritans pray turning towards the mountain, and Jews hold it in great veneration. Ernoul provides a detailed description of this site, called Nāblus, and the nearby plain called Shechem (Pringle, pp. 146-47). For Abraham’s aborted sacrifice of his son Isaac, see Gen 22. 1-19. By Burchard’s time, Shechem was called Nāblus (Neapolis): ‘It is very pleasant and full of delights … the city is sited in the middle of a valley between very high mountains, such that anyone could hurl a stone into it by hand’ (Pringle, p. 278). He adds: ‘In Shechem are buried the

134

Critical notes

bones of Joseph, brought back from Egypt’ (Pringle, p. 279). For Arab writers, Shechem is Nâbulus, ‘the city of the Samaritans’. See PUM, pp. 511-14; and Marmardji, pp. 198-200 (Naplouse). Abel: ‘Les Puits de la Samaritaine et le Tombeau de Joseph absorbaient en ces lieux l’attention des voyageurs’ (II, p. 460). See also the notes for 367-76 and 1170-71. 798 Jeblaam Josh 17. 11. Abel: ‘C’est le castellum Beleismum du moyen âge, dont on voyait une tour jusqu’à ces derniers temps’ (II, p. 357). 799 Hendor Josh 17. 11. Jerome: ‘Endor. In the tribe of Manasseh, where the witch was consulted by Saul, King of Judaea’ (OEC, p. 55; LL, p. 896). For Saul and the witch of Endor, see I Sam 28. 3-25. 801 Et les filz de Manasse ne poeient besturner Josh 17. 12. For ‘The limits of Israelite control’ ( Josh 17. 12-18, lines 801-16), see MBA, Map 68. 809 mount de Effraym Josh 17. 15. Abel: ‘On l’appelle aussi montagne d’Israël pour la distinguer de la montagne de Juda ( Jos., 11, 21)’ (I, p. 359). 810-11 curres de feer dount en usent les Chananeus Josh 17. 16. The emendation is based on identical structures at lines 202 and 220. 817 Silo Josh 18. 1. Burchard: ‘Mount Shiloh, which is now called St Samuel. As regards its location, it is certainly higher than all the other mountains in the Holy Land, for it overtops them all … In this place the Ark of the Lord and the Tabernacle of the Covenant, which Moses had made in the desert, remained for a long time’ (Pringle, p. 300). In I Sam 4, the Ark is brought from Shiloh to Ebenezer where it is captured by the Philistines. 821-23 Eslisez treis hommes … et environent la terre et la descrivent Josh 18. 4. Although there is no basis in Joshua for his comment, Comestor writes that the chosen men were accompanied by ten surveyors charged to evaluate each region not in terms of surface area but for the region’s fertility, ‘ne secundum quantitatem terram metirentur, sed sedundum æstimationem felicis terræ’ (Hist.schol., col. 1268), adding that the cartographic expedition required seven months. 851-52 Ensemes ceo est la fountaigne du Solail Josh 18. 17 (V). Jerome: ‘Sames. That is, the spring of Sames, in the tribe of Benjamin, which Aquila translates the Fountain of the Sun’ (OEC, p. 87; LL, p. 921). 860 Ofra Josh 18. 23. Abel: ‘le Christ et les Apôtres s’y retirèrent quelques jours avant la Passion … Au sommet du village on voit les vestiges du château médiéval de Saint-Hélyes “qui anciennement ot nom Effraon” et fut donné à Boniface de Montferrat par Baudouin IV en 1185’ (II, p. 402).

Critical notes

135

862 Gabath et Cariath Josh 18. 28. According to LOTB, pp. 350-51, 356, this should read Gibeath-Kiriath-jearim. 865 Bersabee Josh 19. 2. Sanudo: ‘Bersabee commonly called Gybelyn [lies] at the end of the Land of Promise on the south, at the foot of a mountain at the beginning of the plain between the mountains and Ascalon. The Christians built [the castle] before they could capture Ascalon to restrain the pride and the violent raids of the Ascalonites more easily’ (BSFC, p. 263; LSFC, p. 165). 873 Et le tiertz sort des filz Zabulon Josh 19. 10. For ‘The borders of the tribes in Galilee’ ( Josh 19. 10-39, lines 873-906), see MBA, Map 72. 874 Sarith Josh 19. 10, 12. LOTB, p. 117, raises the likelihood that ‘the original form of this name was Sadud’. 880 Bethleem Josh 19. 15. For descriptions of medieval Bethlehem by Arab writers, see PUM, pp. 298-300, and Marmardji, pp. 24-26. Sanudo provides a detailed itinerary for a pilgrimage from Jerusalem to Bethlehem and Hebron (BSFC, pp. 410-12; LSFC, pp. 25759). Abel II, p. 276. 885 Thabor Josh 19. 22. Yâkût mentions the annual fair at Mt Tabor and the recent construction and dismantling of a strong castle there by the son of Sultan al-Adil, al-Muʻaẓẓam ʻĪsā (PUM, p. 75, and Marmardji, p. 134; see also Pringle, p. 271 and n. 215). Likewise, Yâkût and other Arab writers describe Tabor’s monastery of the Transfiguration, built of black stone, and its extensive vineyards (Marmardji, pp. 77-78). Burchard: ‘Today there are shown there the ruins of the three tabernacles or enclosures that were built according to Peter’s wish. In the same place there are besides great ruins of halls, towers and monastic buildings, in which there now lurk lions and other animals; and the royal hunting parks are there’ (Pringle, p. 271). For Peter’s wish, see Mt 17. 4. See also Abel I, pp. 353-57. 893 Chabul Josh 19. 27. Of Cabul, Sanudo: ‘The Saracens call it Castrum Zabulon, which sounds different from 3 Kings 9’ (BSFC, p. 395; LSFC, p. 248). Abel: The Franks called it Cabor (II, p. 287). • Chane Josh 19. 28. Jerome: ‘Cana. Near Greater Sidon, for indeed there is a Lesser Sidon, whence it is called Greater for distinction. Cana was in the tribe of Asher, where Our Lord and Saviour turned water into wine, and where Nathaniel the true Israelite assented to the witness of the Saviour’ (OEC, p. 65; LL, pp. 886-87). Abel: ‘Canna du moyen âge’ (II, p. 412). For the miracle at Cana, see John 2. 1-11. For Christ’s calling of Nathanael, John 1. 43-51. 894 citee tresgarnie Tyrum Josh 19. 29. Al-Maqdisî (985) calls attention to Tyre’s municipal water system: ‘Les habitants ont de l’eau qui leur arrive par un canal suspendu’ (Marmardji, p. 120). Idrîsî notes Tyre’s production of ‘long-necked vases of glass and pottery’ and of a fine white clothes-stuff for export; Yâqût calls Tyre ‘la plus célèbre, la plus belle et la

136

Critical notes

plus fortifiée des villes du littoral de la mer de Syrie’. For these and other descriptions by Arab writers, see PUM, pp. 342-45; and Marmardji, pp. 119-24. Matthew Paris includes brief descriptions of the coastal cities of Tyre, Sidon, and Beirut in his map of Palestine in Cambridge, Corpus Christi College, MS 26: E mut i a sur la marine renumees cité[s] e v[i]les e chastés cum Baruth e autres plusurs ki ne porroient estre fait ne nis escrites ne marchées; mais la plus renumée e forte cité est Sur, ki est apelée en latin Tyrus, e pus i est un[e] autre ki est apelée Sydon, ço est Saete. E sace chescun ke Nostre Seignur, quant en terre fu cunversant, mut repaira vers cele[s] parties, si cum hom lit en la euvangile. Sur est de mut grant force, kar ele [est] mut enclose de mer. For a digital reproduction, see https://parker. stanford.edu/parker/catalog/rf352tc5448 (accessed 25 April 2019). See also Itinéraires, p. 135. For Christ’s ministry in Tyre, see Mark 7. 24-30. Burchard visited the ‘wonderful “well of living waters”’, in fact, four wells located beyond Scandalion (Iskandarūna) along the seaside road leading to Tyre: ‘They distribute those waters throughout the whole plain of Tyre and in this way irrigate the gardens, orchards and sugar-canes … ’; the watercourses leading from the wells also ‘power six fairly large mill-wheels’ (Pringle, p. 246). Sanudo gives instructions to sea-captains for avoiding the reefs surrounding Tyre’s harbor, adding, ‘two and a half cables should be allowed for all these reefs and the utmost caution taken since there is little depth of water’ (BSFC, p. 143; LSFC, p. 86). In relating the Crusaders’ successful siege of Tyre in 1124, Sanudo: ‘In Joshua 19 too Holy Scripture calls Tyre the strongest of cities. Tyre is on the sea with a wall and counter walls and strengthened with high towers. The gate is well-placed and secure. Within the circuit there is a harbour for ships. On the land side it is enclosed with a triple wall and it has deep and broad ditches into which the waters of the sea can be brought. The walls are decorated with 12 enormously strong towers. The citadel of the city also has towers and is situated on a rock out in the sea, marked out by towers and palaces. It is the capital and metropolis of the whole province of Phoenicia, abounding in fish, fountains and irrigated streams of sweet water attractive with vines and fruitful fields on the south side as far as Scandelium. And to the north north-east … there is a spring or well, on which the Lord Jesus, tired after a journey, is said to have rested. It has very clear water and fills up copiously so that it irrigates all the apple orchards and gardens of olives and the whole area … There was also there outside the East gate … a stone on which Christ preached … There too the devoted woman cried out: “blessed is the womb that bore you etc.”’ (BSFC, p. 254; see further p. 391; LSFC, pp. 159-60). Sanudo: ‘In Hebrew it is called Sur and we often commonly call it Sur’ (BSFC, p. 254; LSFC, p. 160). Abel II, pp. 488-89. For ‘blessed is the womb that bore you’, see Luke 11. 27-28. • la corde de Acciba The scribe writes la peite (?) corde de Acciba, perhaps a reminiscence of lines 70-71 where we find ceste petite corde coccine in the tale of Rahab. There is no trace of the modifier peite, however, either in V (de funiculo Acziba, Josh 19. 29) or P (la bounde et Zima, fol. 140), and in any case here corde clearly refers to a portion of land. 899 Sananym Josh 19. 33. Jerome: ‘Senanim. An oak tree belonging to the boundary of Naphthali’ (OEC, p. 87; LL, p. 921). Abel II, p. 439.

Critical notes

137

908 Estahol Josh 19. 41. Jerome: ‘Esthaol. In the tribe of Dan, where Samson died’ (OEC, p. 52; LL, p. 871). According to Judges 16. 31, Samson was buried ‘between Zorah and Eshtaol in the tomb of his father Manoah’. 912 Lesem Josh 19. 47. Burchard calls this city by other names, including Bāniyās (Belinas) and Laish (Lais) (Pringle, p. 254). Abel II, p. 302 (DAN). 913 Lesemdan Josh 19. 47. Burchard: ‘And because [Bāniyās] was far from Sidon … , and because the people there had no alliances—it being in the region of Beth-rehob (Roob)— the children of Dan took it and called it Leshem Dan (Lesen Dan), after the name of Dan their father’ (Pringle, p. 254). 918-19 Thammath Saraa Josh 19. 50. Citing Josephus, Comestor: Joshua received Timnathserah and Shechem (Hist.schol., col. 1269). Abel II, pp. 481-82. See also the note for 1165. 986 Cartha Josh 21. 34. Abel: ‘Quand les Templiers creusèrent les fondations du ChâteauPèlerin, en 1217, ils trouvèrent, suivant Jacques de Vitry, 1. III, les arasements d’une localité ancienne, des monnaies phéniciennes et des sources d’eau vive’ (II, p. 414). 988-90 De la lignee de Ruben … quatre citez od lour suburbes The Bibelwissenschaft Vulgate omits Josh 21. 36, and the verse is bracketed on the latinvulgate.com site. 1022 les monumentz de Jordan Josh 22. 10. Jerome: ‘Galiloth. A place across the Jordan in the tribe of Benjamin, where the sons of Reuben erected an altar to the Lord’ (OEC, p. 43; LL, p. 902). Thietmar writes rather of the Mounds of Jordan, ‘where the sons of Reuben and Gad and the half-tribe of Manasseh built an altar of admirable size when they were going back to their possessions’ (Pringle, p. 117). Chapman: ‘Probably one of the megalith fields of Transjordan’ (OEC, p. 118). 1048-49 et ne mye plus cestes choses en pensee et en trait Josh 22. 24. The subject, nous feismes (line 1046), is understood. P et nient plus en pensee ne en trait; V et non ea magis cogitatione atque tractatu. A translation of this line might read ‘We did this out of worry and concern that tomorrow your sons might say to our sons’. 1116 moustresouns Josh 24. 5 (V). See Ratcliff, p. cxx, who equates the term with prodigia. 1165 Et cil luy ensevelirent … en Thamnathsare Josh 24. 30. Jerome (404) relates Paula’s visit, probably in 386, to Joshua’s tomb: ‘she venerated the tombs on mount Ephraim of Joshua, son of Nun, and Eleazar, son of the priest Aaron—of which one was set in Tamnath-Sare on the north side of mount Gaas, the other in Gibeah of his son Phineas—and she was amazed that the distributor of possessions had chosen a bitter and mountainous [land] for himself ’ [Letter 108. 13, available at https://epistolae.ctl.columbia.edu/letter/445.

138

Critical notes

html; and Sancti Eusebii Hieronymi Epistulae, ed. Isidorus Hilberg, Corpus Scriptorum Ecclesiasticorum Latinorum 54-56, 3 vols (Vienna: F. Templsky, 1910-18; rpt. New York: Johnson, 1970), ep.108]. Medieval authors report several sites of Joshua’s tomb. Already in 1047, Nâsir-i-Khusrau located it in the colonnade on the eastern side of the Jasmine Mosque in Tiberias (PUM, p. 337). Abbot Daniel: ‘and here [at Tiberias, on the Sea of Tiberias] near the road is the tomb of Joshua son of Nun’ (Wilkinson, p. 159). The Work on Geography places Joshua’s city and tomb six miles south of Shechem and states that the sepulcher ‘still survives there’ (Wilkinson, p. 197). Burchard reports his visit to a mountainside cave near Tripoli that the Saracens revere as the tomb of Joshua, but—recalling Joshua’s burial at Timnath-serah—doubts that Joshua was interred there (Pringle, pp. 250-51). For other locations, see PUM, pp. 404 (a village on the road from Nâbulus to Jerusalem), 495-96 (at Ma’arrah an Nu’man, in the Hims province), and 531 (at Sarafah). Abel points to Khirbet Tibna and the nearby ‘vallon fertile dont le flanc tourné vers le nord est percé de tombeaux à fronton sculpté. L’un d’eux, précédé d’un vestibule où l’on compte 290 niches à lampes, passe pour le tombeau traditionnel de Josué’ (II, p. 482). See also the note for 918-19. 1166 mount de Gaas Josh 24. 30. Abel I, p. 359. 1170-71 les os de Joseph … en Sichem Josh 24. 32. Burchard: ‘In Shechem are buried the bones of Joseph, brought back from Egypt’ (Pringle, p. 279). Some Arab writers locate Joseph’s tomb not in Shechem but in Hebron. See PUM, pp. 324-26, and Marmardji, pp. 61, 64, 67; see also Abel II, pp. 459-60, and the note for 789.

APPENDICES

A. A HYPOTHETICAL EARLIER MANUSCRIPT

The ultimate source of the ANB’s book of Joshua is of course the text of the Latin Vulgate. Among relatives of the ANB Old Testament translation, several scholars draw attention to a manuscript of the Acre Bible, Bibliothèque nationale de France, nouvelles acquisitions françaises, MS 1404 (= N), containing Pentateuch, Joshua, Judges, I-IV Kings, Maccabees, Tobit, and Judith, including fifteen miniature panels. Jaroslav Folda dates N c. 1280 or early 1281, attributing it to a scriptorium in Acre.1 Folda states, ‘It has long been known that textually this codex is closely related to the Arsenal Bible’ (60). ‘If Arsenal MS. 5211 is a condensed Biblical history fit for a king, MS. nouv. acq. fr. 1404 is a more tightly restricted Biblical guidebook for the Christian warrior in the Holy Land’ (66). The painter of N was the Hospitaller Master.2 N is the base manuscript of Pierre Nobel’s edition of the Bible d’Acre’s Genesis and Exodus.3 Folda prints the full text of a dedicatory poem that immediately follows N’s Joshua and leads the reader into Judges.4 Eight lines of the poem deserve quotation here, as they stake the translator’s claim of his practice of ensuring that listeners will understand his translation of the biblical text: Por ce qu’en aucun leu mis ai Plus qu’au latin que je trovai, Por ce que la letre est oscure Trop cloze as gens sanz letreure; Ne sai que translation vaille Qui semble as oyans devinaille, Dont l’en oze et puet la verite Demostrer par auctorite.5

1  Jaroslav Folda, Crusader Manuscript Illumination at Saint-Jean d’Acre, 1275-1291 (Princeton: Princeton UP, 1976), pp. 74-75. Nobel also considers N, dating it 1280-81, citing Folda (Nobel 2001, p. 430). A digital reproduction of N is available at https://gallica.bnf.fr/ark:/12148/btv1b10525033z/f.114.image.r=1404 (consulted 4 November 2018). For a description of N and further bibliography, see Folda, pp. 179-80. 2  Folda, p. 67. Folda states further, ‘Whoever commissioned the Bible by our painter was literate but not learned, and he wanted historiation he could understand as simply and directly as he could read the Old French. The needs of a military man in a battle zone … seem to correspond exactly to the nature of this book’ (p. 71). 3  Pierre Nobel, ed., La Bible d’Acre, Genèse et Exode. Edition critique d’après les manuscrits BNF nouv. acq. fr. 1404 et Arsenal 5211 (Besançon: Presses universitaires de Franche-Comté, 2006), p. xxx. 4  Folda, pp. 61-63. 5  Folda, p. 63, lines 139-46.

142

A hypotheticAl eArlier mAnuscript

Folda convincingly identifies the patrons of N’s Judges as Osto (or Otto) de Saint-Omer, Master in England between 1153 and 1155, and Master Richard of Hastings.6 Moreover, ‘since Richard was instrumental during this time in establishing a scriptorium in the new London commanderie, it is by far most likely that our anonymous translator worked for the Templars in London in the third quarter of the twelfth century’.7 Nobel is convinced that, of L and N, ‘L’interdépendence des deux Bibles ne laisse aucun doute. Dès à présent, remarquons que la Bible d’Acre offre des passages en tout point similaires à ceux de la Bible anglo-normande et qui sont bien dans le style de cette dernière. La réciproque n’est pas vraie’.8 He is suggesting not that the earlier N served as a model for L, but that the Acre Bible and the ANB both derive from a lost, common source. Nobel focuses on Gen but he also considers Ex and Judg.9 Here we may extend the examination to the ANB’s book of Joshua. In N, Joshua begins at fol. 54v and ends at 64r. The writing is arranged in two columns, 34 lines per column. N’s abbreviated text contains ten episodes whose divisions differ significantly from those in L. Unlike L, which—beginning with chap. 2—labels each new chapter with an upper-case Roman numeral—II, III, IIII etc., 24 chapters in all—N presents long multi-chapter episodes.10 At the outset, beneath a miniature, the text of Josh 1 trails off at the foot of fol. 54v with nus ne vos porra contrester tant com tu vivras Et enci com je fui … N

6  Folda, pp. 63-65. For documentation of Otto and Richard, see Folda, p. 64 n. 97. See also Daniel H. Weiss, ‘The pictorial language of the Arsenal Old Testament: Gothic and Byzantine contributions and the meaning of crusader art (Paris, Bibliothèque de l’Arsenal, MS. 5211), unpublished doctoral thesis, Johns Hopkins University, 1992, pp. 31-38; and Guy Lobrichon, La Bible au Moyen Age (Paris: Picard, 2003), p. 198, both of whom follow Folda. BnF gallica’s description notes, ‘Une pièce de vers copiée entre Josué et les Juges (fol. 64-65) apprend que la traduction du livre des Juges a été faite à la requête de maître Richard et de frère Othon, qui appartenaient sans doute à l’Ordre du Temple.’ See https://gallica.bnf.fr/ ark:/12148/btv1b10525033z/f.114.image.r=1404. Folda, Weiss, and Lobrichon do not refer to the ANB, L, or P. Weiss’s discussion of the Arsenal Old Testament text includes few details specific to the translation of Joshua. 7  Folda, p.  65. Gerald  A. Bertin and Alfred Foulet, ‘The Book of Judges in Old French Prose: The Gardner A. Sage Library Fragment’, Romania, 90 (1969), 121-28 (p. 122), had earlier dated the translation ‘between 1160 and 1170’. 8  Nobel 2001, p. 439. Nobel later repeats this conviction in his critical edition of N’s Genesis and Exodus. Naming N, the Arsenal MS, and three others, he writes that ‘les Livres historiques de l’Ancien Testament, jusqu’au Livre des Juges inclus … présentent d’indéniables similitudes avec la Bible anglo-normande’ of L and P (Nobel 2006, p. xxxiii). 9  Nobel 2001, pp. 431-45. For an earlier study of the Acre Bible’s book of Judges with detailed consideration of N, see Bertin and Foulet, pp. 121-28. 10  N’s Episode II begins at Josh 5. 1 (fol. 57v), III at 7. 1 (58v), IIII at 8. 1 (59r), V at 8. 30 (59v), VI at 11. 18 (61v), VII at 13. 1 (62r), VIII at 22. 1 (62v), and IX at 24. 1 (63r). The story of Joshua ends with Ep. IX. Ep. X (64r) is a 17-line narrative bridge in prose to Judges.

A hypotheticAl eArlier mAnuscript

143

then mis-inserts material from four different chapters of Num.11 On 56r, Josh 1 resumes at verse 5b: … o Moyses jeo serai o toy Je ne te guerpirai Conforte toi et soies vertuous, thus answering the trailing prompt on 54v. Do N and L exhibit similarities for Joshua? Here are unscientifically selected comparisons with L from episodes I-IX of N. I have sought the longest passages shared by the two manuscripts. Words and expressions shared by L and N are shown below in bold font. Episode I quar aprés le tierz jour passerez vous le Jordan et si entrerez vous a aver la terre la quele ly Sire vostre Dieu vous est a doner (L, fol. 144r, lines 21-22) car au tiers jor passeroy ent le flum Jordain et entreroient en la terre que Deu lor doit doner (N, fol. 56r) Ep. II atant q’il furent sanez. Et Nostre Sire dist a Josue: ‘Jeo vous ai tollet hui la reproce de Egipte’. Et le noun de cel lieu est appellee Galgala … (L, fol. 146v, lines 182-83) tant qu’il furent sanés. Nostre Sire dist lors a Josue: ‘Hui a esté osté l’aprobre d’Egypte d’Israel’. Et apelerent cel leue Gualgala … (N, fol. 57v) Ep. III Les filz adecertes de Israel trespasserent le comaundement et par fole delit pristrent del maleisoun. Car Achar le filz Charmy (L, fol. 147v, lines 254-55) Li fiz Israel trespasserent le comandement et pristrent detes yot (?) de la chose que Josue ot escomenjé Car Achar le fiz de Carmi (N, fol. 58v) Ep. IV tu feras a la citee de Hai et a son roi si com tu fesoies a Jericho (L, fol. 148v, lines 314-15) et feras a lui si com tu as fait a Jerico (N, fol. 59r)

11  The miniature on fol. 54v, ‘God speaks to Joshua’, is one of fifteen miniature panels extant in N (Folda, pp. 179, 180). For a black-and-white reproduction, see Folda, Plate 41. The intercalated material is from Num 27 ( Joshua anointed as Moses’ successor, fol. 55r), Num 30 (vows made by women, fol. 55r), Num 31 (the war against Midian and its aftermath, fol. 55v), and Num 35 (cities of refuge, fol. 55v).

144

A hypotheticAl eArlier mAnuscript

Ep. V Lors maunda Adonisedech roi de Jerusalem a Oham roi de Hebron et a Pharam roi de Jerimoth et a Japhie issint roi de Lachis et a Dabir roi de Eglon (L, fol. 150v, lines 441-42) Lors manda le roy de Jherusalem a Hom le roy d’Ebron et a Pharam le roy de Lachis et a Dabir le roy d’Eglon (N, fol. 60v) Ep. VI Le roi de Jericho, un. Le roi de Hai qe est en la costere de Bethel, un. Le roi de Jerusalem est un. Le roi de Hebron, un. Le roi de Jermoth, un. Le roi de Lachis, un. Le roi de Eglon, un. Le roi de Gazer, un. Le roi de Dabir, un. Le roi de Gader, un. Le roi de Herma, un. Le roi de Hered, un. Le roi de Lebna, un. Le roi de Odolla, un. Le roi de Maceda, un. Le roi de Bethel, un. Le roi de Tafua, un. Le roi de Afer, un. Le roi de Afec, un. Le roi de Saron, un. Le roi de Madon, un. Le roi de Asor, un. Le roi de Someron est un. Ly roi Adsaph, un. Le roi de Tenach, un. Le roi de Mageddo, un. Le roi de Cedes, un. Le roi Jachanen de Carmel, un. Le roi de Dor et de la province de Dor, un. Le roi des gentz de Galaad, un. Le roi de Thersa, un. Et touz les rois furent trent et un. (L, fol. 153r, lines 587-96) Li rois de Jerico fu li premiers. Et li rois de Hay. Et li rois de Jherusalem. Et li rois de Ebron. Et li rois de Jerimoth. Et li rois de Lachis. Li rois d’Eglon. Li rois de Gazer. Li rois de Herma. Li rois de Henac. Li rois de Lebna. Li rois de Odollam. Li rois de Maceda. Le roy de Bethel. Li rois de Tafua (MS rafua). Li rois de Affar. Li rois de Afec. Li rois de Saron. Li rois de Madan. Li rois de Asser. Li rois de Semeron. Li rois de Aissaf. Li rois de Tenac. Li rois de Magedo. Li rois de Cedes. Li rois de Athaneu del Carmel. Li rois de Edor. Li rois de Galgal. Li rois de Tersa. xxxi. roy furent. (N, fol. 61v) Ep. VII Quarante et cink anz sount puisqe Nostre Sire parla ceste parole a Moisen (L, fols 154rv, lines 672-73) Il a orres .xlv. anz que Nostre Sires parla en ceste maniere por moy a Moysen (N, fol. 62r) Ep. VIII A cel temps appella Josue les Rubenciens et Gaddiciens et la demy lignee de Manasse et lour dist: ‘Fait avez adecertes totes les choses qe Moises le serf de Nostre Sire vous comaunda’. (L, fol. 159v, lines 1000-02) Lors en cel tens apela Josue les fiz de Ruben et les fiz de Gad et ceaus de Manasse qui avoient lor possessions outre le flum Jordain et lor dist: ‘Vos avés bien fait ce que Moyses vos ot comandé … ’ (N, fol. 62v)

A hypotheticAl eArlier mAnuscript

145

Ep. IX Et les os de Joseph les queus les filz de Israel avoient portee de Egipte, ensevelirent il en Sichem en la partie du champ qe Jacob out achatee des filz Emor … (L, fol. 162r, lines 1170-71) Et les os Joseph qu’il orent aportés o eaus quant il se partirent d’Egypte enterrerent en Sychem au champ que Jacob ot acheté des enfans Emor … (N, fol. 64r)

These excerpts suggest what a full comparison of the Joshua-texts confirms, that—obvious parallels aside—L and N are more different than alike. The texts frequently use identical, isolated words, or identical short groups of words, but— other than the list of kings in ep. VI, a bullet-list nearly devoid of verbs and modifiers—there are few examples of sustained, shared language. I do not find anything more than a superficial resemblance between the two texts of Joshua. L and N’s Joshua-texts are clearly of different genres. L is a close translation— ‘une traduction textuelle’, as Nobel says—of the Vulgate’s Joshua, while N is a truncated estoire of the biblical book.12 L’s Joshua has 24 chapters, while N’s has ten multi-chapter episodes. N makes significant cuts in Josh 8-12, sometimes also reordering material and changing proper nouns. In Josh 13, N and P bear little resemblance to each other. N omits the geographical chapters ( Josh 15-21), included in L. N routinely flattens the biblical narrative with the result that many of the details and turns of phrase present in L are eliminated in N. Weiss is surely justified in his statement that N ‘must have been intended for personal use since it would have been of little value for biblical study or clerical use’ (p. 41). This leads logically to his conclusion that ‘the Arsenal Old Testament may well have functioned primarily as a picture book with an accompanying text, rather than as an excerpted Bible with illustrations’ (p. 42).

12  Nobel 2001, p. 431. N’s fol. 1r bears the title, Histoires de la Bible.

B. COMPARISON OF L AND P This section permits side-by-side comparison of selected texts of the ANB’s book of Joshua in the London and Paris manuscripts. Selections from our text based on L appear below in the left-hand column, and corresponding passages from P in the facing right-hand column. Excerpts from P are lightly edited. 1.  Instructions for the ruin of Jericho ( Josh 6. 1-7) [fols  146v-147r, lines 198-211] Jericho adecertes estoit close et garnie pur la pour des filz Israel et nul ne oiseit issir ou entrer. Et Nostre Sire dist a Josue: ‘Voi, j’ai donee Jericho en ta main et son roi et touz ses fortz biers. Vous touz combatours, environez la citee une foiz par jour, si ferez vous en tiele manere par sis jours. Al septisme jour adecertes prendrount les chapellains sept busines dount il en usent en jubileo et voisent il devaunt l’arche de covenaunt. Et vous environerez la citee par sept foiz et les chapellains sonerount en busines. Et com la voiz del busine avera sonee plus longement et plus clerement et avera sonee rungun en voz orailles, tut le poeple criera par treshalt crie et les murs de la citee tresbucherount de tut en tut. Et chescun entrera par le lieu contre le quel il averount esteuz’. Por ceo Josue le filz Nun appella les chapellains et lour dist: ‘Preignez l’arche de covenaunt et sept altres chapellains preignent sept busines des jubeleus; et voisent il devaunt le arche de Nostre Sire’. Et il dist al poeple: ‘Alez vous et environez vous armez la citez, alauntz devaunt l’arche de Nostre Sire’.

 Jericho adecertes estoit close et garnie por la pour des filz de Israel et nul ne seit issir ou entrer. Et Nostre Seignor dist a Josue: ‘Voi, j’ay donee Jericho en ta main et son roy et touz les fortz biers. Vous touz combatours, environez la citee une foiz par jour, si ferez vous en tiele manere par sis jours. Al septisme jour adecertes, portes les chapellains sept busines dount il en usent en jubileo et voisent il devaunt l’arche de alliaunce. Et vous environerez la citee par sept foiz et les chapellains soneront des busines. Et com la voiz de l’estive avera sonee de loinz et de prés et avera en voz orailles entree, tote le people se escriera par halt voiz et les foundament del mur de la citee tresbucheront. Et lors entreront chescun en la citee par le lieu encontre le quel il esterront’. Donke apella Josue le filz de Nun les chapellains et lour dist: ‘Portez l’arche de l’alliaunce et sept autres chapellains preignent sept busines des remissiouns; et voisent il devaunt l’arche de Nostre Seignor’. Et si dist il al people: ‘Alez et environez la citee vous armez, avauntalauntz l’arche de Nostre Seignor’.

COMPARISON OF L AND P

147

2.  The punishment of Achan ( Josh 7. 22-26) [fols 148r-v, lines 301-11] Lors envoia   Josue ministres les queus currauntz a son tabernacle troverent totes les choses muscez en meismes le lieu, et l’argent ensemble. Et cil emportauntz del tentorie les porterent a Josue et a touz les filz de Israel et les getterent devaunt Nostre Sire. Et por ceo Josue pernaunt Achar le filz Zare et l’argent et le paille et la reule de or et ses filz et ses filles, boefs et asnes et owailles et mesmes son tabernacle et touz ses ustillementz et tut Israel od ly, les mesnerent al valleie de Achor ou Josue dist: ‘Car por ceo qe tu nous destourbas, Deu toi destourbe a cesti jour’. Et tut Israel le lapida et totes les choses qe a ly estoient sount degastez par feu. Et cil assemblerent sur ly un grant mouncel des perres qe permaint desqes a cesti jour present. Et la deverie de Nostre Sire est de eux tournee. Et le noun de cest lieu est appellee le val de Achor desqes a hui.

Lors envoia Josue ministres les qeus currauntz al tabernacle de cesti troverent totes les choses muscez en meismes le le [sic] lieu, et l’argent ensemble. Et cil emportauntz del tentorie porterent cestes choses a Josue et a touz les filz de Israel et il les getterent devaunt Nostre Seignor. Et en ceste manere prist Josue Achor le filz Zare et l’argent et le mauntel et l’or et la reule et ses filz et ses filles et ses boefs et ses asnes et ses owailles et meismes soun tabernacle et tut le hostilement de luy, et tut Israel od ly. Et les mesnerent al val de Achor ou Josue dist: ‘Por ceo que tu nous desturbas, le Seignor toy desturbera a cesti jour’. Et tut Israel le lapida et totes les choses que a ly estoient sont degasteez par feu. Et il assemblerent sur ly un graunt mountel des perres le quel permaint desques a cesti jour present. Et la ire de Nostre Seignor est turnee de eux. Et le noun de cel lyeu est apellee le val Achor desques a hui.

3.  The Gibeonites’ masquerade ( Josh 9. 3-15) [fols 149v-150r, lines 388-412] Et cil qe habiterent en Gabaon, oiauntz totes les choses qe Josue out fait a Jericho et a Hai, pensauntz deceivablement, porterent viandes a ly, mettauntz sur asnes vieux saks et boteux de vin taillez et cosuz et chauceures tresvels qe estoient cosuz de cloutes a la demustrance de veillesce, vestuz de vieux vestementz.

Et cil que habiterent en Gabaon, oyauntz totes les choses que Josue out fait a Jericho et a Hai, pensauntz quointement et li porterent viandes, mettauntz sur asnes vieux saks et boteux de vin trenchez et recosuz et chauceures molt veoles que a demostresoun de veylesse estoient taconnés, et vestuz de vieux vestementz.

148

COMPARISON OF L AND P

Les pains adecertes q’il porterent por   cel vaiage estoient durs et debrisez en pieces. Et il s’en vount a Josue qe lors demorra es pavillouns de Galgale et il ly distrent et a tut Israel ensemble: ‘Nous sumes venuz de loinzteine terre coveitauntz de faire pees od vous’. Et les biers de Israel lour respoundirent et distrent: ‘Qe paraventure vous enhabitez en la terre la quele est a nous due par sort et nous ne porroms faire a vous alliaunce’. Et cil distrent a Josue: ‘Nous sumes tes serfs’. As queus dist Josue: ‘Car qi estes vous et dount venistez vous?’ Cil respoundirent: ‘Tes serfs vindrent de mult loinzteine terre el noun del Sire ton Dieu. Car nous avoms oi la fame de sa pussaunce et totes les choses q’il fist en Egipte et as deux rois des Amorreux outre Jordan, a Seon roi de Esebon et a Og, roi de Basan, les queus estoient en Asteroth. Si distrent a nous les anciens et touz les habitatours de nostre terre: “Portez viaundes en voz mains por la treslonge voie et alez encontre eux et ditez: ‘Nous sumes voz serfs, fetez alliaunce od nous’”. Voi, nous preismes pains tut chaudz quant nous issames de noz maisouns qe nous venismes a vous; ore sount il faitz secches et debrisez de tresgrant veillesce. Nous emplimes noz boteux noveux de vin, ore sount il debrisez et desliez. Les vestures et les chauceurs dount nous estoioms covertz et les queus nous avoms en noz piez, por la longeure de la longe voie sount defolez et prés degastee par veillesce’. Por ceo pristrent il de lour viaundes et point ne demaunderent la bouche de Nostre Sire.

Les pains autresint qu’il porraient [sic] com messagers estoient durs et debrisez en pieces. Et il s’en vount a Josue que lors demora es pavillouns en Galgale et lui distrent et a tut Israhel ensemble: ‘Nous sumes venuz de loinzteine terre coveitauntz faire pees od vous’. Et les biers de Israel respondirent et distrent a eux: ‘Qe paraventure vous enhabiterez en la terre qe est donee par sort a nous, nous ne pooms faire a vous alliauntz’. Et cil distrent a Josue: ‘Nous sumes tes serfs’. As queus Josue dist: ‘Quels en estes vous et dount estes vous venuz?’ Cil respoundirent: ‘De mult loinzteine terre vindrent tes safs [sic] el noun del Seignor ton Dieu. Car nous avom oi la fame de sa pussaunce et totes les choses qu’il fist en Egypte et as deux rois des Ammoreux outre le Jordan, et a Seon roy de Esebon et a Og, roy de Basan, les queux estoient en Astaroth. Si distrent a nous les aunciens et touz les habitours de nostre terre: “Portez mangers en voz mains por la treslongge voie et currez a eux et dites: ‘Nous sumes voz serfs. Mettez alliaunce a nous’”. Voi, les pains, quaunt nous estoioms issuz de noz maisons que nous venissoms, nous les preismes chauds a nous. Ore sount il faitz secchez et debrissés de graunt veillesce. Si emplismes noz boteux de vin, ore sont il debrisee et descosuz. Les vestures et les chauceures dount estoioms covertz et les queux nous avoms en noz prez [sic] por la longure de la longge voie, il sont tut degastee’. Donqe pristrent il maunderent [sic] la bouche de Nostre Seignor. Et Josue fist od eux pees.

COMPARISON OF L AND P

Et Josue fist od eux pees. Et l’alliaunce fait, il les promist qe il ne serroient pas occis, si jurerent a eux les princes de la multitude.

149

Et l’alliaunce faite, il lour promist qu’il ne serroient pas occis, si jurerent a eux les princes de la multitude.

4. Destruction of three cities ( Josh 10. 28-32) [fol.  151v, lines 493-502] A  cel jour   adecertes prist Josue Macedam et la feri en la bouche de espee. Et occist son roi et touz ses habitatours, si ne lessa il en cele tantsolement petitz rementailles. Et il fist al roi de Maceda si com il fist al roi de Jericho. Si passa il od tut Israel de Maceda en Lebna et combata contre ycele la quele Nostre Sire bailla od son roi en la main de Israel. Et il ferirent la citee en la bouche de espee et touz ses habitatours, si ne lesserent il en cele nulles rementailles. Et il firent al roi de Lebna si com il avoient fait al roi de Jericho. De Lebna passa il od tut Israel en Lachis et le host ordeinee par enviroun la prist. Et Nostre Sire bailla Lachis en la main de Israel. Et la prist en l’altre jour et la feri en la bouche de espee et chescune alme qe en ly fust, si com il fist a Lebna.

A mesmes cel jour auxint prist Josue Macedam et la feri en la bouche de espee. Et occist son roy et tuz les habitatours, si ne lessa en cele citee noun pas petis remenauntz. Et il fist al roy de Maceda si com il out fait al roy de Jericho. Si passa il od tut Israel de Maceda en Lebna et la decombata, la quele citee Nostre Seignor bailla od son roy en la main de Israel. Et il ferirent la citee en bouche de espee et touz ses habitatours, si ne lesserent en ly nulles remenauntz. Et il firent al roy de Lebnam si com il firent al roy de Jericho. De Lebna passa il od tut Israel en Lachis et ordina son eschele par enviroun, si la prist. Et Nostre Seignor bailla Lachis en la main de Israel. Et la prist a l’autre jour et feri en bouche de espee tote alme que en ly fust, si com il fist a Lebna.

5.  Achsah’s request ( Josh 15. 16-19) [fol. 155r, lines 714-21] Et Caleph dist: ‘Cil qe avera feruz Cariathsepher et la avera pris, jeo ly dorra Axam ma fille a femme’. Et Othoniel le filz de Cenez, le plus joevene frere de Caleb, la prist; et cil ly dona Axam sa fille a femme.

Et Caleph dist: ‘Qui avera pris cele citee, jeo li dorrai a femme Axam ma fille’. Et Gorhomel [sic] filz de Chene, le plus joevene frere de Caleph, la prist; et cil ly dona Axam sa fille a femme.

150

COMPARISON OF L AND P

Qe com il alassent ensemble, ele amon-   esta son baroun qe ele demaundast un champ de son pere. Ele suspira si com ele sist sur le asne. A qi Caleph dist: ‘Quele chose as tu?’ Et cele respoundi: ‘Doigne a moy ta beneisoun. Tu as a moy donee la terre austral et secche. Et ajoignes ensement le rosee’. Por ceo Caleph la dona le rosee pardesus et pardejus.

Qe com il alassent ensemble, ele pria a son baroun que il demaundast de son pere un champ. Et cil suspira si com il sist sur son asne. A qui Caleph dist: ‘Quei as tu?’, fet il. Et cele respoundi: ‘Soignes [sic] a moy toy benesoun. Tu donas a moy la terre de l’austral secche, et si joignes tu et la arrousee’. Et Caleph le dona le arrousee par amount et par aval.

6.  Joshua commissons the cartographic team ( Josh 18. 4-7) [fols  156v-157r, lines 821-30] ‘Eslisez   treis hommes de chescun lignee qe jeo les envoie; et q’il voisent et environent la terre et la descrivent joste le nombre de chescune multitude. Et recountent il a moy ceo q’il en averount descript. Devises a vous la terre en sept parties. Soit Judas en ses termes de la part australe et la maisoun de Joseph de l’aquiloun. Descrives la meiene terre entre eux en sept parties. Et vous vendrez cea a moy qe jeo mette ci a vous sort devaunt le Sire vostre Dieu por ceo qe la partie des Levitz n’est pas entre vous, mais le prestreage de Nostre Sire est lour heritage. Gad adecertes et Ruben et la demy lignee de Manasses avoient ja pris lour possessiouns outre le Jordan a la part orientale les queus Moises le serf de Nostre Sire lour dona’.

‘Eslisez vous de chescun dé lignee troys hommes qe jeo les maunde. Et que il voisen et environent la terre et la descrivent jouste la nombre de chescun multitude. Et recountent cil a moy ceo qe il en averont descript. Devisez vous la terre en sept partz. Soit Judas en ces termes en la plaie australe et la maisoun Joseph en le aquiloun. Si descrivez la terre meiene entre eux en sept partiez. Et vous vendrez ceo a moy que jeo mette ci a vous sort devaunt le Seignor vostre Dieu por ceo qe entre vous ne est pas sort des Levitz, més lour heritage est le prestrage de Nostre Seignor. Gad adecertes et Ruben et la moiene des lignees de Manasse avoient ja pris lour possessiouns outre le Jordan a la plaie orientale les queux Moyses le serf de Nostre Seignor lour dona’.

COMPARISON OF L AND P

151

7.  Instructions for the cities of refuge ( Josh 20. 1-6) [fol. 158v, lines 923-33] Et Nostre Sire   parla a Josue, disaunt: ‘Parole as filz de Israel et lour di: “Departez les citez de futifs dount jeo vous emparla par la main de Moisen qe qicunqes avera feruz alme nyentsachaunt q’il pusse eschaper la ire del proesme qe est vengeour du saunk. Com il avera fuiz a une de ces citez, il esterra devaunt la porte de la citee et il parlera as plus senez de cele cité les choses qe le comprovent innocent. Et en tiele manere il le prendrount et cil dorrount a ly lieu a enhabiter. Et com le vengeour de saunk le avera pursuiz, il nel baillerount en ses mains pur ceo q’il ignoraunt feri soun proesme et il ne est provee son enemy devaunt deux jours ou treis. Et cil habitera en cele citee si la q’il esteece devaunt juggement rendaunt la cause de son fait. Et qe ly grant prestre moerge qe avera estee a cel temps, lors returnera ly homicide et entrera la citee et sa maisoun dount il s’enfui”’.

Et Nostre Seignor parla a Josue, disaunt: ‘Parles as filz d’Israel et dy a eaux: “Severez les citez des futifs des quels jeo parlay a vous par la main de Moysen qe qicunques avera feruz alme nyentsachaunt, et cil pusse escaper la ire de son proesme que est vengeour du sank. Com il avera fuiz a une de ses citez, et il esterra a la porte de la citee et parlera as plus senez de cel citee teles choses qe se [sic] comproveront innocent. Et en tiele manere il le prendront et dorrount a ly lyeu a enhabiter. Et com le vengeour du saunk avera estee poursuiz, il nel bailleront en ses mains por ceo qe il ignoraunt feri son proesme si il ne eit estee provee devaunt son enemy par deux jours ou par trois. Et cil habitera en cele citee si la que il esteete [sic] devaunt juggement rendaunt la cause de son fait. Et que ly graunt prestre moerge qe adonqe avera estee a cel temps, adonqes returnera ly homicide et entrera la citee et sa maisoun dount il s’enfui.”’

8.  Joshua laid to rest ( Josh 24. 29-30) [fol. 162r, lines 1164-66] Et aprés cestes   choses mort est Josue le filz Nun, le serf de Nostre Sire, de cent et dis anz. Et cil luy ensevelirent es boundes de sa possessioun en Thamnathsare qe est assis el mount de Ephraym de la part septentrionale del mount de Gaas.

Et aprés cestes choses mort est Josue le filz Nun, le serf Nostre Seignor, de cent et dys ans. Et cil ly ensevilirent es boundes de sa possessioun en Thamarsare que est el mount de Effraym de la part septrentrionale del mount Gaas.

C. DIVERGENT WORD-CHOICE IN L AND P This section offers an overview of nearly two hundred (200) divergences in wordchoice in L and P. The list is selective. Reciprocal differences are not shown, e.g. foreste 703 v. boys and boys 807 v. forest. The list also generally omits differences involving the interchange of prefixes, e.g. ceindre 119 v. susceindre and combatre 357 v. decombatre. Most nouns appear in their singular form, and verbs in their infinitive form. More advanced researches from an historico-lexical perspective may cast new light on the relative dates of the Joshua-texts in the two manuscripts. A keener eye from a lexical standpoint may ascertain the historical relationship of L and P. Entries appear alphabetically, following L. The L reading with initial line references is shown in the left-hand column, the corresponding reading from P at right.

P

emplir autresint, auxint

avaunt

avaunt

tendre

enemys

espie

honour

applier, joindre, conjoindre

se tendre, currir, descendre, issir, mounter

aler, ascendre, issir, entrer

prier

venir, tenir successioun

gravel

ascens

parfit

aler outre

L

acomplir 1100 adecertes 392, 530

adeprimes 160

adevaunt 177

adrescer 360

adversaries 354

aguait 346

ahouraunce 1033

ajoindre 290, 720, † 796

aler 349, 403, 713 etc.

s’en aler 686, 697, 892 etc.

amonester 717

aproscher 102, 286, 658

areine 529

ascensioun 853

avauntalee 597

avauntaler 815

mettre avaunt sanz levein prince doner sa beneisoun southverser partie, contré(e) estive estre occis prestre peisaunterye divers, singulers, tut teste chevauchés possessioun chastel, vile mesnie, mesnee tailler

azimel 187 bedel 89 benesquire 807 besturner 801 bounde 876, 1071, 1112 busine 204 chair 358, 559 chapellain 226 charge 110 chescun 107, 122, 293 etc. chief 270 chivalers 1117 chose 653 citee 509, 627 cognacioun 642, 837, 898 colper 422

P

avauntporter 76

L

DIVERGENT WORD-CHOICE IN L AND P

153

P

(homme)(s) combataunt(z), homme combatour

escheele

afforcé

de autre part, a l’encontre

bounde

cognacion, conussaunce

plaie

recosuz, taconnés

rescouz

alliaunce, conseil,

comaundement

voiz

gibet

charetz

quointement

liquide

aler par

L

combatour 145, 263, 452

compaignie 145

constraint 430

contrarie, de(l) 695, 1125

corde 785, 806, 870 etc.

cosinage *286

costere 685, 845

cosuz 390, 391

coucher 466

covenaunt 96, 203, 208

etc.

crie 206

croiz 490

curres 530, 534, 540 etc.

deceivablement 389

decurraunt 266

defoler 151

mort basse, lointein remaindre demostresoun faire conustre, counter severer abatre trahyr oster, descosdre souzverser ire, vengaunce departir, partir s’en overir   ariol bailler pour droit

deinzime 977, 987 demorrer 185 demustrance 391 denuncier 253, 470 departir 924 descheir 86 descoverer 76 deslier 196, 407 desouthtourner 437 deverie 310, 1036, 1105 deviser 836, 922, 994 dislier 167 see also deslier divinour 632 doner 611 doute 339 dreiturel 432

P

degasté 176

L

154 DIVERGENT WORD-CHOICE IN L AND P

P

russeu, flum, rivere

lever, faire

choisir

conclus

flestrer

enque[re]ler

avoir la seignurie de

atteigneaument

ensemble

vengeour

cercher

maunder, mettre

bataille

garder

de sacrilege

perdre

criendre

hydour

L

eawe(s) 624, 689, 792 etc.

edifier 1062, 1063, 1074

eleccioun 1136

enclos 911

enmeagrer 820

enrager 1036

enseignurer 570

ententivement 1007

entrechaungeablement 340

enviour 1148

environer 834

envoier 822, 832

eschiel 337

eschiver 94

escomengee 1032,

1097 etc.

espounter 17

espountissour 53

foreyn, autrien, altrien, altrui, alien venir counter occire, destrure arsure mettre saunz hardi gwee, eawe pont boisdie jetter nientmesuree doner converser, estre demoree villette

estre 414 expoundre 372 ferir 416, 460, 513 etc. feu 544 ficcher 135 forspris 557 fort 10, 11, 17 etc. fossee 114, 120, 134 etc. fourche 488 fraude 424 gisir 251 grant 530 granter 821 habiter 383, 510 hamel(e) 634, 738, 800

affermer, ordiner

P

estrange 375, 1104, 1111 etc.

establir 242, 938

L

DIVERGENT WORD-CHOICE IN L AND P

155

P

assaunt

issir

eschele

nientcongregable chose, felonie

passer, aler

remissiouns

promettre

messager(e)

oster

mesnie, tribe, gendre, filz

escomengement

envoier

mylieu, my, moytee

austral(e)

aler, prendre

monceals, tombes aler, ascendre

L

hast 520

horsaler 851

host 500

iniquitee 289, 1042

issir 766, 907

jubeleus 209, jubileo 220

jurer 177

legacioun 1044, 1065

lesser 1134

ligne(e) 291, 609, 796 etc.

maleisoun 255

maunder 1128

meiene 103, 120, 122 etc.

meridien 574, 795

mesner 625, 1111

monumentz 546, 1022, 1026 mounter 320, 667-68, 807

assise levement tantsoulement grant son ascune enchaison batre, ferir, anyentir, tuer mort deviser de autrepart mauntel par aval aprés par amount plaie, partie

naissaunce 902 noemeement 1007 noise 217 nulle 518 occasioun 1052 occire 473, 475, 544 etc. occisioun 476, 504, 544 ordainer 934 outre 272 paille 297, 305 pardejus 721 parderere 316 pardesus 721 part 331, 335, 553 etc.

tapir

groundiller

mesner

P

mys 936

muscer 470, 480

murmurer 418, 478

moveir 414

L

156 DIVERGENT WORD-CHOICE IN L AND P

P

plaie

sort

issue

trespasser, outrepasser, aler

tente

densein

pasche

puis

apporter, prendre, maunder

seignurie

porter, desravir, oster

graunter, manacer

contrester

confuite

deguerpir

espier

replier

L

partie 327

partie 898

passage 767

passer 19, 688, 814 etc.

pavilloun 125

peregrin 375

phase 185

plus outre 189

porter 127, 256, 422 etc.

postee 998

prendre 219, 315, 365 etc.

promettre 1005, 1084, 1102

reesteer 454

refuit(e) 965, 972, 979 etc.

refuser 1032, 1035

regarder 39, 44, 666

rehercer 380

wee 50

volentee 387

voie 646, 738, 740

vivre 519, 1083

vie 598, 1078

viaundes 403

vestement 268

universe 126

ublier 1148

se turner 1149

tributer 772

trespasser 159, 254, 288 etc.

sacrifice 370, 620, 1048

repundre 51, 248, 279

rendre 959

remenaunt 788

remaindre 1014

L

eawe

corage

rue

aleyner, surestre

age

mangers

vesture

divers

mesconoistre

se converter

tributarie

passer, fauser, enfreindre

off(e)rende, disme

estapir, musser

doner

demoree

surestre

P

DIVERGENT WORD-CHOICE IN L AND P

157

D. GEOGRAPHICAL NAMES IN THE ANGLONORMAN BIBLE’S BOOK OF JOSHUA

The section is intended as an exhaustive gazetteer of the ANB’s Joshua. Names referring primarily to forebears or to national or tribal identity are not shown. Numbers in the Vulgate column indicate the chapter and verse of the toponym’s first appearance in the Vulgate Joshua. For Latin toponyms, only the first-mentioned form appears. Numbers in the left-hand column refer to lines in the edited text of L. Except for the substitution of y for i and i for y, all forms of place-names in L and P appear. Minor orthograpical differences for Vulgate and modern English spellings are not shown. An asterisk (*) indicates that the name appears more than once in the line indicated; a dagger (†), a reading that has been modified in the edited text. The text of reference for the Vulgate is Biblia Sacra Vulgata, eds Robert Weber and Roger Gryson, 5th edn (Stuttgart: Deutsche Bibelgesellschaft, 2007), available at www.bibelwissenschaft.de; for the modern English Bible, New Revised Standard Version (NRSV), available at biblegateway.com. Verses that are bracketed or omitted in the Vulgate are shown between brackets here. For a ‘List of Site Identifications’ with ancient geographical names and equivalent modern Hebrew and Arabic names, see Yohanan Aharoni, The Land of the Bible: A Historical Geography, trans. and enlarged edn, trans. and ed. A. F. Rainey (Philadelphia: Westminster, 1979), pp. 429-43. In some cases, the Old Testament presents several copies of the same lists. For this, see Aharoni’s comments (p. 116) on variant place-names, e.g. Beth-lebaoth ( Josh 19. 6) v. Lebaoth (15. 32), corrupted names, e.g., Bethul (19. 4) v. Chesil (15. 30), and other discrepancies, prompting Aharoni’s call for ‘caution and careful scrutiny’ in the study of biblical place-names.

Aditaim Edom Adomim, Adomin  

Adithaim † 731

Adom 116

Adomim, ascensioun de 695, 853

Adrai see Hedrai

Astasaph, Asach, Arab

Achsaph 524, Adsaph 593, Azab 889

Abesa

 

Achron see Ac(c)aron

Adesa 733

Athram

Achram 893

——

Achor, val (de)

Achor, val(leie) de 306-7, 311, 694

Adaram 688

Hair et Semes

Achirsemes, citee du Solail 908

 

Accaron, Actaron, Aitharon

Ac(c)aron 600, 706, *738, Achron 909

Adar see Atharoth

Acchaim

Accaim 746

Addami qe est Neceth

Abes

Abes 884

Adami qe est Neceb 899

 

Abenboen see Boem

Achzib, Zima

Abdon

Abdon 982

Ammacha

Abamochbaal

Abamothbaal 627

Achzib 736, Acciba 895

Aun, Haim

A(a)in 868, 966

Adamettha 744

P

Anglo-Norman Bible (L)

 

ascensus Adommim 15. 7

Adom 3. 16

Adithaim 15. 36

Adesa 15. 37

Addara 15. 3

 

Adami quae est Neceb 19. 33

Ammatha 15. 54

Achzib 15. 44, Acziba

Acsaph 11. 1, Axab

 

Achran 19. 28

vallem Achor 7. 24

Ahirsemes … civitas Solis 19. 41

Accaron 13. 3, Acron

Accaim 15. 57

Abes 19. 20

 

Abdon 21. 30

Bamothbaal 13. 17

Ahin 19. 7

Vulgate

 

ascent of Adummim

Adam

Adithaim

Hadashah

Addar

 

Adami-nekeb

Humtah

Achzib

Achshaph

 

Ebron

Valley of Achor

Ir-shemesh

Ekron

Kain

Ebez

 

Abdon

Bamoth-baal

Ain

NRSV

Geographical names

159

Amon Amaraath Anab

Anaarath † 883

Anab 562, 743

Amaath

Amaad 889

Amon 893

Alul

Alul 748

Amfar

Almon

Almon 968

Ampthar † 878

Alchat, Elethoch

Alchat 889, Elachoth 982

Amothor

Hailon, Hathcalon

Ajalon † 909, 974; vallee de † 463

Ammothdor 983

 

Ain see A(a)in

Amesa

 

Aglon see Eglon

Ammosa † 861

Affeca

Af(f )eca † 603, † 744

Ammad

Aser

Afer 591

Ammath 903

Afet, Affech

Afec 592, 895

Amam

Affara

Afara 859

Jamna

 

Adula see Odolla

Amam 726

 

Adsaph see Achsaph

Amma 895

P

Anglo-Norman Bible (L)

Anab 11. 21

Anaarath 19. 19

Amon 19. 28

Ampthar 19. 13

Ammothdor 21. 32

Ammosa 18. 26

Ammath 19. 35

Amma 19. 30

Aman 15. 26

Amaad 19. 26

Alul 15. 58

Almon 21. 18

Alchath 19. 25, Elacoth

Ahialon 10. 12

 

 

Afeca 15. 53

Afer 12. 17

Afec 12. 18

Affara 18. 23

 

 

Vulgate

Anab

Anaharath

Hammon

——

Hammoth-dor

Mozah

Hammath

Ummah

Amam

Amad

Halhul

Almon

Helkath

Aijalon

 

 

Aphekah

Hepher

Aphek

Parah

 

 

NRSV 160 Geographical names

Assemoth Asemona

Asemona 688

Asan, Asam

Asan 736, 868

Asemon 726

 

Arundineti see (H)arundineti

 

Aroer, Arcer

Aroer 570, 611, 624 etc.

Asem see Esem

Arno(u)n, eawe de, flum de

Arnon, eawe de † 568, 570-71, 612 etc.

Asedoch tanqe Phasga, Assedoch et Fasga

 

Arma see Herma

Asedothphasga † 575, † 629

Areton

Arecon † 910

Assedoch

 

Areba see Rabba

Asedoth † 518

Archaroth

Archiatharoth 758

Aseddym

 

Arama see Rama

Asedim 903

Arab

Arab 744

Azanoe, Zanoe

Amin

Anim † 743

 

Nesa

Anepsan † 752

Asanee 730, Zanoe 746

Anathot

Anathoth † 968

Asecha see Azecha

P

Anglo-Norman Bible (L)

Asemona 15. 4

Asemon 15. 27

 

Asedothphasga 12. 3

Asedoth 10. 40

Aseddim 19. 35

 

Azanoe 15. 34, Zanoe

Asan 15. 42

 

Aroer 12. 2

torrens Arnon 12. 1

 

Areccon 19. 46

 

Archiatharoth 16. 2

 

Arab 15. 52

Anim 15. 50

Anepsan 15. 62

Anathoth 21. 18

Vulgate

Azmon

Heshmon

 

slopes of Pisgah

——

Ziddim

 

Zanoah

Ashan

 

Aroer

Wadi Arnon

 

Rakkon

 

Ataroth

 

Arab

Anim

Nibshan

Anathoth

NRSV

Geographical names

161

Baaltind Benebarach

Avim

Avim 859

Baalath † 910

Astaroth et Addar, Astaroth Adar

Atharoth et … Adar 763, Atharothaddar † 842

Baala, mount de

Macharoth

Atharoth † 763

Baala, mount de 707 see also Bala

Astaroth

Asteroth 402, 576, 616, Astaroth 647

 

Azote, Azotu, Azotos

Asote 564, Azotos 601, Azotom 739, Azote 740

Azote, Azotom, Azotos see Asote

Asor Nova

Asor Nova † 725

Azec(h)a(m)

—— Asor, Azir, Azor

Asersusa † 867 Asor 523, *541, 547 etc. see also Charioth et Jesrom

Azecha 457, 459, Asecha 731

Aznoththabor 19. 34

Asor et Sual, Asserbna

Asersual † 726, † 866

Marnoth Thabor

Asseroth

Aseroth 585

 

Avim 18. 23

Aser et Gadda

Asergadda 726

Axnothabor 901

Asersusa 19.5 Asor 11. 1

Assermachmathath

Aser Machmathath † 789

Azab see Achsaph

Asersual 15. 28

As(s)er

Aser 796, 902, 954

Baalath 19. 44

mons Baala 15. 11

 

Azeca 10.10

 

Atharothaddar 16. 5

Atharoth 16. 7

Astharoth 9. 10

Azoto 11. 22, Azotus, Azotum

Asor nova 15. 25

Aseroth 12. 8

Asergadda 15. 27

Aser Machmathath 17. 7

Aser 17. 11

Asena 15. 33

Asena

Asena 730

Vulgate

P

Anglo-Norman Bible (L)

Baalath

Mount Baalah

 

Azekah

 

Aznoth-tabor

Avvim

Ataroth-addar

Ataroth

Ashtaroth

Ashdod

Hazor-hadattah

Hazar-susah Hazor

Hazar-shual

——

Hazar-gaddah

Asher to Michmethath

Asher

Ashnah

NRSV 162 Geographical names

Betharaam 13. 27

Bethanoth 15. 59, Bethemech, Bethanath 19. 38

 

 

Beroth 9. 17

Benebarach 19. 45

Heltholad 15. 30, Heltholath

Betharan

Beltholad, Theltholath

Beltholad 727; Beltholath 866

Beelphegor 22. 17

Betharaam, vallee de 639

Belphegor

Belphegor 1034

Baziothia 15. 28

Bethsanoth, Bechmoth, Bethmath

Baziona

Baziothia † 727

Batanim 13. 26

Bethamoth 748, Bethemeth 892, Bethemath 904

Bathanim

Bathanim † 638

Bascath 15. 39

 

Baschat

Bascath † 734

 

Bethaisimoth see Bethesmoth

 

Basan see Ba(a)san

Bersabee 15. 28

Bethagla, Bechagla, Bothaglam Bethagla 15. 6

Bersabe(e)

Barsabe 727, Bersabee 865 see also Sabee

Baloth 15. 24

Bethagla 692, 855, † 859

Baloth

Baloth † 725

Balaath Berrameth 19. 8

 

Balaath Berramech

Balaath Berrameth † 869

Bala 15. 9

Bersabee see Barsabe

Ba(a)la, Gala

Bala 702, 703, 727 etc. see also Baala, Cariathjarim

Basan 9. 10

Benebarach

Basan

Ba(a)san 401, 575, 577 etc.

Baalmaon 13. 17

Ramoth

Baalmon

Baalmon, citee de 627

Baalgad 11. 17

Benebarach † 910

Baalgad, Algad, Algech

Baalgad 554, † 582, Baalged 604

Vulgate

Beroth 416, 861

P

Anglo-Norman Bible (L)

Beth-haram

Beth-anoth, Bethemek, Beth-anath

 

Beth-hoglah

 

Beeroth

Bene-berak

Eltolad

Peor

Biziothiah

Betonim

Bozkath

 

Beer-sheba

Bealoth

Baalath-beer

Ba(a)lah

Bashan

Beth-baal-meon

Baal-gad

NRSV

Geographical names

163

Bethel, Bothel Bethen   Gethesmoth, Bethaisimoch Bethases Bethleem Becbedech Beth et Marthaloth ——

Bethel 259, 327, 342 etc., Bethal 859 see also Luza

Bethem 889

Betheron see Bethoron

Bethesimoth † 574, Bethaisimoth 629

Bethfeses † 884

Bethleem 880

Bethlevaoth 867 Bethmarchoboth † 867

Bethnamra 639

Bethnemra 13. 27

Bethlebaoth 19. 6 Bethmarchaboth 19. 5

Bethleem 19. 15

Bethfeses 19.21

Bethesimoth 12. 3, Bethaisimoth

 

Beten 19. 25

Bethel 7. 2

Bethdagon 15. 41

Bethsan 17. 11

Bethsan 797, 811

Bethsan, Basan

Bethsames 15. 10, Bethsemes

Bethsames 705, Bethsemes 885, 905, 967 Beth(a)sames, Bethsomes, Bethsemes

Bethphelech

Bethfeleth 15. 27

Beth(d)agon

Bethdagon † 734, 891

Bethaven 7. 2

Bethpheleth † 726

Bethaven, Bechanen, Bethanen, Borthanen

Bethaven 258, 333, 841

Betharaba 15. 6

Bethoron 10. 10

Betharaba, Becheraba, Betharecha

Betharaba 693, 752, 859

Vulgate

Bethoron, Beth(s)eron, Bethoron 759, 763, 973; Betheron 456, 458, 842 etc.; ascensioun de 456, descen- Betharon, Gechoron, cioun de 458, le plus baz 759, le suverein Bechoron 763, la southzein 842-43

P

Anglo-Norman Bible (L)

Beth-shean

Beth-shemesh

Beth-pelet

Beth-horon

Beth-nimrah

Beth-lebaoth Beth-marcaboth

Bethlehem

Beth-pazzez

Beth-jeshimoth

 

Beten

Bethel

Beth-dagon

Beth-aven, Bethel

Beth-arabah

NRSV 164 Geographical names

P Bethsur Beththussua Berhul Goem, Benboen Bosor Gozram Capsahel   Cadesbarne, Cades et … Barne Caphi, Caphera   Chariathbaal, Cariathaal Chariataim Chariathiarim, C(h)ariachiarim, Cariathirim, Canath Charial Sepher Caricaa   Charcha

Anglo-Norman Bible (L)

Bethsur 748

Bethtaphua 744

Bethul 866

Boem, perre de 693; Abenboen 853; Boen, perre de 853

Bosor 936, 988

Bosram 979

Cabsehel 724

Cades see Cedes

Cadesbarne 520, 665, 666 etc.

Caphira 416, Chafera 861

Cariath see Cariathjarim

Cariathabaal 750, 844 see also Cariathjarim

Cariathaim † 628

Cariathjarim † 416, 702, 750 etc., Cariath 862; cité dé foreste 703, citee des bois 750 see also Cariathabaal

Cariathsepher 714, 715; citee des lettres 714 see also Dabir

Caricaa † 688

Carmelum see Chermel

Cartha 986

Bethul

Beth-tappuah

Beth-zur

NRSV

Chartha 21. 34

 

Caricaa 15. 3

Cariathsepher 15. 15

Cariathiarim 9. 17, Cariath

Cariathaim 13. 19

Cariathbaal 15. 60

 

Caphira 9. 17, Cafera

Cadesbarne 10. 41

 

Cabsehel 15. 21

Bosram 21. 27

Bosor 20. 8

Kartah

 

Karka

Kiriath-sepher

Kiriath-jearim

Kiriathaim

Kiriath-baal

 

Chephirah

Kadesh-barnea

 

Kabzeel

Beeshterah

Bezer

lapis Boem 15. 6, Abenboen 18. Stone of Bohan 18, lapis Boen 18. 18

Bethul 19. 4

Bethafua 15. 53

Bethsur 15. 58

Vulgate

Geographical names

165

Casis, vaal de Chathel Cedes, Cades, Cedis Seneroth, C(h)enereth, Cheneroth Chesion Ceseleth et Thabor Resimoth Cedis Cabril   C(c)hanaan ——

C(h)ariat(h)arbe, Chanatarbe, Cariatharbe 14. 15 Chariachate Cariath Senna Cariothefram Chasaloth

Casis, vaal de 859

Catheth 879

Cedes 594, 724, 904 etc. Cades 983

Ceneroth 525, 572, Cenereth 641, 903; meer de 572, 641

Cesion 884, 980

Cesseleththabor 876

Cethimoth 627

Cethlis 734

Chabul † 893

Chafera see Caphira

Chanaan 165, 1020, 1071; terre de 190, 600-01, 602-03 etc.

Chane 893

C(h)ariat(h)arbe 681, 711, 745 etc. see also (H)ebron

Chariathsenna 742 see also Dabir

Charioth et Jesrom 725 see also Asor

Chasaloth 883

Cina 15. 22

Cina 724

Cina

Chermel 15. 55, Carmelum maris 19. 26

Chermel 746, Carmelum de la meer 890 Hermel, Carmel de la mear see also Gecenam, Jachanen

Chasaloth 19. 18

Cariothesrom 15. 25

Cariathsenna 15. 49

Canae 19. 28

Chanaan 5. 1

 

Chabul 19. 27

Chethlis 15. 40

Cedmoth 13. 18

Ceseleththabor 19. 12

Cesion 19. 20

Cheneroth 11. 2, Chenereth

Cades 12. 22, Cedes

Catheth 19. 15

vallis Casis 18. 21

Charthan 21. 32

Charthan

Carthan † 983

Vulgate

P

Anglo-Norman Bible (L)

Kinah

Carmel

Chesulloth

Kerioth-hezron

Kiriath-sannah

Kiriath-arba

Kanah

Canaan

 

Cabul

Chitlish

Kedemoth

Chisloth-tabor

Kishion

Chinneroth, Chinnereth

Kedesh

Kattath

Emek-keziz

Kartan

NRSV 166 Geographical names

   

Eathar see Ether

Ebron see (H)ebron

Effraym, Ephraim

 

Dray see Hedrai

Effraym 793, Ephraym 1166; mount(aigne) de 809, 919, 935 etc.

Dor

Dor 526, 594, 798; province de 595

Edom

Dymona

Dimona 724

Edom 684, 723

Dibon

Dibon † 613, 626

Heder

mear de Desert

Desert, meer del 117, 573 see also Mort, Tressalee

Eder 724

Deleam

Deleam 733

Edenna

Odadai

Deda 724

Edenna 742

Debbaseth

Debbaseth † 875

 

Dabir, Debera

Dabir 516, † 562, 589 etc., Dabira 513, Debera 694 see also Cariathsepher, Chariathsenna

Edema

Deberet, Dabareth

Dabereth † 876, 980

Edaba see Medaba

Denna

Daamma 986

Edema 903

P

Anglo-Norman Bible (L)

Ephraim 16. 10

Edom 15. 1

Eder 15. 21

Edenna 15. 49

Edema 19. 36

 

 

 

 

Dor 11. 2

Dimona 15. 22

Dibon 13. 9

mare Solitudinis 3. 16, mare Deserti 12. 3

Delean 15. 38

Adeda 15. 22

Debbaseth 19. 11

Dabir 10. 38, Debera 15. 7

Dabereth 19. 12

Damna 21. 35

Vulgate

Ephraim

Edom

Eder

Dannah

Adamah

 

 

 

 

Dor, Naphoth-dor

Dimonah

Dibon

sea of the Arabah, Dead Sea

Dilan

Adadah

Dabbesheth

Debir

Daberath

Dimnah

NRSV

Geographical names

167

Escorpion, assement del  

Esdrai see Hedrai

Ennon, vallee del filz de; Hennon, vallee des filz de

Ennon, vallee del filz † 697-98; Emnon, vallee des filz 848 see also Ge(h)ennon

Escorpioun, ascensioun de l’ 686

Enganin, Engamum

Engamym 730, Emganin 884, Engannym 981

Esaam

Engaddi

Engaddi 753

Esaam 744

Enaim

Enaim 731

Ephron, mountaigne de

Enadda

Enadda 884

Ephron, mountaigne de 702

Aenremmon 15. 32

Emach

Emath 605

Henremen

Heteten

Elthecen † 748

Ensames

Belthethe

Elthece 974

Enremon 728

Helon

Elon 909

Ensemes 851 see also Solail

(con)vallem filii Ennom 15. 8

Jeleph

Eleph 862

 

ascensus Scorpionis 15. 3

Esaan 15. 52

mons Ephron 15. 9

Aensemes 18. 17

(A)engannim 15. 34

Engaddi 15. 62

Aenaim 15. 34

Enadda 19. 21

Emath 13. 5

Elthecen 15. 59

Elthece 21. 23

Helon 19. 43

Eleph 18. 28

 

 

Elachoth see Alchat

 

ascent of Akrabbim

Eshan

Mount Ephron

En-shemesh

Ain and Rimmon

valley of the son of Hinnom

En-gannim

En-gedi

Enam

En-haddah

Lebo-hamath

Eltekon

Elteke

Elon

Haeleph

 

Eglon

Eglon 10. 3, Aglon

E(s)glon

NRSV

Eglon 442, 482, 505 etc., Eglom 446, Aglon 734

Vulgate Aegypto 2. 10, Aegyptum; tor- Egypt; Wadi of Egypt rens Aegypti 15 .4

P

Egipte 55, 172, 183 etc.; eawe de 689, 741; Egypte terre de 1142

Anglo-Norman Bible (L)

168 Geographical names

Garizin, mount de

Gabee, Galee

Gabee 860, 968

Garizin, mount de † 375-76

Gabaon, Galaon, Balabu

Gabaon 388, 415, 443 etc., Gaboan 456; citee de 439, 448

Galilee et Philistiim

Gabaa, Gabath, Galab

Gabaa 747, Gabath 862, Gaab 1173

Galilee Philistiim 599

Gaas, mount

Gaas, mount de 1166

Galilee

 

Gaab see Gabaa

Galilee 983, Galilea 934

Exul

Exul 727

Galgalis, Galgala(m), Galgale

Eufraten, fluvie de

Eufraten, fluvie de 6

Galgalis 155, 156, 185 etc., Galgala(m) 183, 449, 522 etc., Galgale 393, 468

Gader 12. 13

Ether, Achar

Ether 736, Eathar 868

Gader

Eschaol, Estoal

Estual 730, Estahol 908

Galaath, Gala(a)d, Galdas

Esrom

Esrom 687

Gader 589

Esna

Esna 736

Galaad 578, 595, 614 etc., Galaath 571; terre de 785, 787, 1028 etc.

Gabee 18. 24

Esem, Asem

Esem 727, Asem 866

mons Garizim 8. 33

Galilea Philisthim 13. 2

Galilea 20. 7

Galgalis 4. 19, Galgala(e), Galgala(m)

Galaad 12. 2, Galgal 12. 23

Gabaon 9. 3

Gebaa 15. 57, Gabaath, Gaab

mons Gaas 24. 30

 

Exiil 15. 30

fluvium … Eufraten 1. 4

Aether 15. 42, Athar

Esthaul 15. 33, Esthaol

Esrom 15. 3

Esna 15. 43

Esem 15. 29, Asem

Esebon 9. 10, Cheslon

Esebon, Cheslon

Esebon 401, 570, 578 etc.

Vulgate

P

Anglo-Norman Bible (L)

Mount Gerizim

regions of the Philistines

Galilee

Gilgal

Gilead, Goiim in Galilee

Geder

Geba

Gibeon

Gibeah

Mount Gaash

 

Chesil

river Euphrates

Ether

Eshtaol

Hezron

Ashnah

Ezem

Heshbon, Chesalon

NRSV

Geographical names

169

Gazer Gaier, Gazer Gemthon Jezenan, Jechenam Gedera Giderothaim Gedor Gehennon, Jehennon, Hennon Gehennom 15. 8, Ennom   Geth Jethefer Jeth et Remmo, Bethtemnon, Gethremon Jethson Gideroth Gilo Graunt Meer

Gaze 991

Gazer 503, 589, 759 etc.

Gebbeton 974

Gecennam 875, Jecenam 986

Gedera 731

Gederothaim 732

Gedor 748

Ge(h)ennon 699, 850; Hennon, vallee de 850 see also Ennon

Gesen see Jessen

Geth 564

Gethepher † 878

Gethremmon † 910, † 975, † 976

Gethson 989

Gideroth 734

Gilo 743

Grant Meer 7, 166, 384 etc.

Hai 258, 260, 317 etc.; cité(e) de 264, 313, Hai 314 etc.

Gaza

Gaza † 520, 564, 740

Ahi 7. 2

mare Magnum 1. 4, mari Magno, maris Magni

Gilo 15. 51

Gideroth 15. 41

Jethson [21. 36]

Gethremmon 19. 45

Getthefer 19. 13

Geth 11. 22

 

Gedor 15. 58

Giderothaim 15. 36

Gedera 15. 36

Iecennam 19. 11, Iechenam

Gebbethon 21. 23

Gazer 10. 33

Iazer 21. 37

Gaza(m) 10. 41

Gaulon 20. 8

Gaulon

Gaulon 938, 979

Vulgate

P

Anglo-Norman Bible (L)

Ai

Great Sea, the sea

Giloh

Gederoth

Kedemoth (?)

Gath-rimmon

Gath-hepher

Gath

 

Hinnom

Gedor

Gederothaim

Gederah

Jokneam

Gibbethon

Gezer

Jazer

Gaza

Golan

NRSV 170 Geographical names

P   Aroundinet, Arcundinet Hebal, mount de Ebron Edrai(m) Heleb Helon, Helom Helteten   Endor   Hered Herma, Hema, Arma Hermon, mountaigne de Hierton Hym   Israel Stemo Isthimon

Anglo-Norman Bible (L)

Harma see Herma

(H)arundineti, val de 767, 792

Hebal, mount de 367, 376

(H)ebron 441, 445, 482 etc.; mountaignes de 561 see also C(h)ariat(h)arbe

Hedrai 616, Dray 576, Esdrai 647, Adrai 904

Heleb 899

Helon † 899, 966

Helthecen † 909

Hemona see Villa Hemona

Hendor 799

Hennon see Ge(h)ennon

Hered 590

Herma 590, Harma 727, Arma 866

Hermon 528; mount(aigne) de 555, 56869, 576 etc.

Hiercon † 910

Hiim 727

Isachar see Ysachar

Israel 553, 562, 995 etc.

Istheno 743

Istimon 966

Isthimon 21. 14

Isthemo 15. 50

Israhel 11. 16

 

Hiim 15. 29

Hiercon 19. 46

(mons) Hermon 11. 3

Herma 12. 14, Harma, Arma

Hered 12. 14

 

Hendor 17. 11

 

Helthecen 19. 44

Helon 19. 33

Heleb 19. 33

Edrai(n) 12. 4, Edraim

Hebron 10. 3

mons Hebal 8. 30

vallis Harundineti 16. 8

 

Vulgate

Eshtemoa

Eshtemoh

Israel

 

Iim

Me-jarkon

(Mount) Hermon

Hormah

Arad

 

En-dor

 

Eltekeh

the oak, Holon

Heleph

Edrei

Hebron

Mount Ebal

Wadi Kanah

 

NRSV

Geographical names

171

P Jabot, eawe de Jachanem en Carmel Jasne Jabir Jair Jance Jamyn   Jarim, mount de Jazer, Jareth Jeblaam Jebneel, Jebnael Jebus Jebusei, costere de   Jetthel Jedaba Resbeti Jephtha Jepthael, Nepthael, valee de

Anglo-Norman Bible (L)

Jaboc, eawe de † 571-72

Jachanen de Carmel 594

Jafie † 877

Jagur 724

Jair 646

Janoe 765, 766

Janum 744

Jaramoth see Jer(i)moth

Jarim, mount de 704

Jazer 636, 989

Jeblaam 798

Jebneel 707, Jebnael 899

Jebus 862 see also Jerusalem

Jebusei, costere dé 698, Jebuseus, costere dé 850

Jecenam see Gecennam

Jectel 733

Jeddala 880

Jefleti 759

Jephtha 736

Jeptael, vallee de † 879, 891-92

vallis Iepthahel 19. 14

Ieptha 15. 43

Ieflethi 16. 3

Iedala 19. 15

Iecthel 15. 38

 

latus Iebusei 15. 8

Iebus 18. 28

Iebnehel 15. 11, Iebnahel

Ieblaam 17. 11

Iazer 13. 25

mons Iarim 15. 10

 

Ianum 15. 53

Ianoe 16. 6

Air 13. 30

Iagur 15. 21

Iafie 19. 12

Iachanaem Chermeli 12. 22

torrens Iaboc 12. 2

Vulgate

valley of Iphtah-el

Iphtah

territory of the Japhletites

Idalah

Jokthe-el

 

slope of the Jebusites

Jebus

Jabneel

Ibleam

Jazer, Jahzah

Mount Jearim

 

Janim

Janoah

Jair

Jagur

Japhia

Jokneam in Carmel

River Jabbok

NRSV 172 Geographical names

P Jebthon Jerahel Jericho Jerimoth, (H)erimoth, Herimith, Jerimoch, Jeramath Jeron J(h)erusalem Jessa Gosen, Jessem Jethan, Jethampheth (?) Jethela Gethe(r) Jezrehel, Jesrahel, Jezrael Joppen Jordan; tombes del

Jothae Vilcadam ——

Anglo-Norman Bible (L)

Jepton 909

Jeraphel 861

Jericho 41, 42, 186 etc.; citee de 39, 146, 155-56 etc.

Jer(i)moth 442, 445, 482 etc., Jaramoth 980

Jeron † 904

Jerusalem 436, 441, 445 etc. see also Jebus

Jessa 627

Jessen, terre de 520, 553; Gesen 743

Jethan 725, 967

Jethela 909

Jether 742, 966

Jezrael 746, Jesrael 812, 883

Joppen 911

Jordan 4, 21, 26 etc.; eawe(s) de(l) 101, 108-09, 130 etc.; flum (de) 271, 633, 692 etc.; monumentz de 1022, 1026; wee forþe de 50

Jothe 746

Jucadam † 746

Jud 910

Iud 19. 45

Iucadam 15. 56

Iotae 15. 55

Iordane(m) 1. 2, Iordane(s); ad vadum Iordanis 2. 7; ad tumulos Iordanis 22. 10; super Iordanis tumulos 22. 11

Ioppen 19. 46

Iezrehel 15. 56, (H)iezrahel

Iether 15. 48

Iethela 19. 42

Iethnan 15. 23, Iethan

Gosen 10. 41

Iessa 13. 18

Hierusalem 10. 1

Ieron 19. 38

Hieremoth 10. 3, Hierimoth, Iaramoth

Hiericho 2. 1

Iarafel 18. 27

Gebthon 19. 44

Vulgate

Jehud

Jokdeam

Juttah

Jordan; to the Jordan as far as the fords; to (in) the region near the Jordan [= Geliloth]

Joppa

Jezreel

Jattir

Ithlah

Ithnan, Juttah

Goshen

Jahaz

Jerusalem

Iron

Jarmuth

Jericho

Irpeel

Gibbethon

NRSV

Geographical names

173

Manaim

Madamema

Mademena 728

Manaim 638, 645, 990

Machinetas

Machmethat † 764

Maggedo, Macedo

Maceda(m)

Maceda(m) 457, 471, 477 etc.; citee de 469

Maged(d)o 594, 800

Maara des Sydoniens

Maara des Sydoines 603

Magdalgad

Luza, Luzam

Luza 758, Lusam 841 see also Bethel

Magdalgad 733

Liban

Liban 6, 385, 582 etc.; mount de 605; plaine de 555

Maddalel

Lessem, Lesfendart

Lesem 912, Lesemdan 913

Magdalel 904

Madian 13. 21

Leenas

Lehemas 734

Madian

Lecruin (?)

Lecum † 900

Madron, Madon

Lebna(m), Labana

Lebna(m) 496, 499, 500 etc., Labana 736

Madian 631

Lebaoth

Lebaoth 728

Madon † 524, 592

Medemena 15. 31

Lachis

Lachis 442, 445, 482 etc.

Manaim 13. 26

Mageddo 12. 21

Magdalgad 15. 37

Magdalel 19. 38

Madon 11. 1

Machmethath 16. 6

Maceda(m) 10. 10

Maara Sidoniorum 13. 4

Luzam 16. 2

Libano 1. 4, Libanum, Libani

Lesem 19. 47, Lesemdan

Lehemas 15. 40

Lecum 19. 33

Lebna(m) 10. 29, Labana

Lebaoth 15. 32

Lachis 10. 3

Iuda(s) 11. 21

Juda(s)

Juda(s) 824, 902; mount(aigne) de 562, 935, 963

Vulgate

P

Anglo-Norman Bible (L)

Mahanaim

Megiddo

Migdal-gad

Migdal-el

Madon

Midian

Madmannah

Michmethath

Makkedah

Mearah

Luz

Lebanon, Halak

Leshem, Leshem Dan

Lahmam

Lakkum

Libnah

Lebaoth

Lachish

Judah

NRSV 174 Geographical names

Moab Molada

Molada 726, 866

Mefpheth, Maspha

Mepheth † 627, Maspha 989

Moab 650, 1123

Limelech

Melech † 889

Misor

Meddon

Medin 752

Misor 989

Medelaa

Medala 874

Mesphel, Masalathon

Medaba

Medaba 613, † 626

Messal 890, Masal Acon 981

Mafe

Masphe 537; terre de 528

Melpha, Messe

 

Maspha see Mephe

Mespha 733, Mesphe 861

aquas Merom 11. 5

Masseroth, eawes de

Maserephoth, ewes de 537, † 606

Mero(u)n, eawes de

 

Masal Acon see Messal

Mesopotamie, Mesopotamia

Mareth

Mareth 748

Meron, eawes de 531, 535

Maresa

Maresa 736

Mesopotamie 1112; Mesapotamye 1134; Mesepotamye 1137

Mepheeth 13. 18, Mephaath

Maon

Maon 746

Molada 15. 26

Moab 13. 32

Misor [21. 36]

Messal 19. 26, Masal

Mesfa 15. 38, Mesfe

Mesopotamia(e) 24. 3

Elmelech 19. 26

Meddin 15. 61

Medala 19. 11

Medaba 13. 9

Masphe 11. 3

 

aquas Maserefoth 11. 8

 

Mareth 15. 59

Maresa 15. 44

Maon 15. 55

Manasse 17. 7

Manasse

Manasse(s) 789, 791, *793 etc.

Vulgate

P

Anglo-Norman Bible (L)

Moladah

Moab

——

Mishal

Mizpeh

(land) beyond the Euphrates, beyond the River

waters of Merom

Mephaath

Allammelech

Middin

Maralah

Medeba

Mizpah

 

Misrephoth-maim

 

Maarath

Mareshah

Maon

Manasseh

NRSV

Geographical names

175

Horem

Noaracha

Noaratha 766

Orem 904

Noa

Noa 878

Oleon

Nesibi

Nesiby 736

Olon 743

Nepthoa, Nephcoa, fountaigne del eawe (des eawes) de

Nepthoa, fountaigne de l’eawe (des eawes) de 701, 847

Ofra

Neptalym

Neptalim, mountaigne de 934

Ofra 860

Neiehel

Nehiel 892

Ofny

Orma

Nehema 735

Ofni 860

 

Neceb see Adami

Odollam, Adulam

Nehaal

Nealal 880

Odolla 590, Adula 731

Nathan (?)

Nathon 879

Nophet

Naason Chenasor

Nasor 904

Aoly

Nalos

Nalol † 986

Nophet, citee de 801

Mort

Mort, lieu de 117 see also Desert, Tressalee

Oali 889

P

Anglo-Norman Bible (L)

Horem 19. 38

Olon 15. 51

Ofra 18. 23

Ofni 18. 24

Odollam 12. 15, Adulam

Oali 19. 25

Nofeth 17. 11

Noaratha 16. 7

Noa 19. 13

Nesib 15. 43

fons aquae Nepthoa 15. 9

mons Nepthali 20. 7

Neihel 19. 27

Neema 15. 41

 

Nehalal 19. 15

Nathon 19. 14

Nasor 19. 37

Nalol 21. 35

Mortuum 3. 16

Vulgate

Horem

Holon

Ophrah

Ophni

Adullam

Hali

Naphath

Naarah

Neah

Nezib

spring of the Waters of Nephtoah

hill country of Naphtali

Neiel

Naamah

 

Nahalal

Hannathon

En-hazor

Nahalal

sea of the Arabah, the Dead Sea

NRSV 176 Geographical names

Sabama Sabarim Sabee Salacha, Saleca

Sabarim 265

Sabee 866 see also Bersabee

Salacha 577, Selecha 615

Recen

Recen 861

Sabama 628

Rethaca

Reccath 903

R(o)uge Meer

Raphaim, Affraym

Raphaim 883; val(ee) dé 700, 849

R(o)uge Meer 54, 161, 1118

Ramothmasphe

Ramothmasphe † 638

Raob, Roob

Ramoth

Ramoth 937, 990

Roob 893, 895, † 982

Rameth

Rameth 884

Roma

Rama, Arama

Rama 860, Arama 904

Roma 744

Remmon 19. 7

Rabbith

Rabbith 883

Remmon, Remmori

Rabba, Reba

Rabba 637, Areba 750

Rogel, fo(u)ntaigne de

Prepuces, terre de

Prepuz, tertre des 171

Remmon 868, 878

Betheor

Pheor † 628

Rogel, fountaigne de 697, 851

Recem 18. 27

Osfa

Osa 894

Salacha 12. 4, Saleca

Sabee 19. 2

Sabarim 7. 5

Sebama 13. 19

maris Rubri 2. 10

Roob 19. 28

Roma 15. 52

fons Rogel 15. 7

Recchath 19. 35

Rafaim 15. 8, Afaraim

Ramoth Masphe 13. 26

Ramoth 20. 8

Rameth 19. 21

Rama 18. 25, Arama

Rabbith 19. 20

Rabba 13. 25, Arebba

colle Praeputiorum 5. 3

Bethpheor 13. 20

Osa 19. 29

Orma 19. 29

Horma

Orma 894

Vulgate

P

Anglo-Norman Bible (L)

Salecah

Sheba

Shebarim

Sibmah

Red Sea

Rehob

Dumah

En-rogel

Rimmon

Rekem

Rakkath

Rephaim, Hapharaim

Ramath-mizpeh

Ramoth

Remeth

Ramah

Rabbith

Rabbah

Gibeath-haaraloth

Beth-peor

Hosah

Ramah

NRSV

Geographical names

177

Sela 18. 28

Sela 861

Sela

Seir 11. 17

Ceila 15. 44

Seesima 19. 22

Sechrona 15. 11

 

Cebsain 21. 22

Schacha 15. 61

Sarthan 3. 16

Saron 12. 18

Saroen  19. 6

Sarith 19. 10

Saraim 15. 36

Sarathasar 13. 19

Saraa 15. 33

Saphon 13. 27

Sananim 19. 33

Sanan 15. 37

Semaraim 18. 22

mons Samir 15. 48

Same 15. 26

civitas Salis 15. 62

Vulgate

Seir 554, 583; mount(aigne) de 704, 1114 Seir

Ceilla

Soron

Saron 592

Seila 736

Saroem

Saroen 867

Seesima

Sarith, Sabrith

Sarith 874, 876

Seesima † 885

Sarim

Sarim 731

Sethrona

Sarathasar

Sarathasar † 628

Sechrona 706

Saraa, Sama

Saraa 730, 908

 

Saphan

Saphon 639

Seceleg see Siceleg

Salamyn

Sananym † 899

Cebsam

Sasan

Sanan 733

Sebsain 973

Semmara

Samraim 859

Sarcham

Atuir, mountz de

Samir, mount de 742

Scata

Same

Same 726

Sarthan † 116

Soel

Salis 752

Scacha † 752

P

Anglo-Norman Bible (L)

Zela

Seir

Keilah

Shahazumah

Shikkeron

 

Kibzaim

Secacah

Zarethan

Lasharon

Sharuhen

Sarid

Shaaraim

Zereth-shahar

Zorah

Zaphon

Zaanannim

Zenan

Zemaraim

Shamir

Shema

City of Salt

NRSV 178 Geographical names

Seon Sior Sared Sechim Sicelech Sichem, Sichen Silo Soccho, Sorto Sochor   Solail, fo(u)ntaigne del

Seon 883

Seor 745

Ser 903

Sethim † 38, † 88

Siceleg 727, Seceleg 866

Sichen 789, Sichem 934, 1107, 1158 etc., Sechim 972

Silo 817, 833, 835 etc.

Socc(h)o 731, 742

Sochot 639

Solail, citee du see Achirsemes

Solail, fountaigne del (du) 696-97, 852 see also Ensemes

Semron 19. 15

Semrom Serenna

Semron 880

Selim

Selim 728

Sensenna 728

Selim 15. 32

 

Selecha see Salacha

fons Solis 15. 7

 

Soccoth 13. 27

Soccho 15. 35

Silo 18. 1

Sychem 17. 7

Siceleg 15. 31, Seceleg

Setthim 2. 1

Ser 19. 35

Sior 15. 54

Seon 19. 19

Sensenna 15. 31

 

Selebin 19. 42

Selebin

Selebin 909

Vulgate

P

Anglo-Norman Bible (L)

(waters of ) En-shemesh

 

Succoth

Socoh

Shiloh

Shechem

Ziklag

Shittim

Zer

Zior

Shion

Sansannah

Shimron

Shilhim

 

Shaalabbin

NRSV

Geographical names

179

Syn(a) Siorbanath Taffua, Tafua, Taphne Tafue, fountaigne de Telem Temach, Thanath, Thenath Thabor Tharasin Thamarsare Tampna, Canna, Thenna Thanathisselo Carala Efbon  

Syn, desert de 684; Syna 687

Syor et Labanath 890

Tafua † 591, Taphua † 730, Taffhua 767; Tafue, terre de † 790-91

Tafue, fountaigne de † 790

Telem 725

Tenach 593, Thenac 800, Thanach † 976

Thabor 885

Thacasin 878

Thammath Saraa 918-19, Thamnathsare 1165

Thamna 705, 747, Themna 909

Thanathsalo † 765

Tharala † 861

Thebbon 734

Themna see Thamna

 

Thebbon 15. 40

Tharala 18. 27

Thanathselo 16. 6

Thamna 15. 10, Themna

Thamnathseraa 19. 50, Thamnathsare

Etthacasin 19. 13

Thabor 19. 22

Thenach 12. 21, Thanach

Thelem 15. 24

fons Taffuae 17. 7

T(h)affua 12. 17

Siorlabanath 19. 26

Sin(a) 15. 1

Sidonem magnam 11. 8

Sunem 19. 18

Simem Sydon(ie), graunt

Sunem † 883

Sydon(e), grant 536, 893

Someron 11. 1

Someron(e)

Someron 524, † 593

Vulgate

P

Anglo-Norman Bible (L)

 

Cabbon

Taralah

Taanath-shiloh

Timnah

Timnath-serah

Eth-kazin

Tabor

Taanach

Telem

En-tappuah

Tappuah

Shihor-libnath

Zin

Great Sidon

Shunem

Shimron(-meron)

NRSV

180 Geographical names

Isachar Zabulon   Ziph

Ysachar 797

Zabulon 891, 901

Zanoe see Asanee

Ziph 725; Zifi 746

Ucoca 19. 34

Venca Villa Hemona

Ucoca † 901

Thire

Tyrum 894, citee tresgarnie

Villa Hemona 860

Tyrum 19. 29

meer Tres(s)alee, Salee, trop salee

Tressalee, meer 573, 685, † 690 etc. see also Desert, Mort

Zif 15. 24

 

Zabulon 19. 27

Isachar 17. 11

villa Emona 18. 24

mare Salsissimum 12. 3

Thersa 12. 24

Thersa

Thersa 595

Vulgate

P

Anglo-Norman Bible (L)

Ziph

 

Zebulun

Issachar

Chephar-ammoni

Hukkok

Tyre

Dead Sea, the sea

Tirzah

NRSV

Geographical names

181

E. PERSONAL NAMES IN THE ANGLONORMAN BIBLE’S BOOK OF JOSHUA

Each listing below provides line references for as many as the first twenty occurrences of the personal name. Except for the substitution of y for i and i for y, all forms of personal names in L and P appear. An asterisk (*) indicates that the name appears more than once in the line noted; a dagger (†), a reading that has been modified in the edited text. The list includes patriarchal names, e.g. those preceded by les filz de, la lignee de, la maisoun de or la mesnee de, although these may sometimes overlap with toponyms or tribal names. Otherwise, the list excludes the names of groups. For the Latin text of Jerome’s prologue to Joshua (= Prol.), see Robert Weber and Roger Gryson, eds, Biblia Sacra Vulgata, 5th  edn. (Stuttgart: Deutsche Bibelgesellschaft, 2007), pp. 285-86. Numbers in the Vulgate column indicate the chapter and verse of the name’s first appearance in the Vulgate Joshua.

Charmi —— Dabir

Christ J39

Dabir 442

Genjamin, Benyamyn, Benjamyn

Benjamyn 837, 857, 863, 950, 968

Charmy 255, † 293

Galach

Balach 1123

Chene

Balaam

Balaam 632, 1124

Cenez 716

Axam

Axam 715, 717

Caleph

As(s)er

Aser 796, 888, 896, 954, 981

Caleph 663, 680, 710, 712, 714, 719, 721, 964, Caleb 716

Am(m)on

Am(m)on 572, 614, 637

Cha(a)t

Adonisedech

Adonisedech 436, 441

Caath 949, 961, 972, 977, Chaat 951

Beor 13. 22

Adam

Adam 682

Beor

Achiman

Achiman 712

Goem

Achor, Acher, Achar

Achar † 255, 293, 294, † 296, 304, 1040

Beor 632, 1124

Abraham

Abraham *1111

Boem 693, Boen 853

Beniamin 18. 11

Abiezer

Abiezer 776

Dabir 10. 3

Christi Prol.

Charmi 7.1

Cenez 15. 17

Chaleb 14. 6

Caath 21. 4

Boem 15. 6, Boen 18. 18

Balac 24. 9

Balaam 13. 22

Axam 15. 16

Aser 17. 10

Ammon 12. 2

Adonisedec 10. 1

Adam 14. 15

Ahiman 15. 14

Achan 7. 1

Abraham 24. 2

Abiezer 17. 2

Aaron 21. 4

Aaron

Aaron 949, 960, 965, 969, 1115, 1173

Vulgate

P

Anglo-Norman Bible (L)

Debir

——

Carmi

Kenaz

Caleb

Kohathites

Bohan

Beor

Benjamin

Balak

Balaam

Achsah

Asher

Ammonites

Adoni-zedek

——

Ahiman

Achan

Abraham

Abiezer

Aaron

NRSV

Personal names

183

—— Finees

Finies 1028, 1064, 1066, 1173

Ennon, Hennon

Ennon 698, Emnon 848

Eustochie J38

Eneu

Eveum † 631

——

Enak, Enath

Enac(h) 711, 712, 713, † 962

Eusibium de Pamphili J32

Emmor

Emor 1171

Ezrihel

Elech

Elech 776

Esrihel † 776

Eleazer, Eleazar, Eliazar Eleazar 14. 1

Eleazar 654, 920, 943, 1029, 1067, 1173, Eleazari 781

Epher

Egla

Egla 781

Esau

Effraim, Ephraim

Effraym 659, 761, 762, 768, 769, 770, 792, 813, 952, 972

Epher 777, 779

Nostre Seignor

Dieu Nostre Sire 34-35

Esau 1113, 1114

D(i)eu, Seignor (Dieu) Deus 2. 11, Dominum Deum 4.25, Dominus 7.25

D(i)eu 59, 163, 307, 427, 665, 1041, 1072, 1075, 1140

Finees 22. 13

Eustochiae Prol.

Eusebium Pamphili Prol.

Esrihel 17. 2

Esau 24. 4

Epher 17. 2

Ennom 15. 8

Eveum 13. 21

Enach 15. 13

Emmor 24. 32

Elech 17. 2

Egla 17. 3

Ephraim 14. 4

Dominus Deus 1. 17

Dan 19. 40

Dan

Dan 907, 911, 913, 914, 952, 974

Vulgate

P

Anglo-Norman Bible (L)

Phinehas

——

——

Asriel

Esau

Hepher

Hinnom

Evi

Anak

Hamor

Helek

Eleazar

Hoglah

Ephraim, Ephraimites

the LORD your God

God, the LORD (God)

Dan, Danites

NRSV 184 Personal names

Gad Galaad Gerson Iram Isaac

Gad 143, 635, 642, 938, 956, 990, 1018, 1024, 1030, 1043, 1050, 1066, 1070, 1074

Galaad 774, 779

Gerson 953, 984, Jerson 978

Iram 503

Isaak 1113

Joseph, Josephites

leviticae 3. 3

levitical, Levi, Levites

Judah Levi, Levitz

Ioseph 14. 4

Jobab

Levi 91, 620, 651, 943, 961, 972, 978

Joseph

Joseph 659, 756, 760, 774, 778, 805, 809, 813, 825, 838, 1170, 1172

Iobab 11. 1

Jephunneh (the Kenizzite)

Iuda 7.1

Joach

Jobab † 523

Iepphonne (Cenezeus) 14. 6

Japhia

Juda(s)

Jephone le Ceneeus, Jephonie le Cenezien, Jephon(n)e

Jephon(i)e (le Cenezeus) 664, † 680, 710, 964

Iaphie 10. 3

Jacob

Juda 256, 290, 294, 663, 683, 708, 710, 722, 723, 754, 755, 838, 845, 865, 871, 950, 960

Japhie

Japhie 442

Iacob 24. 4

Jabin

Isaac

Horam

Gershonites

Gilead

Gadites, Gad

NRSV

Iosue 1. 10, Iesum Iosue filium filium Nave Prol., Iosue Bennun Prol.

Jacob

Jacob 1113, 1114, 1171

Iabin 11. 1

Isaac 24. 4

Hiram 10. 33

Gerson 21. 6

Galaad 17. 1

Gad 4. 12

Vulgate

Josue 19, 32, 87, 94, 98, 101, 121, 125, 133, 136, 141, 147, 156, 169, Josue(e) [le filz (de) Nun] 179, 182, 191, 194, 196, 197 etc., Jhesum le filz Nave J3, Josue Ben Nun † J4, Josue le filz Nun J4, 2, 38, 83-84, 207-08, 654, 782, 917, 920, 944, 1164

Jabin

Jabin 523

Isachar see Ysachar

P

Anglo-Norman Bible (L)

Personal names

185

Melcha Merai, Merari

Melcha 781

Merari 956, 987, 991

Merari 21. 7

Melcha 17. 3

Manasse 1. 12

Nostre Seignor Dieu Nua

Nostre Sire Dieu de Israel 652

Nua 781

Og(g) Othan ——

Og 56, 401, 575, 616, 646, 647

Oham 441

Origens J32

Nun see Josue

Nostre Seignor, D(i)eu, Domini 1. 1, Domino Seignor Deus 24. 19, Dei 24.26

Nostre Sire *2, 24, 28, 31, 52, 54, 60, 64, 84, 95, 98, 100, 105, 119, 121, 131, 134, 140, 142, 147 etc.

Origenem Prol.

Oham 10. 3

Og 2. 10

Noa 17. 3

Dominus Deus Israhel 13. 33

Deus noster 24. 18

Nostre Deu

Nostre Dieu 1146

Nepthalim 19. 32

Neptalym

Neptalim 898, 906, 954, 983

Nave see Josue

Nachor

Nahor 24. 2

Manasse(n)

Manasse(s) 23, 580, 610, 644, 648, 659, 760, 770, 773, 774, 776, 780, 787, 801, 813, 829, 938, 952, 954, 976 etc.; Manassen 143, 777, 786, 1025, 1043, 1066

Machir 13. 31

Nachor 1111

Machir

Machir *648, 774, 779

Maala 17. 3

Mosi Prol., Moses 1. 2

Maala

Maala 780

Vulgate

Moises J2, *3, 12, 24, 26, 30, 99, 141, 144, 368, 376, 545, † 549, Moysen, Moyses 565, 578, 579, 610, 617, 623, 630 etc., Moisen 2, 6, 8, 34, 35, 148, 369, 371, 428, 549, 551, 560, 656, 664, 673, 924, 946, 959, 1021, 1086

P

Anglo-Norman Bible (L)

——

Hoham

Og

Noah

the LORD God of Israel

the LORD (God), God

our God

Naphtali

Nahor

Moses

Merarites

Milcah

Manasseh, Manassites

Machir, Machirites

Mahlah

NRSV 186 Personal names

Pharam —— Raab Rebe Recem Ruben Sichem Selphaach Semida Seon Sephor Sesai

Pharam 441

Pammachius † J42

Raab 40, 42, 229, 243, 246

Rebee 631

Recem 631

Ruben 143, 623, † 633, 694, 854, 937, 956, 988, 1018, 1024, 1030, 1043, 1050, 1066, 1070, 1074

Sechem 777, Sichem 1172

Selphaad 779

Semida 777

Seon 56, 401, 569, 578, 613, 630, 631, 640

Sephor 1123

Sesai 712 Seignor Dieux

Seignor Dieu(x), Deu Notre Seignor, Deu, Nostre Seignor Deu

Sire 273

Sire Dieu 17, 22, 25, 29, 58-59, 90-91, 102, 108, 126-27, 270, 325, 428, 474, 668-69, 670, 827, 833, 1004, 1004-05, 1009 etc.

Sichem see Sechem

Gothoniel ——

Othoniel 716

Paule J37

P

Anglo-Norman Bible (L)

Dominus Deus 1. 9

Domine Deus 7. 8

Sesai 15. 14

Sepphor 24. 9

Seon 2. 10

Semida 17. 2

Salphaad 17. 3

Sechem 17. 2, Sychem 24. 32

Ruben 4. 12

Recem 13. 21

Rabee 13. 21

Raab 2. 1

Pammachius Prol.

Pharam 10. 3

Paulae Prol.

Othonihel 15. 17

Vulgate

the LORD (God), God

LORD

Sheshai

Zippor

Sihon

Shemida

Zelophehad

Shechem

Reubenites, Reuben

Rekem

Reba

Rahab

——

Piram

——

Othniel

NRSV

Personal names

187

Seignor Deu de voz peres Seignor Deu Vivaunt Sur Symeon Thare —— Thersa Tolmai —— Ur Isachar Zabdi Zabulon Zare

Sire Deu de voz peres † 821

Sire Dieu Vivaunt 103

Sur 631

Symeon 864, 870, 871, 950, 960

Thare 1110

Theodicioun J31

Thersa 781

Tholmai 712

Trespussaunt 1137

Ur 631

Ysachar 796, 886, 953, 980

Zabdi 255, 292, 293

Zabulon 873, 881, 957, 987

Zare † 255, 291, 294, 304, 1040

the LORD (the) God of Israel, the God of Israel

NRSV

Zare 7. 1

Zabulon 19. 10

Zabdi 7.1

Isachar 17. 10

Ur 13. 21

potissimum 24. 15

Tholmai 15. 14

Thersa 17. 3

Theodotionis Prol.

Thare 24. 2

Symeon 19. 1

Sur 13. 21

Dominus Deus vivens 3. 10

Zerah, Zerahites

Zebulun

Zabdi

Issachar

Hur

——

Talmai

Tirzah

——

Terah

Simeon

Zur

the living God

Dominus Deus patrum the LORD the vestrorum 18. 3 God of your ancestors

Nostre Seignor et de Domini Dei universae universe terre, (Nostre) terrae 3. 13, Dominus Seignor (le) D(i)eu de Deus Israhel 7. 13 Israel

Sire D(i)eu de Israel 283, 294-95, 296-97, 367, 417, 419, 519, 521, 621, 652, 681, 1032, 1050, 1109-10, 1155

Vulgate

P

Anglo-Norman Bible (L)

188 Personal names

GLOSSARY

The glossary generally excludes words that are common in Old French and AngloNorman except in cases where they are of particular lexical or thematic interest. Comprehensive line references are provided for words that occur fewer than four times; for words appearing four times or more, the third reference is followed by etc. Spellings with y for i are not listed separately. For infinitives not attested in the text, spellings have been deduced; such infinitive forms are directly followed by a semi-colon. An asterisk (*) marks a word that is repeated in the line indicated, and a dagger (†), a word that has been edited in our text. Line numbers preceded by J refer to Jerome’s prologue to Joshua. For this, see Biblia Sacra Vulgata, eds Robert Weber and Roger Gryson, 5th edn (Stuttgart: Deutsche Bibelgesellschaft, 2007; www.bibelwissenschaft.de), pp. 285-86. To account for the blurring of past and present tense in narration, ind.pr. and pret. forms are shown according to their use in the text. Thus, e.g., vait and vount may be shown as pret. forms when their intended meaning is ‘went’, and passa as ind.pr. whenever it means ‘traverses’ or ‘crosses through’. The chief dictionaries of reference in this section are the Anglo-Norman Dictionary at www.anglo-norman.net and Walther von Wartburg, Französisches Etymologisches Wörterbuch at https://apps.atilf.fr/lecteurFEW/index.php/page/ view. acomplir; pret.3 acomplist 550; sbj.pr.5 acomplissez 1008; p.pr. acomplissauntz 97, 260; p.p. acompli(e)z 140, 916, 999; v.a. carry out, fulfil, finish acoustomer; p.p. as adj. acoustomez 153; v.n. be accustomed adecertes, adv. certainly, assuredly J5, J17, 44 etc. adeprimes, adv. firstly, at the beginning 160 adevaunt, adv. before, previously 177, 322 (a)drescer; pret.3 (a)dre(s)cea 334, 337; fut.2 adresceras 16; p.pr. adresceaunt 699; p.p. adrescee 360; v.a. follow; direct; raise (up); v.refl. turn (towards) aguaitz, s.pl. ambushers; hiding places 316, 319, 324 etc.; see also mettre

aherder, v.n. be attached to, cling to 1093, imper.5 aherdez 1010, 1088; pret.3 aherdi 66 ahouraunce, s. worship 1033 ahourer; sbj.pr.5 ahourez 1088; p.pr. ahouraunt 195; p.p. ahouree 1105; v.a. worship ajoindre; imper.2 ajoignes 720; pret.3 ajoint 290; p.p. ajointz † 796; v.a. bring together, unite; attach, add ajouster; p.p. ajoustee J16, ajoustez J30; v.a. add aler 675, ind.pr.3 vait 686, 692, 697 etc., va 554, 583, 794 etc.; imper.5 alez 39, 96, 126 etc.; pret.3 alast 213, vait 192, 221, 329 etc., 4 alames 1143, 5 alastes 94, 6 alerent 97, 145, 220 etc., vount 263, 327, 393 etc.; ind.impf.3 aloit 118, 673, 6

190

Glossary

aloient 47, 112, 142 etc.; fut.2 irras 313, 3 irra 106, 4 irroms 33, 5 irrez 68; cond.6 irroient 1027; sbj.pr.3 voise 261, 5 augez 1009, 6 voisent 150, 203, 209 etc.; sbj. impf.6 alassent 78, 485, 717 etc.; p.pr. alaunt(z) 39, 80, 211 etc.; v.n. go; v.refl. go, proceed; s’en a. go (away), take leave; approach; a. devaunt lead, go before; a. encontre go to meet, approach aliens, adj.m.pl. not responsible, blameless 74, 1068 alliaunce, s. agreement, treaty, covenant 90, 100, 105 etc.; see also arche, tesmoignaunce alme, s. (living) soul, person 63, 502, 925 etc.; pl. 62, 430, 506 etc.; en tote vostre a. with all your soul 1010-11 altre1, adj., pron. & s. other, remaining, rest of J28, 222, 320 etc.; pl. J15, J25, 136 etc.; a / en l’a. jour on the next day 187, 501 altre2 1023, 1032, altier 367, 369, 434 etc., s. altar altrefoiz, adv. again, once more 485, 1113 altresi, adv. also † 526; a. bien … com both … and 269, 584 altretant, adv. as much, to the same extent 35 amenuser see south amonester; ind.pr.4 amonestoms J6; pret.3 amonesta 717; p.pr. amonestantz † 340; v.a.&refl. exhort, admonish an; de mesmes l’a. the same year 187; cel a. present the current year 189 animele, adj. living, animate 316 apparailler; imper.5 apparaillez 20, 106; p.p. as adj. apparaillee 320; v.a. prepare, make ready appareir; pret.6 apparurent 115; v.n. appear aprendre; sbj.impf.6 apreissent 162; v.a. experience aproscher; pret.6 aproscherent 658, 663, 943; imper.5 aproschez 102; fut.3 aproschera 286, 5 aproscherez 285; sbj.pr.5 aproschez 94; v.n. approach, go near; a. cea come here 102

aquiloun 334, 524, 600 etc., aquilee 892, s. (geog.) south arche, s. ark 92, 94, 108 etc.; a. de alliaunce ark of the covenant 90, 100, 105 etc.; a. de covenaunt ark of the covenant 96, 203, 208 etc. ardre; imper.5 ardez 325; pret. 3 ardi 363, 540, 547 etc., 6 arderent 244, 347; fut.2 arderas 534; p.p. ars 288, 352; v.a. burn areine, s. grain of sand, sand 529 arester; pret.6 aresturent 349; v.n. stop armer; p.p. as adj. armee 213, 221, pl. armez 27, 143, 210; v.a. arm aroeser; ind.pr.6 aroesent 600; v.a. irrigate, water ar(r)esme, s. brass, bronze 234, 245, 1017 ascendre; ind.pr.3 ascende 757; pret.3 ascendi 52, 837; sbj.impf.6 ascendissent 151; v.n. climb, go up, rise ascensioun; (voie de l’) a. upward-sloping road 456, 686, 695 etc. asseer; pret.6 assistrent 327; p.p. as adj. assis(e) located 570, 611, 624 etc.; v.n.&refl. sit; lie in wait asseger; pret.3 assega 505; p.p. as adj. assegez 448; v.a. besiege, surround atant; desqes a. qe until 176, 182, 463-64 etc.; atant … com both … and 675 a(u)ncien, s. elder, ancestor, ancient J9, 402, 1167, adj. old, olden, ancient J14, J35, 542 austral, adj. (geog.) south, southern 68485, 696, 720 etc.; s. (geog.) south 850 auxint, adv. also, in addition † 28, † 136; a. com when 342, (just) as 148, 432; a. com … issint (just) as … so 437-38; see also com, issint aval; par a. downstream 109 avauntaler 815, p.pr. avauntalaunt 92; p.p. as adj. avauntalee advanced 597; v.n. go before avauntporter, v.a. make known, publish 76; see also emporter, horsporter, porter

Glossary

avenir; pret.6 avindrent 84; sbj.pr.3 aviegne 607; v.n. happen, occur avoir 816, 821, 964 etc., aver 21, ind.pr.1 ay 60, 182, 199 etc., 2 as J21, 33, 70 etc., 3 ad 52, 54, 85 etc., 4 avoms J39, 399, 408 etc., 5 avez 55, 78, 1001 etc., 6 ount † J10, 278, 279; ind.impf.3 avoit 113, 125, 166 etc., out 134, 140, 141 etc., 6 avoient 51, 81, 164 etc.; fut.2 averas 18, 36, 71 etc., 3 avera J16, J17, J20 etc., 5 averez 90, 101, 124 etc., 6 averount J13, J33, 5 etc.; sbj. pr.2 eies 33, 4 eioms 421, 6 eient J12, 28, 107; sbj.impf.3 eust 549, 940, 4 ussoms 160, 272, 5 eustes 1122, 6 (e)ussent 141, 212, 226 etc.; p.pr. eyauntz 812; v.a. have, possess azimels, adj.pl. unleavened 187 bailler; pret.1 bailla 1122, 1128, 3 bailla 26, 461, 497 etc.; fut.1 bailleroi 5, 345, 533, 3 baillera 325, 6 baillerount 929; cond.2 bailleroies 271, 3 baillereit 429; subj. pr.1 baille 11; p.p. baillee 52, 85, 228 etc., baillie 64; v.a. entrust; deliver, hand over; v.refl. surrender to; see also possessioun batre J9, v.a. hammer out baz; le plus b. lower, nether 759 bedels, s.pl. heralds, criers 89 beneisoun, s. blessing 378, 719 benesquire; pret.3 benesqui(st) 377, 679, 1011 etc.; p.p. benesqui 807, 1016; v.a. bless besturner 801, v.a. overthrow, defeat bier, s. (fighting) man J11, J41, 192; s.pl. 38, 41, 43 etc. blamer; p.p. blamez J10; v.a. reproach, criticize bledz, s.pl. crops, produce 188; see also fruitz boteux, s.pl. flasks, bottles 390, 407 bouche, s. mouth J20, 14, 216; word 36; oracle 410; entrance 472, 479, 491; en (la) b. de espee 239, 493, 497-98 etc., by the edge of the sword

191

bounde, s. boundary, boundary-marker 857; pl. 604, 694, 759 etc. boys, s. wood(land) J7, 750, 807 brullissour, s. money-lender (?) J3 busine, s. trumpet 204; s.pl. 202, 204, 209 etc. cause, s. reason, cause, case 171, 932, 942 cea, adv. here, hither 102, 826; ne c.  ne la in any direction 348-49; see also aproscher ceindre; p.p. as adj. ceintez 119; v.a. gird ceo, dem.pron. that, this, it, these, those J4, J15, J17 etc.; por c. (qe) and so, thus, accordingly, therefore, because 11, 59, 87 etc.; en ceo, there, in that place 15, 510, 543; aprés ceo (qe), when, after, then 235, 378; de ceo, therefore, because of this 679 çerment see serment chair; pret.3 chai 53, 194, 268 etc., 6 chairent 265, 358, 785; sbj.impf.6 chaissent † 559; p.pr. cheauntz 357; p.p. chaeu 791; v.n. fall (dead), fall (by lot) to, arise; c. en / a la terre enclin prostrate oneself 194-95, 268; c. en sort de fall by lot to 787, 791 chalenger, v.a. criticize, reproach J26, p.pr. as s.pl. chalengeauntz opponents, adversaries J37 champ, s. countryside 191, 582; field, land 718, 1171; pl. 963 champestre, s. plain 811; pl.  145-46, 186, 384 etc.; adj. 629 chapellain, s. priest, elder 782, 920, 949 etc.; pl. 91, 100, 107 etc. charbotz, s.pl. hornets † 1128 charge, s. weight, load 110 chasteux, s.pl. fortifications, citadels 474 chauceur(e), s. footwear, shoe 196; pl. 390, 407 chivalerie, s. body of knights, army 196 chivalers, s.pl. cavalrymen 1117 cicles, s.pl. shekels *298 circumscizer; imper.2 circumscizes 169; pret.3 circumscit 171, 180; p.p. circumscis 174, 179, 181; v.a. circumcize

192

Glossary

citee, s. city, fortified town 39, 82, 116 etc.; pl. 343, 415, 440 etc. clore; p.p. as adj. close 46, 50, 198; v.a. shut, close (up) cloutes, s.pl. patches 391 coccine, adj. red 71, 79, 298 cognacioun, s. kinsmen, relations 73; pl. 243, 634, 635 etc. collectes, s.pl. (military) units 145 colper; sbj.pr.6 colpent 422; p.pr. colpauntz 434; p.pr. as s. colpeaunt 426; v.a. cut, chop com, conj. when, as, whenever J15, J16, J41 etc.; si c., (just) as, like J9, J10, 5 etc.; issint / auxint c., just as 77-78, 148, 342 etc.; see also altresi, auxint, issint combatour, adj. fighting 173, 775; s.pl. fighters, fighting men 145, 200, 263 etc. compaignie, s. fellowship, company 1039; s.pl. companies, military formations 145, 529 comprover; ind.pr.6 comprovent 927; v.a. prove conforter; p.p. confortee 9, 11, 16 etc., confortez 486, 1085; v.a. encourage, comfort conjur(iz)er; pret.2 conjuras 77; p.p. conjurizee 70; v.a. adjure consacrer; pret.6 consacrerent 246; p.p. as adj. consacrez 234; v.a. consecrate, reserve constraindre; p.pr. as adj. constraintz 430; v.a. oppress, bind, shackle contrarie; de(l) c. (de) opposite 695, to the contrary 1125 contre, prep. towards, in the direction of, at, on 7, 31, 118 etc.; opposite, across from 192, 207, 237 etc.; against, in opposition to J18, J21, J22 etc. contredire; fut.3 contredirra 35; speak against, oppose contreesteer 8, v.a. oppose, resist; see also reesteer

conustre 93, ind.pr.1 conuis 52, 3 conuist 1044; fut.5 conusterez 1098; p.p. conuis 664, conuz 1168; v.a. know, recognize, be aware of, identify corde, s. rope 66, 70, 78; s. portion (of land) 785, 806, 870 etc. cosdre; p.p. as adj. cosuz 390, 391; v.a. mend, patch cosinage, s. kinship group, blood relations 286; pl. 286 costere, s. side, edge 587, 685, 698 etc. counter; pret.1 countai 667, 6 counterent 84; v.a. report, relate coutes, s.pl. cubits 93 coveiter; p.pr. coveitaunt(z) 299, 394; v.a. covet, desire coverir; pret.1 coveri 300, 3 coveri 48, 1119; p.p. as adj. covertz 408; v.a. cover up, conceal; clothe; engulf creindre 392, imper.2 criens 312; v.n. be afraid crier 90, imper.5 criez 216; pret.1 crierent 1118; fut.3 criera 206, 5 crierez 215; v.n.&refl. shout, cry out cultres, s.pl. knives 169 curres, s.pl. chariots 530, 534, 540 etc. currir; pret.6 currurent 152; fut.6 currount 109; p.pr. currauntz 301; v.n. run, flow debriser; p.p. as adj. debrisez 392, 406, 407; v.a. break deceivablement, adv. deceitfully, falsely 389 decliner; imper.2 declines 12, 5 declines 1086; v.n. stray, fall away decurre; p.pr. as adj. decurraunt(z) 166, 266; v.n. flow, run defailler; pret.6 defaillerent 118, 130; fut.3 defaillera 426, 6 defaillerount 109; v.n. fail, collapse, die out defendre; ind.pr.5 defendez 62; sbj.pr.3 defend 1140; v.a. defend, protect; forbid defoler 151, ind.pr.5 defoulez 281; pret.3 defola 455, 669; sbj.impf.6 defolassent

Glossary

485; p.p. defolee 5; p.p. as adj. defolez 409; v.a. trample (down), tread on, crush; spoil, destroy degaster; pret.3 degasta 513, 521, 543; fut.5 degasterez 324; p.pr. degastaunt 511; p.p. as adj. degastez 176, 308, 476, degastee 409; v.a. destroy, lay waste, ruin degetter; pret.1 degetta 1129; v.a. eject, cast down deguerpir; ind.pr.3 deguerpe J18; fut.1 deguerperoi 9; sbj.pr.4 deguerpissoms 1061; p.pr. deguerpauntz 343; p.p. deguerpiz 1003; p.p. as adj. deguerpie J41, 598; v.a. abandon, forsake, leave dehors; par d. outwardly, on the outside J29 deinzime, adj. closely related by blood 977, 987 delit; par fole d. in a reckless crime 254 deliter; ind.pr.6 delitent J11; v.n. delight, give delight to demaintenaunt, adv. immediately 50, † 263, 346 etc.; see also maintenaunt demaunder; ind.pr.3 demaunde J42; pret.3 demaunda 918, 6 demaunderent 410; sbj.impf.3 demaundast 718; p.p. demaundee 129, 157; v.a. request, ask (for), consult dementers, dementres; d. qe so / as long as J40, 148, 167 demorrer; ind.pr.3 demoert 675; pret.3 demorra 393, 6 demor(r)erent 88, 185, † 381; ind.impf.3 demoreit 449, 6 demorroient 543; p.p. demorree 272; v.n. dwell, live; stay, remain dem(o)ustrance, s. proof, statement of a grievance; pl. J33; a la d. de veillesce so as to appear old 391 demustrer; imper.2 demoustres 295; cond.3 demustrereit 177; v.a. show, reveal, demonstrate denuncier; p.p. denunciee 41, 253, 427 etc.; v.a. make known, give notice, proclaim

193

departer; imper.5 departez 319, 924; pret.3 departi 335, 6 departirent 361, 668, † 834; subj.pr.3 departe 14, 4 departissoms 1061, 5 departez 1038; p.pr. departaunt 293, departissauntz 655, 1033; p.p. departez 341; v.a. depart from, issue from, divvy up; divide, shatter; v.n. become separated, split up; withdraw; s’en d. go away, set off 335 depuis; d. qe (even) after J33, 1150 derichief, adv. (once) again, a second time 102 derreine(s), derreinz, adj. farthest, remotest; s. last 252, 335, 473; s.pl. farthest parts 691; adj. last, farthest (away) 640-41, 684, 723 etc.; al derrein at long last J2 descencioun, s. downward-sloping road 458 descendre; ind.pr.3 descend(e) 758, 854, descendi 705, 765-66, 792 etc.; pret. 6 descendirent 83, 117, 1115; v.n. come down, go down; esteer descendauntz pool up 114 deschaer; p.p. as adj. descheuz 86; v.n. be enfeebled descord, s. disagreement, quarrel J17 descoverer 76, v.a. betray, give away descrivre 831, imper.5 descrives 825, descrivez 832; sbj.pr.6 descrivent 823; p.p. descript 824; v.a. describe, lay out, survey desert, s. waste land, wilderness 6, 173, 175 etc. deslier, dislier; imper.2 desliez 196; p.p. as adj. disliee 167, desliez 407 shabby, worn out; v.a.&n. loosen, unfasten desouthtourner; p.p. desouthtournee 437; v.a. overthrow despens, s. expense, cost J13 despiser J27, ind.pr.6 despisent J30; p.pr. despisaunt J19-J20; v.a. despise, scorn desqe(s), prep. as far as, up to, until 6, 7, 116 etc.; d. en pardurabletee in perpetuity

194

Glossary

132; d. a cesti jour (present) until the present day 137-38, 183-84, 248 etc.; de hom d. a femme men and women alike 238; de ly joevene d. a ly vieux young and old alike 238-39; d. a hui up to this day 311, 675; d. a cest(i) temps present until the present 435, 492; d. a quant for how long 820; see also atant, occisioun destourber; pret.2 destourbas 307; sbj.pr.3 destourbe 307; v.a. distress, damage destre; a(l) d. to the right 13, 790, 1086; see also senestre detrere; p.pr. detreaunt † J25; v.a. disparage, slander deveir; ind.pr.4 devoms J43, 5 devetz 1136; v.a. must, intend to deverie, s. rage, fury, wrath 310, 1036, 1105 deviser 916, imper. 5 devises 609, 824, devisez 1018; pret.3 devisa 650, 659, 836, 6 deviserent 548, 662, 920 etc.; fut.2 deviseras 10; p.p. devisez J7, devisee 599, 601, 994 etc.; v.a. divide, split up devisiooun, s. division, limit, boundary 636 dire 1058, ind.pr.2 dies 816, 3 dist 283, 1109, 4 dioms J36, 5 deistes 424; imper.2 di 100, 282, 923, 5 diez 20, ditez 404; pret.3 d(e)ist 3, 23, 39 etc., 6 distrent 32, 69, 84 etc.; fut.1 dirra 216, dirroi 273, 4 dirrems 1049, 5 dirrez 159, 6 dirrount 1049; p.pr. disaunt(z) 19, 25, 42 etc., p.p. dit J33, 141, 158 etc.; v.a. say distinctiouns, s.pl. sections, divisions J7 divinour, s. diviner, soothsayer 632 doler J25, v.a. lament doner J39, 22, 29 etc., imper.2 donez 294, doigne 719, 5 doignez 61, 676; pret.1 donay 1113, dona(i) 1113, 1114, 1130, 2 donas 805, 3 dona 25, 28, 31 etc., 6 donerent 339, 917, 947 etc.; fut.1 dorroi 4, dorra 715, 6 dorrount 928; sbj.pr.3 doint 28; p.p. donee 199, 314, 654 etc., donez 946, 977, 987; v.a. give, grant;

d. entent a pay attention to, heed J39; d. lieu withdraw 339; d. sort give a lot, give possession 1014 dormicion, s. death J37 dormir; p.p. dormiz 51; v.n. sleep, fall asleep dos; arere d. to the rear, behind 338 doute, s. fear 339, 1052 douter † 17, imper.2 doutes 312, 453, 532, 5 doutez 486, 1133; pret.3 douta 266, 439, 4 doutames 57, 429, 6 douterent 148; subj.pr.5 doutez 162; sbj.impf.6 doutassent 147; p.p. doutee J13, p.pr. doutauntz 168; v.n. & refl. be afraid; v.a. fear, respect; suspect, be doubtful about dreiturel, adj. just, rightful 432; see also veer ducs, duks, s.pl. chiefs, rulers 631, 944, 1079 dustres, s.pl. leaders, chiefs 373 eawe, s. river, stream, water 101, 113, 267 etc.; pl. 54, 108, 114 etc. edifier; pret.3 edifia 367, 919, 6 edifierent 1023; sbj.impf.5 edifiastes 1131; p.pr. edifiauntz 1032; p.p. edifiee 251, 1025, 1039 etc.; v.a. build, erect einz, adv. formerly; rather 319, 681, 713 etc. eleccioun, s. choice 1136 embler; p.p. emblez 279; v.a. steal emparler; pret.1 emparla 924, 3 emparla 652, 664, 6 emparlerent 945; v.n. speak (about), discuss; see also parler emplir; pret.4 emplimes 406; p.p. emplie 113; v.a. fill emporter; pret.1 emportai 299; p.pr. emportauntz 302-03; p.p. emportee 278; v.a. carry away (unlawfully); see also avauntporter, horsporter, porter enaprés, adv. afterwards, then 1162 enbusoigner; ind.pr.6 enbusoignent J13; v.n. be in need (of ) enclin(s) see chair, lieu encliner; imper.5 enclinez 1154; v.a. incline, turn towards

Glossary

enclore; ind.pr.3 enclost 795; p.p. as adj. enclos 472, 707, 911; v.a. seal, conclude, finish off endementres, adv. meanwhile 1028 endurzir; p.p. as adj. endurziz 559; v.n. harden enfler; p.pr. enflantz 115; v.n. swell (up) enfreindre; p.p. enfreint 278; v.a. violate, break enfuir; pret.3 enfui 444, 933, 6 enfuirent 469; sbj.impf.6 enfuissent 457; v.refl. flee engendree; primes e. first-born (child) 251-52, 773, 774 engetter; pret.3 engetta 1144; v.a. drive out, remove enhabiter 660, 802, 815 etc., ind.pr.5 enhabitez †396, 1138; v.n. dwell in, live in enhau(n)cer 98, v.a. lift up; raise in esteem, p.p. enhaucee 345 enmeagrer; ind.pr.5 enmeagrez 820; v.refl. wilt, wither enmerveiller; ind.pr.6 enmerveillount J32; v.refl. wonder, marvel ensampler, s. paragon, model J38; see also exsemplers enseccher; pret.3 ensecchea 161; p.pr. ensecchaunt 159; p.p. ensecchi 166; v.a. dry up, drain out; see also secchier enseignurer; pret.3 enseignura 570, 576; v.a. dominate, rule ensemblement, adv. together, at the same time 446, † 799, 1045 ensement, adv. likewise, similarly † 292, 720 ensevelir; pret.3 ensevely 1173, 6 ensevelirent 1165, 1170-71; v.a. bury ensuire; imper.5 ensuiez 92; v.a. pursue, follow entendre; fut.2 entendras 16; subj.pr. 2 entendes 13, 3 entende 1044; v.a. heed, understand entent see doner ententif, adj. careful, assiduous J6

195

ententivement, adv. assiduously, diligently 1007 entrechaungeablement, adv. one after the other 340 enviour, adj. jealous 1148 environement, s. encirclement 227; pl. meanderings 173-74 environer; ind.pr.3 enviro(u)ne 703, 764, † 878-79; imper.5 environez 200, 210, 832; fut.4 environerount 275, 5 environerez 203; pret.3 enverona 217, environa 505, 6 environerent 222, 225; sbj.pr.6 environent 822; p.pr. environaunt(z) 688, 834, 843; p.p. as adj. environee 330; v.a.&refl. surround, encircle enviroun, adv. round about 858, 1077; par (son) e. all round, round about (it) 500, 514, 544 etc. envoier; ind.pr.4 envoioms J2; pret.1 envoia 1115, 3 envoia 38, 42, 301 etc., 4 envoiames 230, 6 envoierent 448; fut.1 envoiera 832; cond.3 enverroit 258; sbj. pr.1 envoie 822; p.p. envoiee 33, 249, 674, envoiez 49, 240; v.a. send, convey, guide; turn; e. a send word to 42, 448; e. sort cast lots 832-33 eschaper 925, v.a. escape from, evade escharnier J26, v.a. mock, revile eschiel, s. body of troops, attacking force 334, 337 eschiver; imper.5 eschivez 94; v.a. avoid esclaundre see mettre escomengement, s. (forbidden) reserve 256, 278-79; anathema, banned thing 280, 283 escomenger; p.p. as adj. escomengee 228, 1032; v.a. curse escrier; p.pr. escriaunt 235; v.n. cry out, shout escriptour, s. writer, scribe J6 escu, s. shield 344, 345, 360 eslire; imper.5 e(s)lisez 121, 821, 1136; pret.3 eslust 435; p.p. eslutz 125, 332, 1152; p.p. as s. eslutz 318; v.a. choose, select

196

Glossary

esmoveir; pret.3 esmust 87; v.a. rouse esparplier 618, ind.pr.3 esparplie 1097, 1102; fut.3 esparpliera 104, 1083; cond.3 esparpliereit 429; v.a. scatter espaudles, s.pl. shoulders 127 espaundre; p.p. as adj. espaunduz 941; v.a. shed, spill esperit, s. breath, life J40, 58, 168 espier 674, imper.5 espiez 259; pret.6 espierent 260; sbj.imp.6 espiassent 42, 249; v.a. spy out, scrutinize espies, s.pl. spies, scouts 83, 240 espiours, s.&adj.pl. spies, scouts 38, 43-44 espoilles, s.pl. booty, spoils 297 espounter, v.a. dread 17 espountissour, s. fear, dread 53, 430 establir; pret. 5 establistez 242, 6 establirent 936; fut.1 establieroi J23; p.p. as adj. establiz 938; v.a. establish; lay before estapir; imper.5 estapissez 68; pret.6 estapisserent 338; v.n. hide, lie hidden; see also tapir esteer 280, 284, 473, ind.pr.2 estues 197; imper.5 esteez 101; pret. 3 estuet 336, 465, 6 est(e)urent 114, 119, 123 etc.; fut.3 esterra 926; sbj.pr.3 esteece 931, 941; p.pr. esteaunt 192; p.p. esteuz 207; v.n. stand (still) estives, s.pl. (mus.) pipes 214, 235 estrait, adj. crowded, cramped 809 estrange, s. outsider, person not related by blood 375; pl. 939; adj.pl. foreign 1104, 1111, 1141 etc. estre J17, 414, 433 etc., ind.pr.1 soy 99, 806, sui 194, 606, 673 etc., 2 es 193, 597, 598 etc., 3 est J4, J17, J24 etc., 4 sumes 394, 397, 404 etc., 5 estes 398, 1068, 1152, 6 sount J16, J30, J35 etc.; imper.2 soies 9, 10, *11 etc., soiez 17, 5 soiez 95, 282, *486 etc.; pret.1 fui 8, 674, 3 fust J20, J33, 35 etc., 6 furent 116, *179, 181 etc.; ind.impf.1 estoi 99, 665, 3 estoit 49, 175, 191 etc., ert 174, 197, 237 etc., esteit

466, 558, estoiet 882, 4 estoioms 408, 6 estoient 46, 49, 51 etc.; fut.1 serroi 9, serra 281, 3 ert 7, 215, 287 etc., serra 73, 1151, 4 serroms 69, 74, 76 etc., 5 serre(t)z 319, 425, 1106, 6 serrount 689, 697, 885 etc.; cond.1 serroi J23, 6 serroient 411; sbj.pr.3 soit J26, 35, 63 etc., 4 soioms J36, 5 soiez 231, 425, 6 soient J27, 232, 233 etc.; sbj.impf.6 fussent 81, 140, 176 etc.; p.p. estee 71, 74, 233 etc., esté 287; v.n. & refl. be; e. a + inf. be about to 22, 29, 414 estuble, s. stubble 48 expoundre 942, p.p. expount 372; v.a. explain exsemplers, s.pl. copies of book J15; see also ensampler faillir; pret.3 faillie 188; v.n. cease, lack faire 394, 397, imper.2 fai 37, 169, 431, 4 faceoms 1053, 5 fetez 217, 227, 404; pret.3 fist 47, 160, 197 etc., fait 103, 196, 1152, 4 feismes 322, 430, 1046, 6 firent 133, 185, 223 etc.; ind.impf.1 fesoi 297, 1120, 2 fesoies J22, 315, 3 fesoit 170, 6 fesoient 803; fut.2 feras 276, 314, 3 fera 95, 487, 4 feroms 32, 65, 420, 5 ferez 201, 326; sbj.pr.2 faces † 12, 13, 15, 5 facez 60; p.pr. fesauntz J32, 340; p.p. fait(z) 1, 55, 60 etc.; p.p. as s. fait offense † 932; v.a. do, carry out, perform, say; f. apert reveal J32; f. forciblement be bold, resolute 37; f. mercie a show favor to 60, 65; f. phase celebrate Passover 185; f. noise make a (great) noise, shout 217, 227, 340; f. vivre spare (the life of ) 246-47; f. iniquitee commit a wicked act 289; f. alliaunce make a treaty 397, 404, 411 etc. fame, s. report, news 400 feer, s. iron 234, 245, 369 etc. feindre; pret.6 feignerent 349; p.pr. feignauntz 339; v.a. feign, pretend felonie, s. wicked act, sin 282, 285, 287 etc.; pl. 1148

Glossary

ferir 353, pret.3 feri 351, 457, 488 etc., 6 ferirent 239, 358, 416 etc.; p.p. feruz 264, 460, 715 etc.; v.a. smite, fight, swoop on; f. covenaunt strike an agreement 1156-57 ficcher; pret.6 ficchirent 135, 155, 446 etc.; p.p. ficchee 124; v.a. pitch (a tent) flambe, s. fire 547 flotz, s.pl. waters 600 flum, s. river 271, 633, 692 etc. foiz, s. time 170, 201, 217 etc.; a la f. at the same time J40; par sept f. seven times 203, 225-26 force, s. physical strength, vigor 675, 813 forciblement see fere foreste, s. forest, woodland 703 forspris, prep., except, not including 557 fossee1, s. channel 114, 120, 123 etc.; my f. mid-channel, middle 133-34, 136; secche f. dry ground 120, 159 fosse(e)2, s. cave, concealed passage 469, † 470, 472 etc. fossee3, s. trap, snare 1096 fourches, s.pl. gallows 488 fowir; p.p. as adj. fowe 300; v.a. dig, delve fruitz, s.pl. crops, produce 186, 189; see also bledz fuir(e) 323, 348, 476, fut.3 fuira 280, 4 fuiroms 321; cond.3 fuireit 939; p.pr. fuiauntz 266, 324, 339; p.pr. as s.pl. fuiauntz fugitives, escapees 474; p.p. fuiz 926; v.a. flee; see also enfuir furmentee, s. frumenty, potage 187 fustz, s.pl. firewood 422, 426, 434 futifs, s.pl. fugitives 924 garder1; ind.pr. 3 garde J7; imper.5 gardez 230, 1010; sbj.pr.2 gardes 12, gardez 15, 5 gardez 1007, 1085, 6 gardent 472; p.pr. gardauntz 1004; v.a. heed, observe, mind, keep garder2; pret.3 garda 1143; sbj.pr.3 garde 1046; v.a. protect, safeguard garnir; p.p. as adj. garnie(s) 198, 476, 547, garnitz 677; v.n. fortify; see also tresgarnie

197

gendre, s. sex, gender 172 gisir; ind.pr.2 gises 277; sbj.pr.3 gise 251; v.n. lie, be situated governer; ind.pr.3 governe J40; v.a. control, direct grandesce; de g. sanz fin immense 1023 granter; pret.3 granta 671; p.p. grantee 821; v.a. grant, give grantment, adv. greatly 54, 58 greindre, adj. greater, bigger, stronger 440, 871; greindres de naissaunce elders 372-73, 1078, 1108 gresil, s. hail 460 guerpir; pret.3 guerpi 379; sbj.pr.4 guerpissoms 1140; v.a. leave, renounce, abandon; see also deguerpir haltesce, s. top part, upper part 685, 700 hamel(e)s, s.pl. hamlets, small settlements 634, 738, 800 hast; par une sole h. in a single assault † 519-20 haterel, s. crown, summit 699, 700 (h)eritage, s. inheritance, inherited land 607, 621, 786 etc. homicide, s. one who commits manslaughter 933 horsaler; p.pr. horsalaunt 851; v.n. bulge or project out horsmesner; pret.3 horsmesna 1141; p.p. horsmesnez 483; v.a. lead out, bring out horsporter; ind.pr.6 horsportent J5; v.a. transpose; see also avauntporter, emporter, porter (h)ost(e), s. army, host 194, 213, 330 etc.; pl. 446 hostz, s.pl. sacrificial animals 1057 hui, adv. today, now 98, 183, 311 etc. huis, s. door, entrance 73, 922 hustilment, s. gear, (household) utensils 243; pl. 306 illo(e)qe(s), adv. there 49, 51, 68 etc. interpretacioun, s. translation J28

198

Glossary

issi(nt), adv. also, likewise, thus, in the same way 9, 29, 30 etc.; i. com just as 77-78; i. qe so that, with the result that 334, 794, 1007; see also auxint, com issir 199, ind.pr.3 isse 757, 766; pret.3 issi 111, 172, 337 etc., 4 issames 405, 5 issistez 55, 6 issirent 46, 352; fut.3 issera 215; p.pr. issauntz 50, 87; p.p. issuz 73, 321, 343 etc.; p.p. as s. issue(s), issuz end(s), mouth(s), embouchure(s) 697, 794, 844 etc.; v.a.&refl. leave, depart; v.n.&refl. be issued, produced ja, adv. immediately, already, at some point in the past J41, 829, 1046 etc. jalemeins, adv. nevertheless, in spite of this 668 joevene 238, joevenceus 242, s.pl. youths; joevene, adj. young 716 jo(u)ste1, prep. according to J31, 128, 134 etc. jo(u)ste2, prep. beside, near, amongst 258, 375, 376 etc. jubileo, s. jubilee 202, 220; pl. 209 jugger; pret.3 juggea 433; sbj.pr.3 jugge 1048; p.p. juggee J39; v.a. decide, resolve, pronounce judgment on jumentz, s.pl. beasts of burden 26, 362, 548 etc. jurer; pret.1 jura 10, 3 jura 669, 4 jurames 418, 6 jurerent 411; imper.5 jurez 59; sbj. pr.5 jurez 1087; p.p. juree 177, 417, 995; v.a.&refl. swear (an oath) langge1, s. tongue, language, speech J11, J19, J21 langge2, s. peninsula 685, 691, 856 languir; pret.3 languist 57-58, 6 languirent 53; v.n. grow faint, suffer lapider; pret.3 lapida 308; v.a. kill by stoning leat, s. milk 178 lesser; imper.5 lessez 474, 1134; pret.2 lessas 72, 3 lessa 66, 326, 494 etc., 6 lesserent 498; fut.1 lerroi 9; p.pr. lessaunt 78; p.p. lessee 1015, 1148; v.a. abandon, leave, spare; take leave of; release, let out

lever J18, imper.2 lieve 3, 277, 282 etc., 5 levez 91; pret.3 leva 191, 317, 1123, 6 leverent 346; fut. 3 levera 1105, 5 leverez 324; p.pr. levaunt(z) 219, 225, 290 etc.; p.p. levee 831; v.n.&refl. arise, rise up; v.a. lift, raise lieu, s. place, location, spot J14, 115, 116 etc.; pl. 5, 166, 522 etc.; en quel l. qe wherever 33; en mesmes le l. (de) in that (very) place, on the spot 181, 302; lieux enclins slopes 266; see also doner ligne(e), s. lineage, line of descent, family 23, 91, 106 etc.; pl.  122, 126, 285 etc.; chescun de universe / c. par chescuns l. one from each family 107, 122, 126; demy l. half-tribe 23, 143, 580 etc. lire; ind.pr.6 lisent J29; pret.3 lust 378; p.pr. as s. lisaunt reader J24; v.a. read; see also lisaunce and listre lisaunce, s. reading J14; see also lire and listre listre, s. reader J6; see also lire and lisaunce loinz, adv. far (away) 319, 323, 425; de l. at a distance, from far off 93, 115; see also tresloinz loinzteine, adj. far away, far off 394, 399 longement, adv. for a long time J41, 205 longeure, s. length 408 lyn, s. flax 48 madles, adj.pl. male 778 magnifier; pret.3 magnifia 147; v.a. exalt, glorify maintenaunt, adv. immediately 236; see also demaintenaunt maisoun, s. house, household, family 40, 43, 48 etc.; pl. 286, 405 maleisoun, s. reserve, hoard of booty 255; curse 378; south m. accursed 425-26 malveisement, adv. wickedly J23 manere1 244, ind.pr.6 manent 218; ind. impf.3 maneit 328; fut.6 maindrount 26; p.pr. as adj. manaunt de + s. abundant in 177-78; v.n. dwell, live, stay

Glossary

manere;2 en altre m. otherwise J28; en tote m. completely 118; en tiele m. in such a way 201, 223, 297 etc.; mult de m. de many kinds of 1017 marche, s. boundary, border 633, 636, 683 etc.; pl. 604, 638, 689 etc. maundementz, s.pl. commandments 550, 1010 maunder; ind.pr.3 maunde 1031; pret.1 maunda 1128, 3 maunda 441, 523, 1124 etc., 6 maunderent 1028; v.a. send (to), summon medler 1094, pret.3 medla J21; v.a. inject, mix (in) meel, s. honey 178 meer, s. sea 117, 384, 526 etc. meiene, s. midst, middle 19, 89, 103 etc.; s. half 376; adj. middle, half 375, 571, 578 etc. mercie, s. clemency, compassion 560; see also fere meridien(e), s.&adj. (geog.) south 517, 525, 552 etc. me(s)mes; par m. les nouns by their true names J5-J6; de m. l’an that same year 187; et m. including 305; de la part occidentale de m. la citee to the west of the city 333-34; en m. l’entree right at the gate 365; m. le jour the same day 505; a m. cel houre at this same hour 532; de m. cele eawe of this (same) river 625; desqes a m. cel flum right up to the river 692; see also lieu mesnee 291, mesnie 949, s. household, family; pl. 655, 769, 776 etc. mesner 270, ind.pr.3 mesne 50, 574, 625; imper.2 mesnes 312, 5 mesnez 43, 241, 443 etc.; pret.1 mesna 1111, 1112, 1116 etc., 3 mesna 1119, 6 mesnerent 242, 306, 481; fut.3 mesnera 1101; v.a. lead (out), bring; m. hors 43, 481, m. avaunt lead out 241; see also horsmesner messagers, s.pl. envoys, scouts 230, 248, 1024

199

messioun, s. harvest 114 mettre; imper.2 mettez 316, 5 mettez 319, 471, 484, mettes 472; pret.3 mist 136, 156, 836 etc., 6 mistrent 135, 269, 491; fut.5 mettrez 124; sbj.pr.1 mette 826; 3 mette 252; sbj.impf.4 mettassoms 1047; p.pr. mettauntz 389; p.p. mys J22, 107, 131 etc.; v.a. set up, erect,. establish; put, place, be located; m. esclaundre contre calumny, defame J22; m. en monument establish in commemoration 131; m. (en) aguaitz set (in) an ambush 316, 319, 333; m. sort cast lots 826-27, 836 monument, s. memorial 131; pl. graves, tombs 546, 1022, 1026; see also mettre morir; sbj.pr.3 moerge 36, 932, 940; p.p. mort(z) 3, 173, 459 etc.; v.n. die mouncel, s. heap, mound 309, 366 mounter 47-48, 348, 810, ind.pr.3 mounte † 687, 877; imper.2 mountes 807, 5 mountez 67, 150, 259; pret.3 mounta 154, 237, 508, 6 mounterent 446, 66768, 911 etc.; fut.4 mounteroms 320; sbj. pr.6 mountent 261; sbj.impf.3 mountast 351, 6 mountassent 317, † 331; p.pr. mountaunt 454, 688, 693; v.n. rise up (from), come up (from), go up (from), advance moveir; pret.3 moverent 414; p.p. meue 421, meuz 462; v.a. stir up, provoke; v.n. advance, change position, move muscer; imper.2 musces 295; pret.1 musceai 299, 3 muscea 45, 230, 6 muscerent 469; p.pr. musceauntz 470; p.p. as adj. muscez 302, 480; v.a.&refl. hide mylieu; en m. publicly, abroad 76; between 332 mynistre, s. servant, assistant, representative 3; pl. 301, 480; estre en le m. de be servants of 433-34 naffrer 533, v.a. wound, injure naissaunce; n. du solail sunrise, east 31, 568, 902-03; see also greindre

200

Glossary

naistre; p.p. as adj. ne(e)z 174, 179; v.n. be born nenil, adv. no 193 nepurquant, adv. nevertheless J11 neqedent see sinoun net, adj. not bound by, released from 77 no(e)me(e)ment, adv., particularly J15, 349, 1007 nombre; de entier n. at full numerical strength 478 nombrer; pret.3 nombra 329; v.a. count nyentcircumscis, adj. uncircumsized 175 nyentnett, adj. unclean 1037 nyentnusauntz, adj. unbound, released 69 nyentsachaunt, adj. oblivious 338; adv. unknowingly 925, 940 nyenttaillés, adj. uncut, unhewn 369 nyenttuchee, adj. not touched upon, unspoken 379 obeir; pret.4 obeismes 34; fut.4 obehiroms 34; p.pr. obeissaunt 467; p.pr. as adj. obeissauntz obedient 1156; p.p. obehie 36, obehiz 1002; v.a. obey occir; imper.5 occiez 473; pret.3 occist 488, 494, 518 etc., 5 occistez 57, occistes 1123, 6 occirent 237, 632, 770 etc.; p.p. as adj. occis 354, 356, † 357 etc.; p.p. as s. occis killed (ones), fallen 633; v.a. kill, slay, destroy occisioun, s. death 476; desqes a (final) o. until all were slaughtered 504, 544 oevereigne, s. act, deed, work J19, J41; pl. 1168 offrer J11, 1054, 1063, offrir 1056, pret.3 offri 370, 6 offrirent 356; p.pr. offraunt 292; p.p. offert 291; v.a. offer; present as an offering oir 1125, imper.5 oiez 102; pret.4 oismes 54, 6 oirent 176, 413; fut.6 orrount 274; p.pr. oiaunt(z) 57, 388, 676; p.pr. as s. oyaunt(z) hearer(s), listener(s) J24, 1072; p.p. oi(e)(z) 164, 399, 436 etc., oie(s) 215, 383; v.a. hear, heed, listen to

ordiner; pret.6 ordainerent 934; p.p. as adj. ord(e)inee 226, 500; v.a. establish, plan; draw up in order of battle ore, adv. now, at present 59, 117, 194 etc. oser; ind.impf.3 oiseit 199; p.p. osee 478, 997; v.a. dare to, be so bold as to oster 678, 754, imper.5 ostez 1154; pret.3 osta 545, 562, 617 etc., 6 osterent 1073; fut.3 ostera 606, 1089, 1095, 6 osterount 275; sbj.pr.3 oste 1097, 1102, 6 ostent 261; sbj.impf.6 ostassent 490; p.p. as adj. ostee J26, 284, ostez 490; v.a. seize; erase, remove outre1, prep. across, on the other side of 26, 31, 56 etc.; ne … (plus) o. (not) any longer 188-89, 281 outre2, adv. in addition, further 1014, 1072 outrepasser; p.p. outrepassez 121, outrepassee 438; v.a. cross (through); see also passer, trespasser owailles, s.pl. sheep 239, 305, 1172 paille, s. cloak 297, 305 paraventure, adv. by chance, possibly 67, 395, 677 etc. pardejus, adv. lower, nether 721 parderere, adv.&prep. behind, to the rear (of ) 316, 319 pardesouth, adv. beneath, (down) below 59, 117 pardesus, adv. upper, higher 109, 721 pardurable, adj. eternal, everlasting 363 pardurablement, adv. forever 670 pardurabletee; desqes en p. for eternity 132 parjurer; p.p. parjuree 421; v.refl. swear falsely parler; ind.pr.2 paroles 1151, 3 parole 195; imper.2 parole 923; pret.1 parloi 5, 2 parlas J21, 3 parla 2, 461, 565 etc., 6 parlerent 805; fut.3 parlera 927; sbj. impf.3 parlast 141; p.pr. parlauntz 423; p.p. parlee 78; v.n. say, speak, discuss, talk about; see also emparler

Glossary

parole, s. agreement, promise, oath, word 76, 216, 672 etc.; pl. commandments, words 24, 36, 102 etc. part1, s. part, section, area 331, 333, 335 etc.; la meiene p. half (of ) 577-78, 636-37, 647 etc.; en la / desqes al derreine p. in / as far as the remotest parts 684, 849; contre / de la p. de towards, near 839, 846, 848-49 part(e)2, s. lot, share 584; por la p. de un bier in a manly way (?) J10-J11; la terce p. one-third 800; avoir p. en have a share in 1051-52, 1057-58 partie1, s. side, edge, section 101, 113, 259 etc.; a la p. de l’aquiloun to the north 334; de l’une et (de) l’altre p. on all (both) sides 354, † 373; la meiene (p.) half (of ) 375, 648, middle section 571; la derreine p. / les derreines parties most distant part(s) 640-41, 723 part(i)(e)2, s. share (of inheritance), portion, part  607, 710, 827 etc.; pl.  566, 824, 826 etc. parvenir; ind.pr.3 parvient 687, parvynt 701, 705, 707 etc.; p.pr. parvenaunt 689, 840; v.n. come (to), arrive (at), reach passages, s.pl. courses, paths 767 passer J43, ind.pr.3 passe 758, 765, 767 etc., passa 692, 700, 705 etc., 6 passent 763; imper.2 passes 3, 5 passez 19, 27, 1037; pret.3 passa 120, 142, 496 etc., 4 passames 161, 1144, 5 passastes 1126, 6 passerent 89, 111, 167; fut.2 passeras 814, 5 passerez 21; cond. 3 passereit 131; p.pr. passaunt 688, 841, 851; p.p. passee 83, 141, 160 etc., passez 89; v.n.&refl. traverse, cross, pass over or through; transgress; happen, take place; p. par oraille surde turn a deaf ear to J43; see also outrepasser, trespasser pavillouns, s.pl. tents, pavilions 20, 87, 89 etc. pees, s. peace 395, 411, 996 etc.; see also faire

201

peisibles; p. sacrifices 370, 1047-48, p. hostz 1057 offerings of well-being pendre; pret.3 pendi 78, 363, 488; p.p. as adj. penduz 488; v.a. & v.n. hang, suspend perdre; cond.2 perderoies 272; v.a. destroy, ruin peregrin, s. foreigner, traveller 375 permaindre; ind.pr.3 permaint 309-10, 366, 1034, 6 permesnent 492; fut.6 permaindrount 110; v.n. remain; accumulate perre, s. stone 127, 693, 853 etc.; pl. 123, 129, 131 etc. phase see fere pier 61, 774, pere 61, 72, 247 etc., s. father; pl. fathers, forebears † 11, 158, 178 etc. pigresce, s. sloth, laziness 820 plaie1, s. argument, dispute J18; s. battle, contest 456, 475 plaie2, part, side, edge 155, 165, 569 etc. plaine, s. (geog.) plain 553, 555, 625; pl. 525, 584 plusours; p. de eux more of them 459 poer; ind.pr.3 poet J17, 4 pooms 419; pret.1 poai J38; ind.impf.3 poet 519, 6 po(e)ient 348, 476, 754 etc.; fut.1 porroi 678, 2 porras 284, 3 porra 8, 279, 454 etc., 4 porroms 396, 810, 5 porrez 1147, 6 porrount J34; sbj.pr.2 pusse 815, 3 pusse 925, 5 pussez 93; v.n. be able porter; ind.pr.6 portent 100, 108, 149; imper.2 portes 450, 5 portez 403; pret.3 porta 256, 6 porterent 112, 119, 137 etc.; sbj.pr.3 porte 127, 6 portent 422; p.pr. porta(u)nt(z) J14, 91, 133 etc.; p.pr. as s. portaunt bearer, carrier 426; p.p. portez 1024, portee 1170; v.a. carry (off ), transport, take (away), bring; see also avauntporter, emporter, horsporter possessioun, s. ownership; inherited possession, landed property, estate 30, 609, 620 etc.; pl. 829, 920, 947-48; bailler

202

Glossary

en p. a put in possession (of ), convey ownership (to) 565, 579, 583 etc. postee, s. power, dominion 998 pour, s. fear, terror 86, 198 preie 315, 362, 548, praie 1018, s. booty, spoils prendre J19, imper.5 pernez 96, preignez 208; pret.3 prist 493, *501, 509 etc., 4 preismes 404, 6 pristrent J31, 97, 219 etc.; fut.5 prendrez 47, 315, 6 prendrount 202, 928; sbj.pr.6 preignent 122, 209; sbj.impf.6 preissent 953; p.pr. pernaunt J19, 44, 304; p.p. pris(e) J35, 156, 325 etc.; v.a. take (up), accept; capture, seize prepuz, s. prepuce, foreskin 179 prestreage, s. priesthood 828 prevaricacioun, s. transgression, violation of correct conduct 1045, 1068; pl. 232 prince, s. commander 194, 195; pl. chiefs, leaders 19, 412, 416 etc. principaltee, s. supreme authority, dominion 542 privement, adv. unilaterally, without consultation 38 proesme, s. next-of-kin, neighbor 925, 930, 940 proffrer, v.a. show, offer as evidence J34 promettre; pret.3 promist 411, 428, 671 etc.; v.a. promise, vow; v.refl. pledge, affirm proscheins, adj. nearby, adjacent 165 prospreement, adv. successfully † 1101 puisqe, conj. when, after, as soon as 164, 181, 188 etc. purger; fut.2 purgeras 814; v.a. clear pursuire; imper.5 pursuiez 473; pret.3 pursui 456, 6 pursuirent 265, 341, 342 etc.; fut.3 pursuiera 1091; p.pr. & p.pr. as s. pursuiauntz 322, 324, 350; p.p. pursuiz 81, 929; v.a. pursue, hunt (down); see also suire purveer; pret.4 purvoiames 430; v.a. examine

putaigne, s. prostitute 229, 246; adj. whorish 40, 241 qicunqes 925, qecumqes 287, pron. anyone who quanqe, pr.rel.indef. anything, all that 519 quelescunqes, adj. whatsoever, of any kind 233 quere; sbj.pr.3 querge 1048; v.a. search, examine quider; ind.pr.5 quidez 1036, 6 quidount J29; pret.2 quidas J23, 4 quidames 1053; fut.6 quiderount 323; v.a. think, suppose quiete, s. quiet, tranquillity 1005 racynes, s.pl. foot 528 rascail, s. mass of people 214, 222 rebounder; fut.3 reboundera 75; v.n. rebound recounter; pret.3 recounta 1071; sbj.pr.6 recountent 823; v.a. narrate, relate reesteer 454, 997, 1090, v.a. resist, stop; see also contreesteer refuit(e), s. refuge, sanctuary 965, 972, 979 etc. regard(e); en vostre r. in your midst 104; en nostre r. before us 160; el r. de before 373-74, 461-62, 533 etc.; de vostre r. from your midst 1090 regarder 44, ind.pr.3 regarde 569, 686, 764 etc., 6 regardent 691; imper.5 regardez 39; sbj.impf.1 regardasse 666; p.pr. regarda(u)nt(z) 347, 695; v.a. examine, inspect, scout out; face, look towards regeier; ind.pr.1 regeie 45; imper.2 regeies 295; v.a.&n. admit, confess regne, s. realm, kingdom 616, 640, 647; pl. 542, 629, 646 rehercer J40, pret.3 reherci 380, rehercea 1157; v.a. repeat, state, set forth relever; p.p. relevee 251; v.a. rebuild, restore remaindre; pret.3 remist 58, 168, 341 etc., 6 remistrent 80, 181, 564 etc.; p.pr. as s.pl. remenauntz survivors, last of 616-17;

Glossary

p.pr. as adj. remaining 788; v.n. be left, remain, dwell remembraunce; par une r. by remembering, by recalling to mind J41 remembrer; imper.5 remembrez 24; p.p. remembree J20; v.a. remember, recall to mind rementailles, s.pl. remains, remnants 495, 498, 510 etc. remesner, v.a. bring back, restore; p.p. remesnez † 998 rendre; p.pr. rendaunt(z) 931-32, 959; v.a. present, give repoirer; ind.pr.3 repoire 875, 6 repoirent 68; pret.6 repoirerent 835; p.pr. repoirauntz 358; v.n. return, come back reposer; pret.3 repoisa 566, 6 reposerent 40; v.n. dwell, stay; rest reprehensioun, s. criticism, censure J9 reprendre; fut.1 reprendroi J23; v.a. charge, arraign reproce, s. insult, disgrace 183 repundre; pret.3 repuist 248; p.p. as adj. repouz 51, repuitz 279; v.a. hide, conceal rescous, s. setting (of sun) 7, 364 reserver; p.p. as adj. reservez 420; v.a. exempt, spare respoundre; pret.3 respoundi 77, 193, 296 etc., 6 respoundirent 32, 63, 395 etc.; fut.5 respounderez 130, 6 respounderount 1058; v.a. answer, reply retraire; imper.2 retraies 449; pret.3 retrait 360; v.a. withdraw, draw back returner; ind.pr.3 returne 891, 894, 900; imper.5 returnez 29, 832, 1005 etc.; pret.3 returna 513, 522, 6 returnerent 223; fut.3 returnera 933; p.pr. returnauntz 67; p.p. returnez 81, 152, 260 etc., returné(e) 218, 351, 468 etc.; v.n.&refl. return, go back reule, s. (implement) ruler 298, 305 rivage, s. (geog., marit.) shore 384 rival, s. (geog., marit.) shore 530 rive(e), s. river-bank 570, 612, 624; pl. 114

203

rosee, s. irrigated land 720, 721 rues, s.pl. communities 701 salver; ind.pr.5 salvez 61; p.p. salvee 355; v.a. save, spare saner; p.p. as adj. sanez 182; v.a. heal sanz, prep. except, excluding 245, 546, 563 etc. savoir 436, saver 599, 703, 714 etc., ind.pr.1 sai 46, 4 savoms 1067; imper.5 sachez 1095; ind.impf.1 savoi 45; fut.5 saverez 103; sbj.pr.3 sache J8, 6 sachent 99; v.a. know, find out secche(s), adj. dry, dried up 119, 120, 152 etc. secchier; p.p. secchié 54; v.a. dry up; see also enseccher seer; pret.3 sist 718; p.pr. seaunt J21; v.n. sit; sit in judgment sees, s.pl. seats, abodes 1017 seins, adj. sound, unhurt 478 seintifier; imper.2 seintifies 282; p.p. as adj. seintifiez 95, 282; v.n. sanctify, hallow seintuarie 1159, saintuarie 1160, s. shrine, holy place senestre, s. left (-hand side) 892; ne a(l) destre ne a s. neither to the right nor to the left 13, 1086 senez, s.pl. elders, wise men 269; adj.pl. wise 330, 927 sentence, s. judgment, determination 387, 558 septentrional(e); a / de la part (de) s. to the north, on the north side (of ) 331, 83940, 1166; contre la part de s. opposite, over against the northern part 848-49 sepulcres, s.pl. sepulchres, tombs 852 serf, s. servant 2, 3, 12 etc.; pl. 397, 398, 404 etc. serment 70, 242, çerment 77, s. oath servage, s. slavery, servitude 1142 servir 1136, 1147, ind.pr.5 servez 1135; imper.5 servez 1010, † 1133, 1135; pret.3 servi 1167, 6 servirent 1111, 1134, 1137; fut.4 serviroms 1139, 1145, 1151 etc.; sbj.

204

Glossary

pr.4 servissoms 1056, 1141, 5 servisses 1149, servissez 1088, 1153; p.p. servi 1104; v.a. serve severer; p.p. as adj. severez 769; v.a. separate out si, adv.; si la qe, until 28, 68, 81 etc.; si com … issint just as … so 8-9, 33-34, 60 etc.; si com (just) as J9, J10, 5 etc.; si com … en tiele manere both … and 374-75; si vaillaunt com just as strong as 673-74 sinoun; s. neqedent unless 63-64 soillir; p.p. as adj. soilli(z) 280, 284; v.a. dirty, sully solement, adv. only 37, 229, 547 etc.; see also tantsolement soler, s. roof 48 soner; pret.3 sona 222, 6 sonerent 214; fut.6 sonerount 204; p.pr. sonauntz 221, 235; p.p. sonee 204, 205, 212 etc.; v.a. sound, play sort, s. lot 286, 683, 756 etc.; par s. by lot 10, 396, 599 etc.; see also chair south, prep. beneath, at the foot of 555, 604, 1159; s. pecchee anathematised 232; amenusez s. whittled down, abridged J30; s. maleisoun accursed 425-26 southgetter; pret.6 southgetterent 803; v.a. trample, subdue southgisir; ind.pr.3 southgist 574; v.a. lie below southmettre; p.p. southmys(es) 815, 818, 1077; v.a. subdue, make subject southnerver; pret.3 southnerva 539; fut.2 southnerveras 533; v.a. hamstring, cripple southtraire; p.p. as adj. southtrait J17; v.a. subtract, remove southturner, v.a. overthrow; fut.3 southturnera † 1150 southzein, s. upper 843; see also suverein subgettez, s.pl. wretches 485 substaunce, s. property, substance 288, 1016 suburbes, s.pl. pastures 660, 947, 948 etc.

successer; pret.6 successerent 178; v.n. follow, succeed sueir J24, v.n. perspire, sweat suire; imper.5 suiez 47; pret.1 sui 668, 3 sui 214, 222, 680, 6 suirent 49; p.p. sui 670; v.a. follow, pursue; serve; see also ensuire, pursuire surestre; impf.6 surestoient 951; v.n. remain, be left over sus, adv.; s. en ciel in heaven above 59 suslever; p.pr. suslevaunt 87; v.n. rise suverein, s. upper 763; see also southzein tabernacle, s. tent 300, 301, 306 etc.; pl. 111, 1006, 1012 etc. tailler; p.p. as adj. taillez 390; v.a. cut up, shred tanqe, prep. until 269; de hom t. a femme both men and women 359; t. a cesti jour present up to today 1003 tant, adj. so many; so great J15, 355; en t. meanwhile, on that account J43 tantsolement, adv. only 1084; ne … t. not even, not so much as 494 tapir; ind.impf.6 tapissoient 346; p.p. tapiz 491; v.n. hide, lie hidden; see also estapir tarier J27, v.n. goad, bother teindre; p.p. as adj. teintz 113; v.n. dip teiser J36, ind.impf.1 teisoi J22; v.a. keep silent temps, s. season, time 114, 169, 250 etc.; en tut t. always 162; de auncien t. formerly, in olden days 541-42; par mult de t. for a long time 556, 1120-21, 1168; see also desqe(s), me(s)mes tendre; p.pr. tenda(u)nt(z) 357, 694; v.n. go, extend tenir; pret.3 tynt 542, 6 tindrent 165, 913; p.pr. tenaunt 192, 360; v.a. hold, have possession of tentorie, s. tent 303 terme, s. boundary 7, 572, 575 etc.; pl. 577, 578, 600 etc. tertre, s. hill 171; pl. 546

Glossary

tesmoignaunce, s. evidence, testimony, witness 1055, 1060, 1075; pl. J34-J35; tabernacle de t. tabernacle of witness 818, 922; see also arche tesmoigner; p.p. tesmoignee J10; v.a. testify to, demonstrate tesmoignes, s.pl. witnesses 1152, 1153 toller; p.p. tollet 183, 1106; v.a. remove, take away tost, adv. quickly, speedily, right away 47, 450, 1095 etc. t(o)urner; ind.pr.6 tournent 739; fut.3 turnera 1149, 4 turneroms 322, 6 turnerount 1052; p.pr. t(o)urnaunt(z) 263, 273; p.p. tournee 310; v.a.&v.n.&refl. turn (aside, away), pivot, avert; t. a lead to 739 trace, s. track, footprint; pl. 1062; la (les) t. de tes (lour) piez your (their) footprints 5, 107-08 translacioun, s. (literary) translation J12, J31 travailler1 J25, p.pr. travaillaunt J25; cond.3 travaillereit † 262; v.a. trouble, disturb, torment; v.refl. suffer, undergo hardship travailler2; sbj.impf.5 travaillastes 1130; v.n. labor travers; de t. athwart, across the width of 320-21, 331, 345 trencher1; pret.3 trenchea 268; p.pr. as adj. trencheaunt sharp, keen J18; v.a. tear, rend trencher2; imper.2 trenches 808; fut.2 trencheras 814; v.a. carve out, clear tresbon, adj. fine 298 tresbucher; pret.3 tresbucha 454, 6 tre(s) bu(s)cherent 236, 264-65, 535; fut.6 tresbucherount 206; p.p. tresbuchez 1035; v.n. fall, be thrown down, collapse; t. (sodeinement) sur spring upon, pounce upon 454, 535 tresfortement, adv; arester t. contre stand stoutly against 349-50

205

tresfort(z), tresforte, adj. powerful 162, 440, 452 etc. tresgarnie(s), adj. well fortified 894, 903 tresgrant(z), adj. very great J13, 406, 491 etc. treshalt, adj. very loud 206 treslarge, adj. very wide, expansive 598 treslee, adj. very broad, vast 175 tresloinz, adj.pl. very long, remote 173 tresorie, s. treasury, strong-room 246 tresors, s.pl. treasure-house, treasury 234 trespas, s. misdeed, transgression 1031 trespasser1; ind.pr. 3 trespasse 687, 696, 854 etc., trespassa 704; pret.3 trespassa 159; v.a. pass over, cross; s’en t. go over 877; see also outrepasser, passer trespasser2; pret.3 trespassa 288, 550, 6 trespasserent 254; v.a. violate, transgress trespasser3; p.p. as adj. trespassee 1076; v.n. pass, elapse trespoys, adv. very few 262 tresvels, adj. shabby, run-down 390 tresverroi, adj. sincere, right 1133 tributer, adj. as tributaries, paying tribute 772 tricheries, s.pl. deceit, trickery J21 troebler; pret.3 troebla 455; p.p. as adj. tro(e)blez 233, 599; v.a. disturb, upset, stir up trover; ind.pr.6 trovent J15; pret.3 trova 292, 293, 511, 6 troverent 82, 301; p.p. as adj. trovee 286, 287, 291 etc., trovez 470; v.a. find (out), discover, encounter truagers, s.pl. tributaries, tribute-payers 803 tucher 419, pret.3 tuccha 335; sbj.pr.5 tuchez 231; p.p. tuchee 75, 370; v.a. touch, lay hands on; strike turmenter; fut.3 turmentera 1149; p.p. turmentez J27; v.a. afflict, trouble tut; de t. en t., completely J36-J37, 206; see also temps universe, adj. each, every 126; de u. terre of the entire world † 108

206

Glossary

unqe; u. més, never before 94 us; en u. de in service to, for the benefit of 422 user1; ind.pr.6 usent 202, 810; ind.impf.3 useit 220; v.a. make use of, employ user2; pret.6 userent 189; v.a. consume, eat vaiage, s. journey 392 vain(e), adj. to no effect, empty 999; en v. fruitlessly, purposelessly 262, 1100 valoir; pret.1 valoi 674; p.pr. as adj. vaillaunt 674; v.n. be strong, useful; see also si vasseux, s.pl. vessels, containers 234, 245, 279 veer1 93, ind.pr.5 voiez 1080; imper.2 voi 16, 41, 51 etc., 5 voiez 1160; pret.1 vi 297, 3 vist 192, 6 virent 1119; p.pr. voiauntz 1142; p.p. veu J17, 90, 336; v.a. see, look, behold; estre veu (veritable), seem true, seem reliable J17, 667; veu estre bon et dreiturel seem right and good 431-32; estre veuz teiser seem silent J36; estre mal veu be unacceptable 1135 veer2; p.pr. voiaunt(z) before, in the sight of; observing, beholding, looking on 273, 348, 350 etc. vengeour; v. du (de) saunk avenger of blood 926, 929 venir 1087, ind.pr.1 vienk 194, 3 vint 874; imper.2 vien 450, 5 venez 443; pret.3 vint 534, 561; 5 venistez 398, venistes 1117, 1126, 6 vindrent 43, 44, 45 etc.; fut.5 vendrez 826; sbj.pr.3 viegne 216; sbj.impf.4 venismes 405, 6 venissent 330, 1022; p.pr. venaunt † 941; p.p. venuz 394, 451; v.n. come; s’en v. come 874 venym(e)ous(e), adj. poisonous, hateful J19; venymeous, s.pl. hatemongers J43

veroiement, adv. truly, in truth 296 verroi(es), adj. true, truthful J17, J34, 61; see also tresverroi vers, prep. among, in the possession of J16; prep. against 487; s.pl. verses (of a psalm) J20 vestir; p.p. as adj. vestuz 391; v.a. wear, be dressed in via(u)nde, s. food 189; pl. 20, 389, 403 etc. villes, s.pl. estates, towns, cities 626, 643, 729 etc. villet(t)es 739, *740, 797-98 etc., villetz 897, s.pl. villages visnes, s.pl. vines, vineyards 1131 vivre 247, 519, ind.pr.6 vivent 1083; pret.3 vesquist 148, 6 vesquirent 1167; sbj. pr.3 vive 229, 6 vivent 420, 421; p.pr. vivaunt 356; v.n. live voie, s. way, road, journey 16, 49, 69 etc.; pl. 1009 voies, s.pl. settlements, towns 646, 738, *740 voiz1, s. voice; command 176, 215, 467 voiz2, s. sound, blast 204, 235 volentee; a ma v. if only, I wish that 272; par une v. with one will 387 volentrivement, adv. willingly 1065 voler; ind.pr.5 voillez 424, 6 voillent 129, 158; imper.2 voille(t)z *17, 5 voillez 472, 486; fut.5 voldrez 1093, 6 voldrount 1058; ind.impf.1 voloi 1124, 2 voleis † 270, 6 voloient 617; sbj.pr.5 voilletz 1162; sbj.impf.3 volsist 1041; p.p. volue 76; v.a. wish, want; Quei voillent a soi What mean? 129, 158 volume, s. book, volume 14, 369, 379 etc.; pl. J14 wee, s. ford, shallow place 50